TAMILNADU URBAN INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED

UNDER GROUND SEWERAGE SCHEME FOR SALEM CORPORATION

PACKAGE I
BID DOCUMENT - VOLUME I / IV INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS, FORMS OF BID, QUALIFICATION INFORMATION, CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT, CONTRACT DATA & FORMS OF SECURITIES SECTION 1,2,3,4 & 8

2009

CONSULTING ENGINEERING SERVICES (INDIA) Pvt LTD

No. 49, SOUTH BEACH AVENUE, M.R.C NAGAR, CHENNAI-28

TAMILNADU URBAN INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED

UNDER GROUND SEWERAGE SCHEME FOR SALEM CORPORATION

BILL OF QUANTITIES (VOLUME- IV) PACKAGE I

2009

CONSULTING ENGINEERING SERVICES (INDIA) Pvt LTD

No. 49, SOUTH BEACH AVENUE, M.R.C NAGAR, CHENNAI-28

SALEM CORPORATION

UNDER GROUND SEWERAGE SCHEME FOR SALEM

PACKAGE I
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION - (VOLUME II / IV)

2009

CONSULTING ENGINEERING SERVICES (INDIA) Pvt LTD

No. 49, SOUTH BEACH AVENUE, M.R.C NAGAR, CHENNAI-28

W-2
GOVERNMENT OF TAMIL NADU SALEM CORPORATION THIRD TAMIL NADU URBAN DEVELOPMENT PROJECT INVITATION FOR BID (IFB)

NATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING

(CIVIL WORKS) NAME OF WORK : PROVIDING UNDER GROUND SEWERAGE SCHEME (Collection System)TO SALEM CORPORATION ( PACKAGE NO - I ) FROM : 16.07.2009 TO: 19.08.2009 DATE : 30.07.2009 TIME: 11.00 HOURS DATE : 20.08.2009 TIME: 15.00 HOURS DATE : 20.08.2009 TIME : 15.15 HOURS SALEM CORPORATION, SALEM- 636 001. THE COMMISSIONER, SALEM CORPORATION, Salem - 636 001.

PERIOD OF SALE OF BIDDING DOCUMENT TIME AND DATE OF PRE-BID CONFERENCE LAST DATE AND TIME FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS TIME AND DATE OF OPENING OF BIDS PLACE OF OPENING OF BIDS OFFICER INVITING BIDS

: : : : : :

INVITATION FOR BID (IFB)

LCB.CW

GOVERNMENT OF TAMIL NADU SALEM CORPORATION THIRD TAMIL NADU URBAN DEVELOPMENT PROJECT INVITATION FOR BID (IFB) NATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING Date: 14.07.2009 Bid No: E2/2304/2000/SS-1 Package No. : I 1. The Government of India has received a loan from the International Bank for Reconstruction & Development towards the cost of Third Tamil Nadu Urban Development Project and intends to apply a part of the funds to cover eligible payments under the contracts for construction of works as detailed below. Bidding is open to all bidders from eligible source countries as defined in the IBRD Guidelines for Procurement. Bidders from India should, however, be registered with the Government of Tamil Nadu or other State Governments/Government of India, or State/Central Government Undertakings. Bidders are advised to note the minimum qualification criteria specified in Clause 4 of the Instructions to Bidders to qualify for the award of the contract. The COMMISSIONER, SALEM CORPORATION invites bids for the construction of works detailed the table. The bidders may submit bids for any or all of the following works. in

2. 3.

Bidding documents (and additional copies) may be purchased from the office of The COMMISSIONER, SALEM CORPORATION, from 16.07.2009 to 19.08.2009, for a non-refundable fee (three sets) as indicated, in the form of cash or Demand Draft on any Scheduled bank payable at SALEM in favour of The COMMISSIONER, SALEM CORPORATION. Interested bidders may obtain further information at the same address. Bidding documents requested by mail will be despatched by registered/speed post on payment of an extra amount of Rs.1000/- The COMMISSIONER, SALEM CORPORATION will not be held responsible for the postal delay if any, in the delivery of the documents or non-receipt of the same. The Bid document can also be freely downloaded from the Website I)http://tenders.gov.in II)www.tenders.tn.gov.in III)www.salemcorporation.gov.in and used at free of cost. The bidders who have downloaded the bid documents, shall be solely responsible for checking the web site for any addendum / amendment issued subsequently to the bid document and take into consideration the same while preparing and submitting the bids.

5.

Bids must be accompanied by security of the amount specified for the work in the table below, drawn in favour of The COMMISSIONER, SALEM CORPORATION. Bid security will have to be in any one of the forms as specified in the bidding document and shall have to be valid for 45 days beyond the validity of the bid. Bids must be delivered to The COMMISSIONER, SALEM CORPORATION on or before 15.00.hours on 20.08.2009 and will be opened on the same day at 15.15.hours, in the presence of the bidders who wish to attend. If the office happens to be closed on the date of receipt of the bids as specified, the bids will be received and opened on the next working day at the same time and venue. A prebid meeting will be held on 30.07.2009 at 11.00 hrs. at the office of The COMMISSIONER OF SALEM CORPORATION to clarify the issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage as stated in Clause 9.2 of Instructions to Bidders of the bidding document. Other details can be seen in the bidding documents.

6.

7.

TABLE Approximate value of work (Rs.)

Package No. Package I

Name of work Providing Under Ground Sewerage Scheme (Collection System) to Salem Corporation (Zone 1 and Zone 4)

Bid security (Rs.)

Cost of document (Rs.) 5000 + 600(Sales Tax) + 125 (SC on ST) = 5725 (for One Set containing three copies)

Period of completion 30 months including monsoon period

12,83,00,000

12,83,000

COMMISSIONER, SALEM CORPORATION.

- 2 -

SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)

- 3 -

Section 1: Instructions to Bidders

Table of Clauses

A.

General 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Scope of Bid Source of Funds Eligible Bidders Qualification of the Bidder One Bid per Bidder Cost of Bidding Site Visit

Page No. 5 5 5 5 8 8 8

D. 19. 20. 21. 22.

Submission of Bids

PageNo. 12 12 12

Sealing and Marking of Bids 12 Deadline for Submission of Bids Late Bids Modification and Withdrawal of Bids

B.

Bidding Documents 8. 9. 10. Content of Bidding Documents Clarification of Bidding Documents Amendment of Bidding Documents 9 9 9

E. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. F. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37.

Bid Opening and Evaluation Bid Opening Process to be Confidential Clarification of Bids Examination of Bids and Determination of Responsiveness Correction of Errors Currency for Bid Evaluation Evaluation and Comparison of Bids Preference for Domestic Bidders Award of Contract Award Criteria Employer's Right to Accept any Bid and to Reject any or all Bids Notification of Award Performance Security Advance Payment and Security Adjudicator Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices 14 15 15 15 15 16 16 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14

C.

Preparation of Bids 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Language of Bid Documents Comprising the Bid Bid Prices Currencies of Bid and Payment Bid Validity Bid Security Alternative Proposals by Bidders Format and Signing of Bid 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11

- 4 -

A. General 1. 1.1 Scope of Bid The COMMISSIONER, SALEM CORPORATION (referred to as Employer in these documents) invites bids for the construction of works (as defined in these documents and referred to as "the works") detailed in the table given in IFB. The bidders may submit bids for any or all of the works detailed in the table given in IFB. The successful bidder will be expected to complete the works by the intended completion date specified in the Contract data. Source of Funds The Government of India has received a loan from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (hereinafter called the Bank) towards the cost of Third Tamil Nadu Urban Development Project and intends to apply a part of the funds to cover eligible payments under the contract for the Works. Payments by the Bank will be made only at the request of the borrower and upon approval of the Bank in accordance with the Loan Agreement, and will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of that Agreement. Except as the Bank may specifically otherwise agree, no party other than the borrower shall derive any rights from the Loan Agreement or have any rights to the loan proceeds. The loan agreement prohibits a withdrawal from the loan account for the purpose of any payment to persons or entities, or for any import of goods, if such payment or import, to the knowledge of the Bank, is prohibited by a decision of the United Nations Security Council, taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations. Eligible Bidders This Invitation for Bids is open to all bidders from the eligible countries as defined under the IBRD Guidelines for Procurement. Any materials, equipment, and services to be used in the performance of the Contract shall have their origin in the eligible source countries. All bidders shall provide in Section 2, Forms of Bid and Qualification Information, a statement that the Bidder is not associated, nor has been associated in the past, directly or indirectly, with the Consultant or any other entity that has prepared the design, specifications, and other documents for the Project or being proposed as Project Manager for the Contract. A firm that has been engaged by the Borrower to provide consulting services for the preparation or supervision of the works, and any of its affiliates, shall not be eligible to bid. Government-owned enterprises in the Employers country may only participate if they are legally and financially autonomous, operate under commercial law and are not a dependent agency of the Borrower or Sub-borrower. Bidders shall not be under a declaration of ineligibility for corrupt and fraudulent practices issued by the Bank in accordance with sub-clause 37.1.

1.2

2. 2.1

2.2

3. 3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

4. 4.1

Qualification of the Bidder All bidders shall provide in Section 2, Forms of Bid and Qualification Information, a preliminary description of the proposed work method and schedule, including drawings and charts, as necessary. In the event that Pre-qualification of potential bidders has been undertaken, only bids from prequalified bidders will be considered for award for Contract. These qualified bidders should submit with their bids any information updating their original prequalification applications or, alternatively, confirm in their bids that the originally submitted prequalification information remains essentially correct as of date of bid submission. The update or confirmation should be provided in Section 2. If the Employer has not undertaken prequalification of potential bidders, all bidders shall include the following information and documents with their bids in Section 2: (a) (b) copies of original documents defining the constitution or legal status, place of registration, and principal place of business; written power of attorney of the signatory of the Bid to commit the Bidder; total monetary value of construction work performed for each of the last five years; - 5 -

4.2

4.3

(c)

experience in works of a similar nature and size for each of the last five years, and details of works under way or contractually committed; and clients who may be contacted for further information on those contracts; major items of construction equipment proposed to carry out the Contract; qualifications and experience of key site management and technical personnel proposed for the Contract; reports on the financial standing of the Bidder, such as profit and loss statements and auditor's reports for the past five years; evidence of adequacy of working capital for this contract (access to line (s) of credit and availability of other financial resources); authority to seek references from the Bidder's bankers; information regarding any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts executed by the Bidder in the last five years or currently under execution. The information shall include the names of the parties concerned, the disputed amount, cause of litigation, and matter in dispute; proposals for subcontracting components of the Works which in aggregate add to more than 20 percent of the Bid Price (for each, the qualifications and experience of the identified sub-contractor in the relevant field should be annexed; no vertical splitting of work for sub-contracting is acceptable); and the proposed methodology and program of construction including Environmental Management Plan, backed with equipment, materials and manpower planning and deployment, duly supported with broad calculations and quality control procedures proposed to be adopted, justifying their capability of execution and completion of the work as per technical specifications within the stipulated period of completion as per milestones

(d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i)

(j)

(k)

4.4 [a] [b] [c] [d]

Bids submitted by a joint venture of two or more firms as partners shall comply with the following requirements : the bid shall include all the information listed in Sub-clause 4.3 above; the bid and, in case of a successful bid, the Agreement, shall be signed so as to be legally binding on all partners; one of the partners shall be nominated as being in charge, and this authorization shall be evidenced by submitting a power of attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of all the partners; the partner in charge shall be authorized to incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all partners of the joint venture and the entire execution of the contract, including payment, shall be done exclusively with the partner in charge; all partners of the joint venture shall be liable jointly and severally for the execution of the contract in accordance with the contract terms, and a statement to this effect shall be included in the authorization mentioned under [c] above, as well as in the bid and in the Agreement [in case of a successful bid]; The joint venture agreement should indicate precisely the role of all members of JV in respect of planning, design, construction equipment, key personnel, work execution, and financing of the project. All members of JV should have active participation in execution during the currency of the contract. This should not be varied/modified subsequently without prior approval of the employer; The joint venture agreement should be registered in SALEM so as to be legally valid and binding on partners; and a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement entered into by the partners shall be submitted with the bid. Alternatively, a Letter of Intent to execute a joint Venture Agreement in the event of a successful bid shall be signed by all partners and submitted with the bid, together with a copy of the proposed Agreement. A. To qualify for award of the contract, each bidder in its name should have in the last five years i.e. 2004 - 2005 to 2008 - 2009 - 6 -

[e]

[f]

[g] [h]

4.5

(a) b)

achieved, in at least two financial years, a minimum annual financial turnover (in all classes of civil engineering construction works only) of Rs.55 Millions @ Satisfactorily completed as a prime contractor, (or as subcontractor duly certified by the employer or the main contractor supported by authorization from the employer for subcontracting) at least one similar work of value not less than Rs. 65 Millions @ executed in any one year, the following minimum quantities of work: (i) Supplying, laying, jointing and testing of Stoneware/RCC/PVC/CI/DI/HDPE sewers of size 150mm and above dia including sewer appurtenances etc., complete 20KM

c)

(@) at 2009 2010 price level. Financial turnover and cost of completed works of previous years shall be given weightage of 5% per year based on rupee value to bring them to 2009 2010 price level. 4.5 B. (a) Each bidder should further demonstrate: availability (either owned or leased or by procurement against mobilization advances) of the following key and critical equipment for this work: JCB Lorry Tippers Crane Concrete Mixers Mechanical Vibrators Hydraulic mobile crane Tripod Leveling Instrument T&P for jointing pipes Pipe cutting machinery Mini power Roller / Compactor Dewatering Pump sets 2 Nos. (0.5 cum) 4 Nos. (10 MT) 4 Nos. (10 MT) 1 Nos. (20 MT) 3 Nos. (0.3 cum) 5 Nos. (40 mm Needle) 1 No. (2 MT) 10 Nos. 9 Nos. 10 sets 3 Nos. 3 Nos. (1 MT) 6 Nos. (5 HP)

NOTE: Based on the studies, carried out by the Engineer the minimum suggested major equipment to attain the completion of works in accordance with the prescribed construction schedule are shown in the above list. The bidders should, however, undertake their own studies and furnish with their bid, a detailed construction planning and methodology supported with layout and necessary drawings and calculations (detailed) as stated in clause 4.3 (k) above to allow the employer to review their proposals. The numbers, types and capacities of each plant/equipment shall be shown in the proposals along with the cycle time for each operation for the given production capacity to match the requirements. (b) (c) availability for this work of a Project Manager with no less than five years' experience in construction of similar civil engineering works and other key personnel with adequate experience as required; and liquid assets and/or availability of credit facilities of no less than Rs.15 million in the format given in Section 2. (Credit lines/letter of credit/certificates from Banks for meeting the funds requirement etc.) To qualify for a package of contracts made up of this and other contracts for which bids are invited in the IFB, the bidder must demonstrate having experience and resources sufficient to meet the aggregate of the qualifying criteria for the individual contracts.

4.5

C.

4.6

The figures for each of the partners of a joint venture shall be added together to determine the Bidders compliance with the minimum qualifying criteria of Sub-clause 4.5. However, for a joint venture to qualify, each of its partners must meet at least 50 percent of the minimum criteria set in Sub-clause 4.5 above and all the partners collectively must meet the criteria specified in Sub-clause 4.5 above in full. Failure to comply with this requirement will result in rejection of the joint ventures bid. - 7 -

Sub-contractors experience and resources will not be taken into account in determining the Bidders compliance with the qualifying criteria, except to the extent stated in Clause 4.5 [A] above. Bidders who meet the minimum qualification criteria will be qualified only if their available bid capacity is more than the total bid value. The available bid capacity will be calculated as under: Assessed Available Bid capacity = ( A*N*1.5 - B ) where A= N= B= Note: Maximum value of civil engineering works executed in any one year during the last five years (updated to 2009 - 2010 price level) taking into account the completed as well as works in progress. Number of years prescribed for completion of the works for which bids are invited. Value, at 2009 - 2010 price level, of existing commitments and on-going works to be completed during the next 24 months. The statements showing the value of existing commitments and on-going works as well as the stipulated period of completion remaining for each of the works listed should be countersigned by the Engineer in charge, not below the rank of an Executive Engineer or equivalent. Even though the bidders meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be disqualified if they have: made misleading or false representations in the forms, statements and attachments submitted in proof of the qualification requirements; and/or record of poor performance such as abandoning the works, not properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history, or financial failures etc.; and/or participated in the previous bidding for the same work and had quoted unreasonably high bid prices could not furnish rational justification to the employer. and

4.7

4.8

5. 5.1

One Bid per Bidder Each bidder shall submit only one bid for one contract either individually or as a partner in a Joint Venture. A bidder who submits or participates in more than one Bid (other than as a subcontractor or in cases of alternatives that have been permitted or requested) will cause all the proposals with the Bidders participation to be disqualified. Cost of Bidding The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of his Bid, and the Employer will in no case be responsible and liable for those costs. Site visit The Bidder, at the Bidders own responsibility and risk is encouraged to visit and examine the Site of Works and its surroundings and obtain all information that may be necessary for preparing the Bid and entering into a contract for construction of the Works. The costs of visiting the Site shall be at the Bidder's own expense.

6. 6.1

7. 7.1

B. Bidding Documents 8. 8.1 Content of Bidding Documents The set of bidding documents comprises the documents listed in the table below and addenda issued in accordance with Clause 10: Invitation for Bids - 8 -

8.2 9. 9.1

Instructions to Bidders Forms of Bid and Qualification Information 3 Conditions of Contract 4 Contract Data 5 Specifications 6 Drawings 7 Bills of Quantities 8 Forms of Securities Of the three sets of the bidding documents supplied, two sets should be completed and returned with the bid. Clarification of Bidding Documents A prospective bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding documents may notify the Employer in writing or by cable (hereinafter "cable" includes telex and facsimile) at the Employer's address indicated in the invitation to bid. The Employer will respond to any request for clarification which he received earlier than 15 days prior to the deadline for submission of bids. Copies of the Employer's response will be forwarded to all purchasers of the bidding documents, including a description of the enquiry but without identifying its source. Pre-bid meeting The bidder or his official representative is invited to attend a pre-bid meeting which will take place at Office of The COMMISSIONER, SALEM CORPORATION on 30.07.2009at 11.00 hrs. The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage. The bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing or by cable to reach the Employer not later than one week before the meeting. Minutes of the meeting, including the text of the questions raised (without identifying the source of enquiry) and the responses given will be transmitted without delay to all purchasers of the bidding documents. Any modification of the bidding documents listed in Sub-Clause 8.1 which may become necessary as a result of the pre-bid meeting shall be made by the Employer exclusively through the issue of an Addendum pursuant to Clause 10 and not through the minutes of the pre-bid meeting. Non-attendance at the pre-bid meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a bidder.

Section

1 2

9.2 9.2.1

9.2.2

9.2.3

9.2.4

9.2.5

10. 10.1 10.2

Amendment of Bidding Documents Before the deadline for submission of bids, the Employer may modify the bidding documents by issuing addenda. Any addendum thus issued shall be part of the bidding documents and shall be communicated in writing to all the purchasers of the bidding documents. Prospective bidders shall acknowledge receipt of each addendum in writing to the Employer. To give prospective bidders reasonable time in which to take an addendum into account in preparing their bids, the Employer shall extend as necessary the deadline for submission of bids, in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.2 below.

10.3

C. Preparation of Bids 11. 11.1 12. 12.1 Language of the Bid All documents relating to the bid shall be in the English language. Documents comprising the Bid The bid submitted by the bidder shall comprise the following: - 9 -

(a) (b) (c) (d)

The Bid (in the format indicated in Section 2). Bid Security; Priced Bill of Quantities; Qualification Information Form and Documents;

and any other materials required to be completed and submitted by bidders in accordance with these instructions. The documents listed under Sections 2, 4 and 7 of Sub-Clause 8.1 shall be filled in without exception. 12.2 13. 13.1 Deleted Bid Prices The contract shall be for the whole works as described in Sub-Clause 1.1, based on the priced Bill Quantities submitted by the Bidder. The bidder shall fill in rates and prices and line item total (both in figures and words) for all items of the Works described in the Bill of Quantities alongwith total bid price (both in figures and words). Items for which no rate or price is entered by the bidder will not be paid for by the Employer when executed and shall be deemed covered by the other rates and prices in the Bill of Quantities. Corrections, if any, shall be made by crossing out, initialing, dating and rewriting. All duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the contractor under the contract, or for any other cause shall be included in the rates, prices and total Bid Price submitted by the Bidder. Bidders may like to ascertain availability of excise/custom duty exemption benefits available in India to the contracts financed under World Bank loan/credits. They are solely responsible for obtaining such benefits which they have considered in their bid and in case of failure to receive such benefits for reasons whatsoever, the employer will not compensate the bidder (contractor). Where the bidder has quoted taking into account such benefits, he must give all information required for issue of certificates in terms of such notifications as per form attached to the Qualification Information in the bid. To the extent the employer determines the quantity indicated therein are reasonable keeping in view the bill of quantities, construction programme and methodology, the certificates will be issued within 60 [sixty] days of signing of contract and no subsequent changes will be permitted. No certificate will be issued for items where no quantity/capacity of equipment is indicated in the statement. The bids which do not conform to the above provisions will be treated as non responsive and rejected. Any delay in procurement of the construction equipment /machinery/goods as a result of the above shall not be a cause for granting any extension of time. The rates and prices quoted by the bidder are subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Clause 47 of the Conditions of Contract. Currencies of Bid and Payment The unit rates and the prices shall be quoted by the bidder entirely in Indian Rupees. Bid Validity Bids shall remain valid for a period not less than ninety days after the deadline date for bid submission specified in Clause 20. A bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive. In a exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of original time limit, the employer may request that the bidders may extend the period of validity for a specified additional period. The request and the bidders responses shall be made in writing or by cable. The bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting is bid security. A bidder agreeing to the request will not be required or permitted to modify his bid, but will be required to extend the validity of his bid security for a period of the extension, and in compliance with Clause 16 in all respects. Deleted Deleted Bid Security The Bidder shall furnish, as part of his Bid, a Bid security in the amount as shown in column 4 of the table of IFB for this particular work. This bid security shall be in favour of The COMMISSIONER, Salem Corporation and may be in one of the following forms: a bank guarantee issued by a nationalized / scheduled bank located in India or a reputable bank located abroad in the form given in Section 8; or - 10 -

13.2

13.3 Note:

13.4

14. 14.1 15. 15.1

15.2

15.3 15.4 16. 16.1

Certified cheque, Bank draft or Letter of Credit in favour of The COMMISSIONER, Salem Corporation payable at Salem

16.2 16.3

Bank guarantees issued as surety for the bid shall be valid for 45 days beyond the validity of the bid. Any bid not accompanied by an acceptable Bid Security and not secured as indicated in Sub-Clauses 16.1 and 16.2 above shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive. The bid security of a joint venture must define as bidder all joint venture partners and list them in the following manner : a joint venture consisting of ., ., and .. The Bid Security of unsuccessful bidders will be returned within 28 days of the end of the bid validity period specified in Sub-Clause 15.1. The Bid Security of the successful bidder will be discharged when the bidder has signed the Agreement and furnished the required Performance Security. The Bid Security may be forfeited (a) (b) (c) if the Bidder withdraws the Bid after Bid opening during the period of Bid validity; if the Bidder does not accept the correction of the Bid Price, pursuant to Clause 27; or in the case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails within the specified time limit to (i) (ii) sign the Agreement; or furnish the required Performance Security.

16.4

16.5

16.6

17. 17.1

Alternative Proposals by Bidders Bidders shall submit offers that comply with the requirements of the bidding documents, including the basic technical design as indicated in the drawing and specifications. Alternatives will not be considered.

18. 18.1

Format and Signing of Bid The Bidder shall prepare one original and one copy of the documents comprising the bid as described in Clause 12 of these Instructions to Bidders, bound with the volume containing the Form of Bid, and clearly marked "ORIGINAL" and "COPY" as appropriate. In the event of discrepancy between them, the original shall prevail. The original and copy of the Bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by a person or persons duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder, pursuant to Sub-Clauses 4.3. All pages of the bid where entries or amendments have been made shall be initialled by the person or persons signing the bid. The Bid shall contain no alterations or additions, except those to comply with instructions issued by the Employer, or as necessary to correct errors made by the bidder, in which case such corrections shall be initialled by the person or persons signing the bid. The Bidder shall furnish information as described in the Form of Bid on commissions or gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid to agents relating to this Bid, and to contract execution if the Bidder is awarded the contract. D. Submission of Bids

18.2

18.3

18.4

19. 19.1

Sealing and Marking of Bids The Bidder shall seal the original and copy of the Bid in separate envelopes, duly marking the envelopes as "ORIGINAL" and "COPY". These envelopes (called as inner envelopes) shall then be put inside one outer envelope. The inner and outer envelopes shall (a) be addressed to the Employer at the following address: The Commissioner, Salem Corporation, Salem - 636 001. - 11 -

19.2

Tamil Nadu. (b) bear the following identification: Bid for providing under ground sewerage to Salem Corporation Bid Reference No: E2/2304/2000 (Package I) DO NOT OPEN BEFORE 20.08.2009, 15.15 hrs.

19.3

In addition to the identification required in Sub-Clause 19.2, the inner envelopes shall indicate the name and address of the bidder to enable the bid to be returned unopened in case it is declared late, pursuant to Clause 21. If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked as above, the Employer will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the bid. Deadline for Submission of the Bids Bids must be received by the Employer at the address specified above no later than 15.00 hrs 20.08.2009. In the event of the specified date for the submission of bids declared a holiday for the Employer, the Bids will be received upto the appointed time on the next working day. The Employer may extend the deadline for submission of bids by issuing an amendment in accordance with Clause 10, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and the bidders previously subject to the original deadline will then be subject to the new deadline. Late Bids Any Bid received by the Employer after the deadline prescribed in Clause 20 will be returned unopened to the bidder. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids Bidders may modify or withdraw their bids by giving notice in writing before the deadline prescribed in Clause 20. Each Bidder's modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed, marked, and delivered in accordance with Clause 18 & 19, with the outer and inner envelopes additionally marked "MODIFICATION" or "WITHDRAWAL", as appropriate. No bid may be modified after the deadline for submission of Bids. Withdrawal or modification of a Bid between the deadline for submission of bids and the expiration of the original period of bid validity specified in Clause 15.1 above or as extended pursuant to Clause 15.2 may result in the forfeiture of the Bid security pursuant to Clause 16. Bidders may offer discounts to, or modify the prices of their Bids only by submitting Bid modifications in accordance with this clause, or included in the original Bid submission.

19.4

20. 20.1

20.2

21. 21.1

22. 22.1

22.2

22.3 22.4

22.5

E. Bid Opening and Evaluation 23. 23.1 Bid Opening The Employer will open all the Bids received (except those received late), including modifications made pursuant to Clause 22, in the presence of the Bidders or their representatives who choose to attend at 15.15 hours on the date and the place specified in Clause 20. In the event of the specified date of Bid opening being declared a holiday for the Employer, the Bids will be opened at the appointed time and location on the next working day. Envelopes marked "WITHDRAWAL" shall be opened and read out first. Bids for which an acceptable notice of withdrawal has been submitted pursuant to Clause 22 shall not be opened. Subsequently all envelopes marked Modification shall be opened and the submissions therein read out in appropriate detail. The Bidders' names, the Bid prices, the total amount of each Bid and of any alternative Bid (if alternatives have been requested or permitted), any discounts, Bid modifications and withdrawals, the presence or absence of Bid security, and such other details as the Employer may consider appropriate, will be announced by the Employer at the opening. No bid shall be rejected at bid opening except for the late bids pursuant to Clause 21. Bids [and - 12 -

23.2

23.3

modifications] sent pursuant to Clause 22 that are not opened and read out at bid opening will not be considered for further evaluation regardless of the circumstances. Late and withdrawn bids will be returned un-opened to bidders. 23.4 The Employer shall prepare minutes of the Bid opening, including the information disclosed to those present in accordance with Sub-Clause 23.3. Process to Be Confidential Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation, and comparison of Bids and recommendations for the award of a contract shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with such process until the award to the successful Bidder has been announced. Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Employer's processing of Bids or award decisions may result in the rejection of his Bid. Clarification of Bids To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of Bids, the Employer may, at his discretion, ask any Bidder for clarification of his Bid, including breakdowns of the unit rates. The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing or by cable, but no change in the price or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted except as required to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer in the evaluation of the Bids in accordance with Clause 27. Subject to sub-clause 25.1, no Bidder shall contact the Employer on any matter relating to its bid from the time of the bid opening to the time the contract is awarded. If the Bidder wishes to bring additional information to the notice of the Employer, it should do so in writing. Any effort by the Bidder to influence the Employer in the Employer's bid evaluation, bid comparison or contract award decisions may result in the rejection of the Bidders bid. Examination of Bids and Determination of Responsiveness Prior to the detailed evaluation of Bids, the Employer will determine whether each Bid (a) meets the eligibility criteria defined in Clause 3; (b) has been properly signed; (c) is accompanied by the required securities and; (d) is substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding documents. A substantially responsive Bid is one which conforms to all the terms, conditions, and specifications of the Bidding documents, without material deviation or reservation. A material deviation or reservation is one (a) which affects in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Works; (b) which limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding documents, the Employer's rights or the Bidder's obligations under the Contract; or (c) whose rectification would affect unfairly the competitive position of other Bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids. If a Bid is not substantially responsive, it will be rejected by the Employer, and may not subsequently be made responsive by correction or withdrawal of the non-conforming deviation or reservation. Correction of Errors Bids determined to be substantially responsive will be checked by the Employer for any arithmetic errors. Errors will be corrected by the Employer as follows: (a) (b) where there is a discrepancy between the rates in figures and in words, the rate in words will govern; and where there is a discrepancy between the unit and the line item total resulting from multiplying the unit rate by the quantity, the unit rate as quoted will govern.

24. 24.1

25. 25.1

25.2

25.3

26. 26.1

26.2

26.3

27. 27.1

27.2

The amount stated in the Bid will be adjusted by the Employer in accordance with the above procedure for the correction of errors and, with the concurrence of the Bidder, shall be considered as binding upon the Bidder. If the Bidder does not accept the corrected amount the Bid will be rejected, and the Bid security may be forfeited in accordance with Sub-Clause 16.6 (b). Deleted Evaluation and Comparison of Bids - 13 -

28. 29.

29.1

The Employer will evaluate and compare only the Bids determined to be substantially responsive in accordance with Clause 26. In evaluating the Bids, the Employer will determine for each Bid the evaluated Bid Price by adjusting the Bid Price as follows: (a) (b) (c) making any correction for errors pursuant to Clause 27; or making an appropriate adjustments for any other acceptable variations, deviations; and making appropriate adjustments to reflect discounts or other price modifications offered in accordance with Sub Clause 22.5.

29.2

29.3

The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any variation, deviation, or alternative offer. Variations, deviations, and alternative offers and other factors which are in excess of the requirements of the Bidding documents or otherwise result in unsolicited benefits for the Employer shall not be taken into account in Bid evaluation. The estimated effect of the price adjustment conditions under Clause 47 of the Conditions of Contract, during the period of implementation of the Contract, will not be taken into account in Bid evaluation. If the Bid of the successful Bidder is seriously unbalanced in relation to the Engineer's estimate of the cost of work to be performed under the contract, the Employer may require the Bidder to produce detailed price analyses for any or all items of the Bill of Quantities, to demonstrate the internal consistency of those prices with the construction methods and schedule proposed. After evaluation of the price analyses, the Employer may require that the amount of the performance security set forth in Clause 34 be increased at the expense of the successful Bidder to a level sufficient to protect the Employer against financial loss in the event of default of the successful Bidder under the Contract. Deleted F. Award of Contract

29.4

29.5

30.

31. 31.1

Award Criteria Subject to Clause 32, the Employer will award the Contract to the Bidder whose Bid has been determined to be substantially responsive to the Bidding documents and who has offered the lowest evaluated Bid Price, provided that such Bidder has been determined to be (a) eligible in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3, and (b) qualified in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.

31.2

If, pursuant to Clause 12.2 this contract is being let along with other contracts, the lowest evaluated Bid Price will be determined when evaluating this contract in conjunction with other contracts to be awarded concurrently, taking into account any discounts offered by the bidders for the award of more than one contract. Employer's Right to Accept any Bid and to Reject any or all Bids Notwithstanding Clause 31, the Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and to cancel the Bidding process and reject all Bids, at any time prior to the award of Contract, without thereby incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders or any obligation to inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the grounds for the Employer's action. Notification of Award and Signing of Agreement The Bidder whose Bid has been accepted will be notified of the award by the Employer prior to expiration of the Bid validity period by cable, telex or facsimile confirmed by registered letter. This letter (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract called the "Letter of Acceptance") will state the sum that the Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution, completion, and maintenance of the Works by the Contractor as prescribed by the Contract (hereinafter and in the Contract called the "Contract Price"). The notification of award will constitute the formation of the Contract, subject only to the furnishing of a performance security in accordance with the provisions of Clause 34.

32. 32.1

33. 33.1

33.2

- 14 -

33.3

The Agreement will incorporate all agreements between the Employer and the successful Bidder. It will be signed by the Employer and kept ready for signature of the successful bidder in the office of employer within 28 days following the notification of award along with the Letter of Acceptance. Within 21 days of receipt, the successful Bidder will sign the Agreement and deliver it to the Employer. Upon the furnishing by the successful Bidder of the Performance Security, the Employer will promptly notify the other Bidders that their Bids have been unsuccessful. Performance Security Within 21 days of receipt of the Letter of Acceptance, the successful Bidder shall deliver to the Employer a Performance Security in any of the forms given below for an amount equivalent to 5% of the Contract price plus additional security for unbalanced Bids in accordance with Clause 29.5 of ITB and Clause 52 of Conditions of Contract: a bank guarantee in the form given in Section 8; or Certified cheque/Bank draft, in favour of The COMMISSIONER, Salem Corporation payable at Salem.

33.4

34. 34.1

34.2

If the performance security is provided by the successful Bidder in the form of a Bank Guarantee, it shall be issued either (a) at the Bidder's option, by a Nationalized/Scheduled Indian bank or (b) by a foreign bank located in India and acceptable to the Employer or (c) by a foreign bank through a correspondent Bank in India [scheduled or nationalized]. The performance security of a Joint Venture shall be in the name of the joint venture. Failure of the successful bidder to comply with the requirements of sub-clause 34.1 shall constitute a breach of contract, cause for annulment of the award, forfeiture of the bid security, and any such other remedy the Employer may take under the contract, and the Employer may resort to awarding the contract to the next ranked bidder. Advance Payment and Security The Employer will provide an Advance Payment on the Contract Price as stipulated in the Conditions of Contract, subject to maximum amount, as stated in the Contract Data. Adjudicator The Employer proposes that Thiru. L. Viswanathan, Rtd.SE /TWAD Board Department be appointed as Adjudicator under the Contract, at a daily fee of Rs.5,000/- plus reimbursable expenses. If the Bidder disagrees with this proposal, the Bidder should so state in the Bid. If in the Letter of Acceptance, the Employer has not agreed on the appointment of the Adjudicator, the Adjudicator shall be appointed by The President of Institution of Engineers, Tamil Nadu Chapter, Chennai at the request of either party. Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices It is the Banks policy to require that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank loans), as well as bidders, suppliers, and contractors and their subcontractors under Bank-financed contracts, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement and execution of such contracts1. In pursuance of this policy, the Bank: (a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows: (i) (ii) corrupt practice 2 is the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party; fraudulent practice 3 is any act or omission, including a misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;

34.3

35. 35.1

36. 36.1

37. 37.1

In this context, any action taken by a bidder, supplier, contractor, or a sub-contractor to influence the procurement process or contract execution for undue advantage is improper. 2 another party refers to a public official acting in relation to the procurement process or contract execution]. In this context, public official includes World Bank staff and employees of other organizations taking or reviewing procurement decisions. - 15 -

(iii) (iv) (v)

collusive practice 4 is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party; coercive practice 5 is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party; "obstructive practice" is (aa) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Banks inspection and audit rights provided for under sub-clause 37.1 (e) below.

(bb) (b)

will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the bidder recommended for award has, directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive or obstructive practices in competing for the contract in question; will cancel the portion of the loan allocated to a contract if it determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a beneficiary of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices during the procurement or the execution of that contract, without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they occur; will sanction a firm or individual, including declaring ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to be awarded a Bank-financed contract if it at any time determines that the firm has, directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive or obstructive practices in competing for, or in executing, a Bank-financed contract; and will have the right to require that a provision be included in bidding documents and in contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring bidders, suppliers, and contractors and their sub-contractors to permit the Bank to inspect their accounts and records and other documents relating to the bid submission and contract performance and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.

(c)

(d)

(e)

37.2

Furthermore, Bidders shall be aware of the provision stated in sub-clause 23.2 and 59.2 of the Conditions of Contract.

3 a party refers to a public official; the terms benefit and obligation relate to the procurement process or contract execution; and the act or omission is intended to influence the procurement process or contract execution. 4 parties refers to participants in the procurement process (including public officials) attempting to establish bid prices at artificial, non competitive levels. 5 a party refers to a participant in the procurement process or contract execution.

- 16 -

SECTION 2:

FORMS OF BID, QUALIFICATION INFORMATION

AND LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE

Table of Forms: CONTRACTORS BID QUALIFICATION INFORMATION LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE NOTICE TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK AGREEMENT FORM

Page No. 19 21 27 28 29

- 17 -

Contractor's Bid Description of the Work: PROVIDING UNDERGROUND SEWERAGE SCHEME FOR SALEM CORPORATION for PACKAGE I (Zone I & Zone IV) BID To : The COMMISSIONER

Address SALEM CORPORATION, SALEM 636001 GENTLEMEN, Having examined the bidding documents including addendum, we offer to execute the Works described above in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, Specifications, Drawings and Bill of Quantities accompanying this Bid for the Contract Price of _________ [in figures] (__________________________________________________) [in letters].6 The advance Payment required is: Rupees ________________. We accept the appointment of ________________________ as the Adjudicator. (OR) We do not accept the appointment of ___________________ as the Adjudicator and propose instead that _______________________ be appointed as Adjudicator whose daily fees and biographical data are attached. This Bid and your written acceptance of it shall constitute a binding contract between us. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any Bid you receive. We hereby certify that we have taken steps to ensure that no person acting for us or on our behalf will engage in bribery. We also undertake that, in competing for (and, if the award is made to us, in executing) the above contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India namely Prevention of Corruption Act 1988. Commissions or gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid by us to agents relating to this Bid, and to contract execution if we are awarded the contract, are listed below : Name and address of agent ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ (if none, state none)
1 To be filled in by the Bidder, together with his particulars and date of submission at the bottom of the Form of Bid.

Amount ________ ________ ________

Purpose of Commission or gratuity ____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________

- 18 -

We hereby confirm that this Bid complies with the Eligibility, Bid Validity and Bid Security required by the Bidding documents. Yours faithfully, Authorized Signature: Name & Title of Signatory: _________________________________________________________________ Name of Bidder Address : ______________________________________________ : __________________________________________________________________

- 19 -

Qualification Information The information to be filled in by the Bidder in the following pages will be used for purposes of post qualification as provided for in Clause 4 of the Instructions to Bidders. This information will not be incorporated in the Contract. 1. 1.1 For Individual Bidders Constitution or legal status of Bidder [Attach copy] Place of registration: Principal place of business: Power of attorney of signatory of Bid [Attach] 1.2 Total value of Civil Engineering construction work executed and payments received in the last five years (in Rs. Million) 2004 2005 ___________________ 2005 2006 ___________________ 2006 2007 ___________________ 2007 2008 ___________________ 2008 2009 ___________________ _______________________________ _______________________________

Work performed as prime contractor (in the same name) on works of a similar nature over the last five years. (2004 2005 to 2008 2009) ____________________________________________________________________________________ Project Name Name of the Employer* Description Contract of work No. Value of contract (Rs. Million) Date of issue of work order Stipulated period of completion Actual date of completion* Remarks explaining reasons for delay and work completed

1.3.1

____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ 1.3.2 Quantities of work executed as prime contractor (in the same name and style) in the last five years: Name of the Work Name of the Employer* Quantity of work performed (cum) Stoneware/RCC/PVC/CI/DI/HDPE pipe sewer Remarks * (indicate contract Ref)

Year

2004 2005 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 2008 2008 2009 *Attach certificate(s) from the Engineer(s)-in-Charge Attach certificate from Chartered Accountant.

- 20 -

1.4 (A)

Information on Bid Capacity (works for which bids have been submitted and works which are yet to be completed) as on the date of this bid. Existing commitments and on-going works:

__________________________________________________________________________________________ Description Place Contract No. Name Value of Stipulated Value of works* Anticipated of & & Date and Contract period of remaining to be date of Work State Address (Rs. million) completion completed completion of Employer (Rs. million) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) __________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________ (B) Works for which bids already submitted: ____________________________________________________________________________________ Description Place Name and Estimated Stipulated Date when Remarks of & Address of value of works period of decision is if any Work State Employer (Rs. million) completion expected (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Attach certificate(s) from the Engineer(s)-in-Charge.

1.5 The following items of Contractor's Equipment are essential for carrying out the Works. The Bidder should list all the information requested below. Refer also to Sub Clause 4.3 (d) of the Instructions to Bidders. _____________________________________________________________________________________ Item of Requirement Availability proposals Remarks No. Capacity Owned/leased/ Nos/ Age/ (From whom to be equipment capacity condition purchased) to be procured _____________________________________________________________________________________ JCB Lorry Tippers Crane Concrete Mixers Mechanical Vibrators Hydraulic mobile crane Tripod Leveling Instrument T&P for jointing pipes Pipe cutting machinery Mini power Roller / Compactor Dewatering Pump sets 2 Nos. (0.5 cum) 4 Nos. (10 MT) 4 Nos. (10 MT) 1 Nos. (20 MT) 3 Nos. (0.3 cum) 5 Nos. (40 mm Needle) 1 No. (2 MT) 10 Nos. 9 Nos. 10 sets 3 Nos. 3 Nos. (1 MT) 6 Nos. (5 HP)

- 21 -

1.6

Qualifications and experience of key personnel proposed for administration and execution of the Contract. Attach biographical data. Refer also to Sub Clause 4.3 (e) and 4.5 (B) (b) of instructions to Bidders and Sub Clause 9.1 of the Conditions of Contract. _____________________________________________________________________________________ Years of Years of experience in Position Name Qualifications experience the proposed position (general) _____________________________________________________________________________________ Project Manager * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * etc. ____________________________________________________________________________________

1.7 Proposed subcontracts and firms involved. [Refer ITB Clause 4.3 (j)] _____________________________________________________________________________________ Sections Value of Sub-contractor Experience in of the works Sub-contract (name and address) similar work _____________________________________________________________________________________ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * _____________________________________________________________________________________ Financial reports for the last five years: balance sheets, profit and loss statements, auditors' reports (in case of companies/corporation), etc. List them below and attach copies. Evidence of access to financial resources to meet the qualification requirements: cash in hand, lines of credit, etc. List them below and attach copies of support documents [sample format attached]. *

1.8 1.9

1.10. Name, address, and telephone, telex, and fax numbers of the Bidders' bankers who may provide references if contacted by the Employer. 1.11 Information on litigation history in which the Bidder is involved. __________________________________________________________________________________ Employer Cause of dispute Amount involved Remarks showing Other party(ies) present __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ 1.12 Statement of compliance under the requirements of Sub Clause 3.2 of the instructions to Bidders. _____________________________________________________________________________________ \ ______________________________________________________________________________________

status

_______________________________________________________________________________________ 1.13 Proposed work method and schedule. The Bidder should attach descriptions, drawings and charts as necessary to comply with the requirements of the Bidding documents. [Refer ITB Clause 4.1 and 4.3 (k)]. 2. 2.1 2.2 2.3 Joint Ventures The information listed in 1.1-1.12 above shall be provided for each partner of the joint venture. The information in 1.13 above shall be provided for the joint venture. Attach the power of attorney of the signatory[ies] of the bid authorizing signature of the bid on behalf of the joint venture.. - 22 -

2.4

Attach the agreement among all partners of the joint venture [and which is legally binding on all partners], which shows the requirements as indicated in sub-clause 4.4 of the Instructions to Bidders. Alternatively, a Letter of Intent to execute a Joint Venture Agreement in the event of a successful bid shall be signed by all partners and submitted with the bid, together with a copy of the proposed Agreement Furnish details of participation proposed in the joint venture as below: DETAILS OF PARTICIPATION IN THE JOINT VENTURE PARTICIPATION DETAILS FIRM A (Lead Partner) FIRM B FIRM C

2.5

Financial

Name of the Banker(s)

Planning Construction Equipment

Key Personnel Execution of Work (Give details on contribution of each)

3.

Additional Requirements

3.1 Bidders should provide any additional information required to fulfill the requirements of Clause 4 of the Instructions to the Bidders, if applicable.

_________________________________________________________________________________________

- 23 -

SAMPLE FORMAT FOR EVIDENCE OF ACCESS TO OR AVAILABILITY OF CREDIT FACILITIES * CLAUSE 4.5 [B] [c] OF ITB BANK CERTIFICATE This is to certify that M/s. is a reputed company with a good financial standing. If the contract for the work, namely . [funded by the World Bank] is awarded to the above firm, we shall be able to provide overdraft/credit facilities to the extent of Rs. to meet their working capital requirements for executing the above contract. __ Sd. __ Name of Bank Senior Bank Manager Address of the Bank _________________________________________________________________________________________

Change the text as follows for Joint venture:

This is to certify that M/s. who has formed a JV with M/s. and M/s. . for participating in this bid, is a reputed company with a good financial standing. If the contract for the work, namely . [funded by the World Bank] is awarded to the above Joint Venture, we shall be able to provide overdraft/credit facilities to the extent of Rs. to M/s. .. to meet the working capital requirements for executing the above contract. [This should be given by the JV members in proportion to their financial participation.]

- 24 -

(Name of the Project) (Declaration regarding customs/excise duty exemption for materials/ construction equipment bought for the work) (Bidders Name and Address) To: (Name of the Employer) Dear Sir: Re: [Name of Work] Certificate for Import/Procurement of Goods/Construction Equipment 1.

Form .

We confirm that we are solely responsible for obtaining customs/excise duty waivers which we have considered in our bid and in case of failure to receive such waivers for reasons whatsoever, the Employer will not compensate us. We are furnishing below the information required by the Employer for issue of the necessary certificates in terms of the Government of India Central Excise Notification No. 108/95 and Customs Notification No. 85/99. The goods/construction equipment for which certificates are required are as under: Make/ Capacity Quantity Value State whether it will Brand [where be procured locally Name applicable] or imported [if so from which country] Remarks regarding justification for the quantity and their usage in works

2. 3. Items

Goods [a] Bitumen [b] Others Construction Equipment [a] [b] [c] [d] 4. 5. We agree that no modification to the above list is permitted after bids are opened. We agree that the certificate will be issued only to the extent considered reasonable by the Employer for the work, based on the Bill of Quantities and the construction programme and methodology as furnished by us along with the bid.

We confirm that the above goods will be exclusively used for the construction of the above work and construction equipment will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner for a period of five years from the date of acquisition. Date: ___________________ (Signature) ____________________ Place: __________________ (Printed Name) _________________ (Designation) __________________ (Common Seal) ________________ This certificate will be issued within 60 days of signing of contract and no subsequent changes will be permitted.

6.

- 25 -

Letter of Acceptance (letterhead paper of the Employer) ________________________[date] To: _________________________________________________________________________[name and address of the Contractor] Dear Sirs, This is to notify you that your Bid dated ____________ for execution of the ________________________ ___________________________________________________________ [name of the contract and identification number, as given in the Instructions to Bidders] for the Contract Price of Rupees ____________________________________ (_____________) [amount in words and figures], as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders1 is hereby accepted by our Agency. We accept/do not accept that __________________________ be appointed as the Adjudicator2. We note that as per bid, you do not intend to subcontract any component of work. [OR] We note that as per bid, you propose to employ M/s. .......................................... as sub-contractor for executing ......................................... [Delete whichever is not applicable] You are hereby requested to furnish Performance Security, plus additional security for unbalanced bids in terms of ITB clause 29.5, in the form detailed in Para 34.1 of ITB for an amount of Rs. within 21 days of the receipt of this letter of acceptance valid upto 28 days from the date of expiry of Defects Liability Period i.e. upto ........... and sign the contract, failing which action as stated in Para 34.3 of ITB will be taken. We have reviewed the construction methodology submitted by you along with the bid in response to ITB Clause 4.3[k] and our comments are given in the attachment. You are requested to submit a revised Program including environmental management plan as per Clause 27 of General Conditions of Contract within 14 days of receipt of this letter. Yours faithfully,

Authorized Signature Name and Title of Signatory Name of Agency

1
2

Delete "corrected and" or "and modified" if only one of these actions applies. Delete "as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders" if corrections or modifications have not been effected. To be used only if the Contractor disagrees in his Bid with the Adjudicator proposed by the Employer in the "Instructions to Bidders."

- 26 -

Issue of Notice to proceed with the work (letterhead of the Employer) To (name and address of the Contractor) Dear Sirs: Pursuant to your furnishing the requisite security as stipulated in ITB clause 34.1 and signing of the contract agreement for the construction of @ a Bid Price of Rs., you are hereby instructed to proceed with the execution of the said works in accordance with the contract documents. Yours faithfully, (date)

(Signature, name and title of signatory authorized to sign on behalf of Employer)

- 27 -

Agreement Form

Agreement This agreement, made the ___________________ day of ______________20_______,

between_________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________[name and address of Employer] (hereinafter called the Employer) of the one part and ______________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________[name and address of contractor] (hereinafter called the Contractor ) of the other part. Whereas the Employer is desirous that the Contractor execute _____________________________ name and

________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________[ identification number of Contract] (hereinafter called the Works) and the Employer has accepted the Bid by the Contractor for the execution and completion of such Works and the remedying of any defects therein, at a contract price of Rs................................................................................. NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as follows: 1. In this Agreement, words and expression shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract hereinafter referred to, and they shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as hereinafter mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute and complete the Works and remedy any defects therein in conformity in all aspects with the provisions of the Contract. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying the defects wherein the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement, viz.: i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) Letter of Acceptance; Notice to proceed with the works; Contractors Bid; Contract Data; Conditions of contract (including Special Conditions of Contract); Specifications; Drawings; Bill of Quantities; Joint Venture Agreement; and Any other document listed in the Contract Data as forming part of the contract.

2.

3.

4.

- 28 -

In witness whereof the parties thereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first before written. The Common Seal of ____________________________________________________________

was hereunto affixed in the presence of: Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the said _________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ in the presence of:

Binding Signature of Employer Binding Signature of Contractor

_________________________________________________ ___ _____________________________________________________

- 29 -

SECTION 3: CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

- 30 -

Conditions of Contract

Table of Contents

A. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26.

General

Page No.

C. 33. 34. 35. 36.

Quality Control Identifying Defects Tests Correction of Defects Uncorrected Defects

Page No. 38 39 39 39

Definitions 33 Interpretation 34 Language and Law 34 Engineer's Decisions 34 Delegation 35 Communications 35 Subcontracting 35 Other Contractors 35 Personnel 35 Employers & Contractor's Risks 35 Employer's Risks 35 Contractors Risks 35 Insurance 35 Site Investigation Reports 36 Queries about the Contract Data 36 Contractor to Construct the Works 36 The Works to Be Completed by the Intended Completion Date 36 Approval by the Engineer 36 Safety 36 Discoveries 37 Possession of the Site 37 Access to the Site 37 Instructions 37 Disputes 37 Procedure for Disputes 37 Replacement of Adjudicator 37 37 38 38 38 38 38

D. Cost Control 37. Bill of Quantities 38. Changes in the Quantities 39. Variations 40. Payments for Variations 41. Cash Flow Forecasts 42. Payment Certificates 43. Payments 44. Compensation Events 45. Tax 46. Currencies 47. Price Adjustments 48. Retention 49. Liquidated Damages 50. Bonus 51. Advance Payment 52. Securities 53. Dayworks 54. Cost of Repairs

39 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 41 41 42 42 42 42 42 43 43 43

E. Finishing the Contract 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. F. Completion Taking Over Final Account Operating and Maintenance Manuals Termination Payment upon Termination Property Release from Performance Suspension of World Bank Loan or Credit Fraud and Corruption Special Conditions of Contract 43 43 43 43 44 44 45 45 45 45 46

B. Time Control 27. Program 28. Extension of the Intended Completion Date 29. Acceleration 30. Delays Ordered by the Engineer 31. Management Meetings 32. Early Warning

- 31 -

Conditions of Contract A. General 1. Definitions 1.1 Terms which are defined in the Contract Data are not also defined in the Conditions of Contract but keep their defined meanings. Capital initials are used to identify defined terms. The Adjudicator is the person appointed jointly by the Employer and the Contractor to resolve disputes in the first instance, as provided for in Clauses 24 and 25. The name of the Adjudicator is defined in the Contract Data. Bill of Quantities means the priced and completed Bill of Quantities forming part of the Bid. Compensation Events are those defined in Clause 44 hereunder. The Completion Date is the date of completion of the Works as certified by the Engineer in accordance with Sub Clause 55.1. The Contract is the contract between the Employer and the Contractor to execute, complete and maintain the Works. It consists of the documents listed in Clause 2.3 below. The Contract Data defines the documents and other information which comprise the Contract. The Contractor is a person or corporate body whose Bid to carry out the Works has been accepted by the Employer. The Contractor's Bid is the completed Bidding document submitted by the Contractor to the Employer. The Contract Price is the price stated in the Letter of Acceptance and thereafter as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. Days are calendar days; months are calendar months. A Defect is any part of the Works not completed in accordance with the Contract. The Defects Liability Period is the period named in the Contract Data and calculated from the Completion Date. The Employer is the party who will employ the Contractor to carry out the Works. The Engineer is the person named in the Contract Data (or any other competent person appointed and notified to the contractor to act in replacement of the Engineer) who is responsible for supervising the execution of the works and administering the Contract. Equipment is the Contractor's machinery and vehicles brought temporarily to the Site to construct the Works. The Initial Contract Price is the Contract Price listed in the Employer's Letter of Acceptance. The Intended Completion Date is the date on which it is intended that the Contractor shall complete the Works. The Intended Completion Date is specified in the Contract Data. The Intended Completion Date may be revised only by the Engineer by issuing an extension of time. Materials are all supplies, including consumables, used by the contractor for incorporation in the Works. Plant is any integral part of the Works which is to have a mechanical, electrical, electronic or chemical or biological function. The Site is the area defined as such in the Contract Data. Site Investigation Reports are those which were included in the Bidding documents and are factual interpretative reports about the surface and sub-surface conditions at the site. - 32 -

Specification means the Specification of the Works included in the Contract and any modification or addition made or approved by the Engineer. The Start Date is given in the Contract Data. It is the date when the Contractor shall commence execution of the works. It does not necessarily coincide with any of the Site Possession Dates. A Subcontractor is a person or corporate body who has a Contract with the Contractor to carry out a part of the work in the Contract which includes work on the Site. Temporary Works are works designed, constructed, installed, and removed by the Contractor which are needed for construction or installation of the Works. A Variation is an instruction given by the Engineer which varies the Works. The Works are what the Contract requires the Contractor to construct, install, and turn over to the Employer, as defined in the Contract Data. 2. Interpretation 2.1 In interpreting these Conditions of Contract, singular also means plural, male also means female or neuter, and the other way around. Headings have no significance. Words have their normal meaning under the language of the Contract unless specifically defined. The Engineer will provide instructions clarifying queries about the Conditions of Contract. If sectional completion is specified in the Contract Data, references in the Conditions of Contract to the Works, the Completion Date, and the Intended Completion Date apply to any Section of the Works (other than references to the Completion Date and Intended Completion date for the whole of the Works). The documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) 3. Agreement Letter of Acceptance, notice to proceed with the works Contractors Bid Contract Data Conditions of Contract including Special Conditions of Contract Specifications Drawings Bill of Quantities and any other document listed in the Contract Data as forming part of the Contract.

2.2

2.3

Language and Law 3.1 The language of the Contract and the law governing the Contract are stated in the Contract Data.

4.

Engineer's Decisions 4.1 Except where otherwise specifically stated, the Engineer will decide contractual matters between the Employer and the Contractor in the role representing the Employer.

5.

Delegation 5.1 The Engineer may delegate any of his duties and responsibilities to other people except to the Adjudicator after notifying the Contractor and may cancel any delegation after notifying the Contractor. - 33 -

6.

Communications 6.1 Communications between parties which are referred to in the conditions are effective only when in writing. A notice shall be effective only when it is delivered (in terms of Indian Contract Act).

7.

Subcontracting 7.1 The Contractor may subcontract with the approval of the Engineer but may not assign the Contract without the approval of the Employer in writing. Subcontracting does not alter the Contractor's obligations.

8.

Other Contractors 8.1 The Contractor shall cooperate and share the Site with other contractors, public authorities, utilities, and the Employer between the dates given in the Schedule of Other Contractors. The Contractor shall as referred to in the Contract Data, also provide facilities and services for them as described in the Schedule. The employer may modify the schedule of other contractors and shall notify the contractor of any such modification.

9.

Personnel 9.1 The Contractor shall employ the key personnel named in the Schedule of Key Personnel as referred to in the Contract Data to carry out the functions stated in the Schedule or other personnel approved by the Engineer. The Engineer will approve any proposed replacement of key personnel only if their qualifications, abilities, and relevant experience are substantially equal to or better than those of the personnel listed in the Schedule. If the Engineer asks the Contractor to remove a person who is a member of the Contractors staff or his work force stating the reasons the Contractor shall ensure that the person leaves the Site within seven days and has no further connection with the work in the Contract.

9.2

10. Employers and Contractor's Risks 10.1 The Employer carries the risks which this Contract states are Employers risks, and the Contractor carries the risks which this Contract states are Contractors risks.

11. Employer's Risks 11.1 The Employer is responsible for the excepted risks which are (a) in so far as they directly affect the execution of the Works in the Employers country, the risks of war, hostilities, invasion, act of foreign enemies, rebellion, revolution, insurrection or military or usurped power, civil war, riot commotion or disorder (unless restricted to the Contractors employees), and contamination from any nuclear fuel or nuclear waste or radioactive toxic explosive, or (b) a cause due solely to the design of the Works, other than the Contractors design.

12. Contractors Risks 12.1 All risks of loss of or damage to physical property and of personal injury and death which arise during and in consequence of the performance of the Contract other than the excepted risks are the responsibility of the Contractor.

13. Insurance 13.1 The Contractor shall provide, in the joint names of the Employer and the Contractor, insurance cover from the Start Date to the end of the Defects Liability Period, in the amounts and deductibles stated in the Contract Data for the following events which are due to the Contractors risks: (a) (b) (c) (d) loss of or damage to the Works, Plant and Materials; loss of or damage to Equipment; loss of or damage of property (except the Works, Plant, Materials and Equipment) in connection with the Contract; and personal injury or death. - 34 -

13.2

Policies and certificates for insurance shall be delivered by the Contractor to the Engineer for the Engineers approval before the Start Date. All such insurance shall provide for compensation to be payable in the types and proportions of currencies required to rectify the loss or damage incurred. If the Contractor does not provide any of the policies and certificates required, the Employer may effect the insurance which the Contractor should have provided and recover the premiums the Employer has paid from payments otherwise due to the Contractor or, if no payment is due, the payment of the premiums shall be a debt due. Alterations to the terms of an insurance shall not be made without the approval of the Engineer. Both parties shall comply with any conditions of the insurance policies.

13.3

13.4 13.5

14. Site Investigation Reports 14.1 The Contractor, in preparing the Bid, shall rely on any site Investigation Reports referred to in the Contract Data, supplemented by any information available to the Bidder.

15. Queries about the Contract Data 15.1 The Engineer will clarify queries on the Contract Data.

16. Contractor to Construct the Works 16.1 The Contractor shall construct and install the Works in accordance with the Specification and Drawings, and as per instructions of Engineer.

17. The Works to Be Completed by the Intended Completion Date 17.1 The Contractor may commence execution of the Works on the Start Date and shall carry out the Works in accordance with the program submitted by the Contractor, as updated with the approval of the Engineer, and complete them by the Intended Completion Date.

18. Approval by the Engineer 18.1 The Contractor shall submit Specifications and Drawings showing the proposed Temporary Works to the Engineer, who is to approve them if they comply with the Specifications and Drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for design of Temporary Works. The Engineer's approval shall not alter the Contractor's responsibility for design of the Temporary Works. The Contractor shall obtain approval of third parties to the design of the Temporary Works where required. All Drawings prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the temporary or permanent Works, are subject to prior approval by the Engineer before their use.

18.2 18.3 18.4 18.5

19. Safety 19.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all activities on the Site.

20. Discoveries 20.1 Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly discovered on the Site is the property of the Employer. The Contractor is to notify the Engineer of such discoveries and carry out the Engineer's instructions for dealing with them.

21. Possession of the Site

- 35 -

21.1

The Employer shall give possession of all parts of the Site to the Contractor. If possession of a part is not given by the date stated in the Contract Data the Employer is deemed to have delayed the start of the relevant activities and this will be Compensation Event.

22. Access to the Site The Contractor shall allow the Engineer and any person authorized by the Engineer access to the Site, to any place where work in connection with the Contract is being carried out or is intended to be carried out and to any place where materials or plant are being manufactured / fabricated / assembled for the works. 23. Instructions 22.1 23.1 The Contractor shall carry out all instructions of the Engineer which comply with the applicable laws where the Site is located.

The Contractor shall permit the bank to inspect the Contractors accounts and records relating to the performance of the Contractor and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank, if so required by the Bank. 24. Disputes 23.2 If the Contractor believes that a decision taken by the Engineer was either outside the authority given to the Engineer by the Contract or that the decision was wrongly taken, the decision shall be referred to the Adjudicator within 14 days of the notification of the Engineer's decision. 25. Procedure for Disputes 24.1 25.1 25.2 The Adjudicator shall give a decision in writing within 28 days of receipt of a notification of a dispute. The Adjudicator shall be paid daily at the rate specified in the Contract Data together with reimbursable expenses of the types specified in the Contract Data and the cost shall be divided equally between the Employer and the Contractor, whatever decision is reached by the Adjudicator. Either party may refer a decision of the Adjudicator to an Arbitrator within 28 days of the Adjudicator's written decision. If neither party refers the dispute to arbitration within the above 28 days, the Adjudicator's decision will be final and binding. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the arbitration procedure stated in the Special Conditions of Contract.

25.3

26. Replacement of Adjudicator 26.1 Should the Adjudicator resign or die, or should the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Adjudicator is not fulfilling his functions in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, a new Adjudicator will be jointly appointed by the Employer and the Contractor. In case of disagreement between the Employer and the Contractor, within 30 days, the Adjudicator shall be designated by the Appointing Authority designated in the Contract Data at the request of either party, within 14 days of receipt of such request. B. Time Control 27. Program 27.1 Within the time stated in the Contract Data the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a Program including Environmental Management Plan showing the general methods, arrangements, order, and timing for all the activities in the Works along with monthly cash flow forecast. An update of the Program shall be a program showing the actual progress achieved on each activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the timing of the remaining work including any changes to the sequence of the activities. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for approval, an updated Program at intervals no longer than the period stated in the Contract Data. If the Contractor does not submit an updated Program within this period, the Engineer may withhold the amount stated in the Contract Data from the next payment certificate and continue to withhold this amount until the next payment after the date on which the overdue Program has been submitted. The Engineer's approval of the Program shall not alter the Contractor's obligations. The Contractor may revise the Program and submit it to the Engineer again at any time. A revised Program is to show the effect of Variations and Compensation Events.

27.2

27.3

27.4

28. Extension of the Intended Completion Date - 36 -

28.1

The Engineer shall extend the Intended Completion Date if a Compensation Event occurs or a Variation is issued which makes it impossible for Completion to be achieved by the Intended Completion Date without the Contractor taking steps to accelerate the remaining work and which would cause the Contractor to incur additional cost. The Engineer shall decide whether and by how much to extend the Intended Completion Date within 21 days of the Contractor asking the Engineer for a decision upon the effect of a Compensation Event or Variation and submitting full supporting information. If the Contractor has failed to give early warning of a delay or has failed to cooperate in dealing with a delay, the delay by this failure shall not be considered in assessing the new Intended Completion Date.

28.2

29. Deleted 30. Delays Ordered by the Engineer 30.1 The Engineer may instruct the Contractor to delay the start or progress of any activity within the Works.

31. Management Meetings 31.1 Either the Engineer or the Contractor may require the other to attend a management meeting. The business of a management meeting shall be to review the plans for remaining work and to deal with matters raised in accordance with the early warning procedure. The Engineer shall record the business of management meetings and is to provide copies of his record to those attending the meeting and to the Employer. The responsibility of the parties for actions to be taken is to be decided by the Engineer either at the management meeting or after the management meeting and stated in writing to all who attended the meeting.

31.2

32. Early Warning 32.1 The Contractor is to warn the Engineer at the earliest opportunity of specific likely future events or circumstances that may adversely affect the quality of the work, increase the Contract Price or delay the execution of works. The Engineer may require the Contractor to provide an estimate of the expected effect of the future event or circumstance on the Contract Price and Completion Date. The estimate is to be provided by the Contractor as soon as reasonably possible. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in making and considering proposals for how the effect of such an event or circumstance can be avoided or reduced by anyone involved in the work and in carrying out any resulting instruction of the Engineer. C. Quality Control 33. Identifying Defects 33.1 The Engineer shall check the Contractor's work and notify the Contractor of any Defects that are found. Such checking shall not affect the Contractor's responsibilities. The Engineer may instruct the Contractor to search for a Defect and to uncover and test any work that the Engineer considers may have a Defect. The contractor shall permit the Employers Technical auditor to check the contractors work and notify the Engineer and Contractor of any defects that are found. Such a check shall not affect the Contractors or the Engineers responsibility as defined in the Contract Agreement.

32.2

33.2

34.

Tests 34.1 If the Engineer instructs the Contractor to carry out a test not specified in the Specification to check whether any work has a Defect and the test shows that it does, the Contractor shall pay for the test and any samples. If there is no Defect the test shall be a Compensation Event.

35. Correction of Defects 35.1 The Engineer shall give notice to the Contractor of any Defects before the end of the Defects Liability Period, which begins at Completion and is defined in the Contract Data. The Defects Liability Period shall be extended for as long as Defects remain to be corrected. - 37 -

35.2

Every time notice of a Defect is given, the Contractor shall correct the notified Defect within the length of time specified by the Engineers notice.

36. Uncorrected Defects 36.1 If the Contractor has not corrected a Defect within the time specified in the Engineers notice, the Engineer will assess the cost of having the Defect corrected, and the Contractor will pay this amount.

D. Cost Control 37. Bill of Quantities 37.1 37.2 The Bill of Quantities shall contain items for the construction, installation, testing, and commissioning work to be done by the contractor. The Bill of Quantities is used to calculate the Contract Price. The Contractor is paid for the quantity of the work done at the rate in the Bill of Quantities for each item.

38. Changes in the Quantities 38.1 If the final quantity of the work done differs from the quantity in the Bill of Quantities for the particular item by more than 25 percent, provided the change exceeds 1% of Initial Contract Price, the Engineer shall adjust the rate to allow for the change. The Engineer shall not adjust rates from changes in quantities if thereby the Initial Contract Price is exceeded by more than 15 percent, except with the Prior approval of the Employer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a detailed cost breakdown of any rate in the Bill of Quantities.

38.2 38.3

39. Variations 39.1 All Variations shall be included in updated Programs produced by the Contractor.

40. Payments for Variations 40.1 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a quotation (with breakdown of unit rates) for carrying out the Variation when requested to do so by the Engineer. The Engineer shall assess the quotation, which shall be given within seven days of the request or within any longer period stated by the Engineer and before the Variation is ordered. If the work in the Variation corresponds with an item description in the Bill of Quantities and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the quantity of work above the limit stated in Sub Clause 38.1 or the timing of its execution do not cause the cost per unit of quantity to change, the rate in the bill of Quantities shall be used to calculate the value of the Variation. If the cost per unit of quantity changes, or if the nature or timing of the work in the Variation does not correspond with items in the Bill of Quantities, the quotation by the Contractor shall be in form of new rates for the relevant items of work. If the Contractor's quotation is unreasonable (or if the contractor fails to provide the Engineer with a quotation within a reasonable time specified by the engineer in accordance with Clause 40.1), the Engineer may order the Variation and make a change to the Contract Price which shall be based on Engineers own forecast of the effects of the Variation on the Contractor's costs. If the Engineer decides that the urgency of varying the work would prevent a quotation being given and considered without delaying the work, no quotation shall be given and the Variation shall be treated as a Compensation Event. The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment for costs that could have been avoided by giving early warning.

40.2

40.3

40.4

40.5

41. Cash flow forecasts - 38 -

41.1

When the Program is updated, the contractor is to provide the Engineer with an updated cash flow forecast.

42. Payment Certificates The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer monthly statements of the estimated value of the work completed less the cumulative amount certified previously along with details of measurement of the quantity of works executed in a tabulated form as approved by the Engineer. The Engineer shall check the details given in the Contractor's monthly statement and within 14 days certify the amounts to be paid to the Contractor after taking into account any credit or debit for the month in question in respect of materials for the works in the relevant amounts and under conditions set forth in subclause 51(3) of the Contract Data (Secured Advance). The value of work executed shall be determined by the Engineer after due check measurement of the quantities claimed as executed by the contractor. The value of work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the items in the Bill of Quantities completed.. The value of work executed shall include the valuation of Variations and Compensation Events. The Engineer may exclude any item certified in a previous certificate or reduce the proportion of any item previously certified in any certificate in the light of later information.

42.1

42.2

42.3

42.4

42.5 42.6

43. Payments 43.1 Payments shall be adjusted for deductions for advance payments, retention, other recoveries in terms of the contract and taxes, at source, as applicable under the law. The Employer shall pay the Contractor the amounts certified by the Engineer within 28 days of the date of each certificate. If the Employer makes a late payment, the Contractor shall be paid interest on the late payment in the next payment. Interest shall be calculated from the date by which the payment should have been made upto the date when the late payment is made at 8% per annum. If an amount certified is increased in a later certificate or as a result of an award by the Adjudicator or an Arbitrator, the Contractor shall be paid interest upon the delayed payment as set out in this clause. Interest shall be calculated from the date upon which the increased amount would have been certified in the absence of dispute. Items of the Works for which no rate or price has been entered in will not be paid for by the Employer and shall be deemed covered by other rates and prices in the Contract.

43.2

43.3

44. Compensation Events 44.1 The following are Compensation Events unless they are caused by the Contractor: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) The Employer does not give access to a part of the Site by the Site Possession Date stated in the Contract Data. The Employer modifies the schedule of other contractors in a way which affects the work of the contractor under the contract. The Engineer orders a delay or does not issue drawings, specifications or instructions required for execution of works on time. The Engineer instructs the Contractor to uncover or to carry out additional tests upon work which is then found to have no Defects. The Engineer unreasonably does not approve for a subcontract to be let. Ground conditions are substantially more adverse than could reasonably have been assumed before issuance of Letter of Acceptance from the information issued to Bidders (including the Site Investigation Reports), from information available publicly and from a visual inspection of the Site. The Engineer gives an instruction for dealing with an unforeseen condition, caused by the Employer, or additional work required for safety or other reasons. - 39 -

(g)

(h) (i) (j) (k) (l) 44.2

Other contractors, public authorities, utilities or the Employer does not work within the dates and other constraints stated in the Contract, and they cause delay or extra cost to the Contractor. The advance payment is delayed. The effect on the Contractor of any of the Employers Risks. The Engineer unreasonably delays issuing a Certificate of Completion. Other Compensation Events listed in the Contract Data or mentioned in the Contract.

If a Compensation Event would cause additional cost or would prevent the work being completed before the Intended Completion Date, the Contract Price shall be increased and/or the Intended Completion Date is extended. The Engineer shall decide whether and by how much the Contract Price shall be increased and whether and by how much the Intended Completion Date shall be extended. As soon as information demonstrating the effect of each Compensation Event upon the Contractor's forecast cost has been provided by the Contractor, it is to be assessed by the Engineer and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. If the Contractor's forecast is deemed unreasonable, the Engineer shall adjust the Contract Price based on Engineers own forecast. The Engineer will assume that the Contractor will react competently and promptly to the event. The Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation to the extent that the Employer's interests are adversely affected by the Contractor not having given early warning or not having cooperated with the Engineer.

44.3

44.4

45. Tax 45.1 The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to be inclusive of the sales and other taxes that the Contractor will have to pay for the performance of this Contract. The Employer will perform such duties in regard to the deduction of such taxes at source as per applicable law.

46. Currencies 46.1 All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees.

47. Price Adjustment 47.1 Contract price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates and price of labour, materials, fuels and lubricants in accordance with the following principles and procedures and as per formula given in the contract data: (a) The price adjustment shall apply for the work done from the start date given in the contract data upto end of the initial intended completion date or extensions granted by the Engineer and shall not apply to the work carried out beyond the stipulated time for reasons attributable to the contractor. The price adjustment shall be determined during each quarter from the formula given in the contract data. Following expressions and meanings are assigned to the work done during each quarter: R= Total value of work done during the quarter. It would include the amount of secured advance for materials paid for (if any) during the quarter, less the amount of the secured advance recovered, during the quarter. It will exclude value for works executed under variations for which price adjustment will be worked separately based on the terms mutually agreed.

(b) (c)

47.2

To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not covered by the provisions of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rates and prices included in the contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency of such other rise or fall in costs.

48. Retention

- 40 -

48.1

The Employer shall retain from each payment due to the Contractor the proportion stated in the Contract Data until Completion of the whole of the Works. On Completion of the whole of the Works half the total amount retained is repaid to the Contractor and half when the Defects Liability Period has passed and the Engineer has certified that all Defects notified by the Engineer to the Contractor before the end of this period have been corrected. On completion of the whole works, the contractor may substitute retention money (balance half) with an on demand Bank guarantee.

48.2

48.3

49. Liquidated Damages 49.1 The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the Employer at the rate per day stated in the Contract Data for each day that the Completion Date is later than the Intended Completion Date (for the whole of the works or the milestone as stated in the contract data). The total amount of liquidated damages shall not exceed the amount defined in the Contract Data. The Employer may deduct liquidated damages from payments due to the Contractor. Payment of liquidated damages does not affect the Contractor's liabilities. If the Intended Completion Date is extended after liquidated damages have been paid, the Engineer shall correct any overpayment of liquidated damages by the Contractor by adjusting the next payment certificate. The Contractor shall be paid interest on the over payment calculated from the date of payment to the date of repayment at the rates specified in Sub Clause 43.1.

49.2

50. Deleted 51. Advance Payment 51.1 The Employer shall make advance payment to the Contractor of the amounts stated in the Contract Data by the date stated in the Contract Data, against provision by the Contractor of an Unconditional Bank Guarantee in a form and by a bank acceptable to the Employer in amounts and currencies equal to the advance payment. The guarantee shall remain effective until the advance payment has been repaid, but the amount of the guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amounts repaid by the Contractor. Interest will not be charged on the advance payment. The bank guarantee of a joint venture shall be in the name of the joint venture. The Contractor is to use the advance payment only to pay for Equipment, Plant and Mobilization expenses required specifically for execution of the Works. The Contractor shall demonstrate that advance payment has been used in this way by supplying copies of invoices or other documents to the Engineer. The advance payment shall be repaid by deducting proportionate amounts from payments otherwise due to the Contractor, following the schedule of completed percentages of the Works on a payment basis. No account shall be taken of the advance (mobilization and equipment only) payment or its repayment in assessing valuations of work done, Variations, price adjustments, Compensation Events, or Liquidated Damages. Secured Advance: The Engineer shall make advance payment in respect of materials intended for but not yet incorporated in the Works in accordance with conditions stipulated in the Contract Data.

51.2

51.3

51.4

- 41 -

52. Securities 52.1 The Performance Security shall be provided to the Employer no later than the date specified in the Letter of Acceptance and shall be issued in an amount and form and by a bank or surety acceptable to the Employer, and denominated in Indian Rupees. The Performance Security shall be valid until a date 28 days from the date of expiry of Defects Liability Period and the additional security for unbalanced bids shall be valid until a date 28 days from the date of issue of the certificate of completion. The performance security of a joint venture shall be in the name of the joint venture.

53. Deleted 54. Cost of Repairs 54.1 Loss or damage to the Works or Materials to be incorporated in the Works between the Start Date and the end of the Defects Correction periods shall be remedied by the Contractor at the Contractor's cost if the loss or damage arises from the Contractor's acts or omissions.

E. Finishing the Contract 55. Completion 55.1 The Contractor shall request the Engineer to issue a Certificate of Completion of the Works and the Engineer will do so upon deciding that the Work is completed.

56. Taking Over 56.1 The Employer shall take over the Site and the Works within seven days of the Engineer issuing a certificate of Completion.

57. Final Account 57.1 The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer a detailed account of the total amount that the Contractor considers payable under the Contract before the end of the Defects Liability Period. The Engineer shall issue a Defect Liability Certificate and certify any final payment that is due to the Contractor within 56 days of receiving the Contractor's account if it is correct and complete. If it is not, the Engineer shall issue within 56 days a schedule that states the scope of the corrections or additions that are necessary. If the Final Account is still unsatisfactory after it has been resubmitted, the Engineer shall decide on the amount payable to the Contractor and issue a payment certificate, within 56 days of receiving the Contractors revised account.

58. Operating and Maintenance Manuals 58.1 If as built Drawings and/or operating and maintenance manuals are required, the Contractor shall supply them by the dates stated in the Contract Data. If the Contractor does not supply the Drawings and/or manuals by the dates stated in the Contract Data, or they do not receive the Engineers approval, the Engineer shall withhold the amount stated in the Contract Data from payments due to the Contractor.

58.2

59. Termination 59.1 The Employer or the Contractor may terminate the Contract if the other party causes a fundamental breach of the Contract. Fundamental breaches of Contract include, but shall not be limited to the following: (a) (b) the Contractor stops work for 28 days when no stoppage of work is shown on the current program and the stoppage has not been authorized by the Engineer; the Engineer instructs the Contractor to delay the progress of the Works and the instruction is not withdrawn within 28 days; - 42 -

59.2

(c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i)

the Employer or the Contractor is made bankrupt or goes into liquidation other than for a reconstruction or amalgamation; a payment certified by the Engineer is not paid by the Employer to the Contractor within 56 days of the date of the Engineer's certificate; the Engineer gives Notice that failure to correct a particular Defect is a fundamental breach of Contract and the Contractor fails to correct it within a reasonable period of time determined by the Engineer; the Contractor does not maintain a security which is required; the Contractor has delayed the completion of works by the number of days for which the maximum amount of liquidated damages can be paid as defined in the Contract data; and if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Purchaser has engaged in fraud and corruption, as defined in GCC Clause 64, in competing for or in executing the Contract. The contractor (in case of joint venture) has modified the composition of the joint venture and/or the responsibility of each member of the joint venture from what is stated in joint venture agreement without prior approval of the Employer.

59.3

When either party to the Contract gives notice of a breach of contract to the Engineer for a cause other than those listed under Sub Clause 59.2 above, the Engineer shall decide whether the breach is fundamental or not. Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may terminate the Contract for convenience. If the Contract is terminated the Contractor shall stop work immediately, make the Site safe and secure and leave the Site as soon as reasonably possible.

59.4 59.5

60. Payment upon Termination 60.1 If the Contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the Contractor, the Engineer shall issue a certificate for the value of the work done less advance payments received up to the date of the issue of the certificate, less other recoveries due in terms of the contract, less taxes due to be deducted at source as per applicable law and less the percentage to apply to the work not completed as indicated in the Contract Data. Additional Liquidated Damages shall not apply . If the total amount due to the Employer exceeds any payment due to the Contractor the difference shall be a debt payable to the Employer. 60.2 If the Contract is terminated at the Employer's convenience or because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the Employer, the Engineer shall issue a certificate for the value of the work done, the reasonable cost of removal of Equipment, repatriation of the Contractor's personnel employed solely on the Works, and the Contractor's costs of protecting and securing the Works and less advance payments received up to the date of the certificate, less other recoveries due in terms of the contract and less taxes due to be deducted at source as per applicable law.

61. Property 61.1 All materials on the Site, Plant, Equipment, Temporary Works and Works are deemed to be the property of the Employer, if the Contract is terminated because of a Contractors default.

62. Release from Performance 62.1 If the Contract is frustrated by the outbreak of war or by any other event entirely outside the control of either the Employer or the Contractor the Engineer shall certify that the Contract has been frustrated. The Contractor shall make the Site safe and stop work as quickly as possible after receiving this certificate and shall be paid for all work carried out before receiving it and for any work carried out afterwards to which commitment was made.

63. Suspension of World Bank Loan or Credit

- 43 -

63.1

In the event that the World Bank suspends the Loan or Credit to the Employer, from which part of the payments to the Contractor are being made: (a) (b) The Employer is obligated to notify the Contractor of such suspension within 7 days of having received the World Banks suspension notice. If the Contractor has not received sums due to it upon the expiration of the 28 days for payment provided for in Sub-Clause 43.1, the Contractor may immediately issue a 14-day termination notice.

64. 64.1

Fraud and Corruption The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank loans), as well as Bidders, Suppliers, Contractors, and Consultants under Bank-financed contracts, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement and execution of such contracts. In pursuit of this policy, the Bank: (a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows: (i) (ii) corrupt practice7 is the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party; fraudulent practice8 is any act or omission, including a misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation; collusive practice9 is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party; coercive practice10 is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party; obstructive practice is (aa) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or (bb) acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Banks inspection and audit rights provided for under sub-clause 64.1 (e) below. (b) will cancel the portion of the loan allocated to a contract if it determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a beneficiary of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices during the procurement or the execution of that contract, without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to remedy the situation; will sanction a firm or individual, including declaring them ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to be awarded a Bank-financed contract if it at any time determines that they have, directly or through an agent, engaged, in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices in competing for, or in executing, a Bank-financed contract; and will have the right to require that Contractors to permit the Bank to inspect their accounts and records and other documents relating to the bid submission and contract performance and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank. F. Special Conditions of Contract

(iii) (iv) (v)

(d)

(e)

1.
7

LABOUR :

another party refers to a public official acting in relation to the procurement process or contract execution]. In this context, public official includes World Bank staff and employees of other organizations taking or reviewing procurement decisions. 8 a party refers to a public official; the terms benefit and obligation relate to the procurement process or contract execution; and the act or omission is intended to influence the procurement process or contract execution. 9 parties refers to participants in the procurement process (including public officials) attempting to establish bid prices at artificial, non competitive levels. 10 a party refers to a participant in the procurement process or contract execution. - 44 -

The Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided in the Contract, make his own arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labour, local or other, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport. The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, deliver to the Engineer a return in detail, in such form and at such intervals as the Engineer may prescribe, showing the staff and the numbers of the several classes of labour from time to time employed by the Contractor on the Site and such other information as the Engineer may require. 2. COMPLIANCE WITH LABOUR REGULATIONS : During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub contractors shall abide at all times by all existing labour enactments and rules made thereunder, regulations, notifications and bye laws of the State or Central Government or local authority and any other labour law (including rules), regulations, bye laws that may be passed or notification that may be issued under any labour law in future either by the State or the Central Government or the local authority. Salient features of some of the major labour laws that are applicable to construction industry are given below. The Contractor shall keep the Employer indemnified in case any action is taken against the Employer by the competent authority on account of contravention of any of the provisions of any Act or rules made thereunder, regulations or notifications including amendments. If the Employer is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary to cause or observe, or for non-observance of the provisions stipulated in the notifications/bye laws/Acts/Rules/regulations including amendments, if any, on the part of the Contractor, the Engineer/Employer shall have the right to deduct any money due to the Contractor including his amount of performance security. The Employer/Engineer shall also have right to recover from the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss or damage suffered by the Employer. The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-Contractor in no case shall be treated as the employees of the Employer at any point of time.

SALIENT FEATURES OF SOME MAJOR LABOUR LAWS APPLICABLE TO ESTABLISHMENTS ENGAGED IN BUILDING AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORK (The law as current on the date of bid opening will apply) a) b) Workmen Compensation Act 1923: The Act provides for compensation in case of injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment. Payment of Gratuity Act 1972: Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if an employee has completed 5 years service or more or on death the rate of 15 days wages for every completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments employing 10 or more employees. Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952 (since amended): The Act Provides for monthly contributions by the employer plus workers @ 10% or 8.33%. The benefits payable under the Act are : (i) (ii) (iii) d) e) Pension or family pension on retirement or death, as the case may be. Deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker. payment of P.F. accumulation on retirement/death etc.

c)

Maternity Benefit Act 1951: The Act provides for leave and some other benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc. Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970: The Act provides for certain welfare measures to be provided by the Contractor to contract labour and in case the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided, by the Principal Employer by Law. The Principal Employer is required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take license from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of Principal Employer if they employ 20 or more contract labour. Minimum Wages Act 1948: The Employer is supposed to pay not less than the Minimum Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the Act if the employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of Buildings, Roads, Runways are scheduled employments. Payment of Wages Act 1936: It lays down as to by what date the wages are to be paid, when it will be paid and what deductions can be made from the wages of the workers.

f)

g)

- 45 -

h)

Equal Remuneration Act 1979: The Act provides for payment of equal wages for work of equal nature to Male and Female workers and for not making discrimination against Female employees in the matters of transfers, training and promotions etc. Payment of Bonus Act 1965: The Act is applicable to all establishments employing 20 or more employees. The Act provides for payments of annual bonus subject to a minimum of 8.33% of wages and maximum of 20% of wages to employees drawing Rs.3500/-per month or less. The bonus to be paid to employees getting Rs.2500/- per month or above upto Rs.3500/- per month shall be worked out by taking wages as Rs.2500/-per month only. The Act does not apply to certain establishments. The newly set-up establishments are exempted for five years in certain circumstances. Some of the State Governments have reduced the employment size from 20 to 10 for the purpose of applicability of this Act. Industrial Disputes Act 1947: The Act lays down the machinery and procedure for resolution of Industrial disputes, in what situations a strike or lock-out becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or retrenching the employees or closing down the establishment. Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946: It is applicable to all establishments employing 100 or more workmen (employment size reduced by some of the States and Central Government to 50). The Act provides for laying down rules governing the conditions of employment by the Employer on matters provided in the Act and get the same certified by the designated Authority. Trade Unions Act 1926: The Act lays down the procedure for registration of trade unions of workmen and employers. The Trade Unions registered under the Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities. Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986: The Act prohibits employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other occupations and processes. Employment of Child Labour is prohibited in Building and Construction Industry. Inter-State Migrant workmens (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of Service) Act 1979: The Act is applicable to an establishment which employs 5 or more inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary (who has recruited workmen in one state for employment in the establishment situated in another state). The InterState migrant workmen, in an establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, travelling expenses from home upto the establishment and back, etc. The Building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996: All the establishments who carry on any building or other construction work and employs 10 or more workers are covered under this Act. All such establishments are required to pay cess at the rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of construction as may be modified by the Government. The Employer of the establishment is required to provide safety measures at the Building or construction work and other welfare measures, such as Canteens, First-Aid facilities, Ambulance, Housing accommodations for workers near the work place etc. The Employer to whom the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer appointed by the Government. Factories Act 1948: The Act lays down the procedure for approval at plans before setting up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions, working hours, annual earned leave and rendering information regarding accidents or dangerous occurrences to designated authorities. It is applicable to premises employing 10 persons or more with aid of power or 20 or more persons without the aid of power engaged in manufacturing process. SUB-CONTRACTING (GCC Clause 7) Please add the following as Clause 7.2: The contractor shall not be required to obtain any consent from the employer for: a) b) c) the sub-contracting of any part of the Works for which the Sub-contractor is named in the contract; the provision of labour; and the purchase of materials which are in accordance with the standards specified in the Contract.

i)

j)

k)

l)

m)

n)

o)

p)

3.

Beyond this if the contractor proposes sub-contracting any part of the work during execution of works, because of some unforeseen circumstances to enable him to complete the work as per terms of the contract, the Engineer will consider the following before according approval: The contractor shall not sub-contract the whole of the Works.

- 46 -

The contractor shall not sub-contract any part of the Work without prior consent of the Engineer. Any such consent shall not relieve the contractor from any liability or obligations under the contract and he shall be responsible for the acts, defaults and neglects of any sub-contractor, his agents or workmen as fully as if they were the acts, defaults or neglects of the contractor, his agents or workmen. The Engineer should satisfy whether (a) the circumstances warrant such sub-contracting; and (b) the subcontractors so proposed for the Work possess the experience, qualifications and equipment necessary for the job proposed to be entrusted to them in proportion to the quantum of work to be sub-contracted.

If payments are proposed to be made directly to that sub-contractor, this should be subject to specific authorization by the prime contractor so that this arrangement does not alter the contractor's liability or obligations under the contract. _____________________________________________ (Note: 1. All bidders are expected to indicate clearly in the bid, if they proposed sub-contracting elements of the works amounting to more than 20 percent of the Bid Price. For each such proposal the qualification and the experience of the identified sub-contractor in the relevant field should be furnished along with the bid to enable the employer to satisfy himself about their qualifications before agreeing for such sub-contracting and include it in the contract. In view of the above, normally no additional sub-contracting should arise during execution of the contract. 2. However, [a] sub contracting for certain specialized elements of the work is not unusual and acceptable for carrying out the works more effectively; but vertical splitting of the works for subcontracting is not acceptable. [b] In any case, proposal for sub-contracting in addition to what was specified in bid and stated in contract agreement will not be acceptable if the value of such additional sub-contracting exceeds 25% of value of work which was to be executed by Contractor without sub-contracting. 3. Assignment of the contract may be acceptable only under exceptional circumstances such as insolvencies/liquidation or merger of companies etc. 4. ARBITRATION (GCC Clause 25.3) The procedure for arbitration will be as follows : In case of Dispute or difference arising between the Employer and a domestic contractor relating to any matter arising out of or connected with this agreement, such disputes or difference shall be settled in accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. The arbitral tribunal shall consist of 3 arbitrators one each to be appointed by the Employer and the Contractor. The third Arbitrator shall be chosen by the two Arbitrators so appointed by the Parties and shall act as Presiding arbitrator. In case of failure of the two arbitrators appointed by the parties to reach upon a consensus within a period of 30 days from the appointment of the arbitrator appointed subsequently, the Presiding Arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the Institution of Engineers (India) Tamilnadu Chapter. In the case of dispute with a Foreign contractor the dispute shall be settled in accordance with provisions of UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules. The Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of three Arbitrators one each to be appointed by the Employer and the Contractor. The third Arbitrator shall be chosen by the two Arbitrators so appointed by the Parties, and shall act a presiding arbitrator. In case of failure of the two arbitrators appointed by the parties to reach upon a consensus within a period of 30 days from the appointment of the arbitrator appointed subsequently, the Presiding arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the Institution of Engineers (India) Tamilnadu Chapter. If one of the parties fails to appoint its arbitrator in pursuance of sub-clause (a) and (b) above within 30 days after receipt of the notice of the appointment of its arbitrator by the other party, then the President of the Institution of Engineers (India) Tamilnadu Chapter, both in cases of the Foreign Contractor as well as Indian Contractor, shall appoint the arbitrator. Arbitration proceedings shall be held at Salem, India, and the language of the arbitration proceedings and that of all documents and communications between the parties shall be English.

25.3 (a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e) The decision of the majority of arbitrators shall be final and binding upon both parties. The cost and expenses of Arbitration proceedings will be paid as determined by the arbitral tribunal. However, the expenses incurred by each party in connection with the preparation, presentation, etc. of its proceedings as also the fees and expenses paid to the arbitrator appointed by such party or on its behalf shall be borne by each party itself. (f) Where the value of the contract is Rs.50 millions and below, the disputes or differences arising shall be referred to the Sole Arbitrator. The Sole Arbitrator should be appointed by agreement between the parties; failing such agreement, by the appointing authority, namely the President of the Institution of Engineers (India) Tamilnadu Chapter.

- 47 -

(g) Performance under the contract shall continue during the arbitration proceedings and payments due to the contractor by the owners shall not be withheld, unless they are the subject matter of the arbitration proceedings. 5. PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT: Add the following as GCC Clause 16.2: The contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment on and off the Site and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or to property of the public or others resulting from pollution, noise or other causes arising as a consequence of his methods of operation. During continuance of the contract, the contractor and his sub-contractors shall abide at all times by all existing enactments on environmental protection and rules made thereunder, regulations, notifications and bye-laws of the State or Central Government, or local authorities and any other law, bye-law, regulations that may be passed or notification that may be issued in this respect in future by the State or Central Government or the local authority. Salient features of some of the major laws that are applicable are given below : The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, This provides for the prevention and control of water pollution and the maintaining and restoring of wholesomeness of water. 'Pollution' means such contamination of water or such alteration of the physical, chemical or biological properties of water or such discharge of any sewage or trade effluent or of any other liquid, gaseous or solid substance into water (whether directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely to, create a nuisance or render such water harmful or injurious to public health or safety, or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural or other legitimate uses, or to the life and health of animals or plants or of aquatic organisms. The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, This provides for prevention, control and abatement of air pollution. 'Air Pollution' means the presence in the atmosphere of any 'air pollutant', which means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance (including noise) present in the atmosphere in such concentration as may be or tend to be injurious to human beings or other living creatures or plants or property or environment. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, This provides for the protection and improvement of environment and for matters connected therewith, and the prevention of hazards to human beings, other living creatures, plants and property. 'Environment' includes water, air and land and the inter-relationship which exists among and between water, air and land, and human beings, other living creatures, plants, micro-organism and property. The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991, This provides for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling hazardous substances and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto. Hazardous substance means any substance or preparation which is defined as hazardous substance under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, and exceeding such quantity as may be specified by notification by the Central Government.

6.

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Sub-clause 49.1: Please substitute the last sentence with the following: Time is the essence of the contract and payment or deduction of liquidated damages shall not relieve the contractor from his obligation to complete the work as per agreed construction program and milestones or from any other of the contractors obligations and liabilities under the contract.

7.

THIRD PARTY INSPECTION Tentatively third party inspection is required for following materials for Salem Corporation Under Ground Sewerage Scheme. Glazed Stoneware (GSW) pipes Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) Pipes Manhole Cover & Frame PVC encapsulated CI Steps - 48 -

However actual list of materials to be inspected by the third party shall be issued to the Contractor after signing the agreement. The commissioner, Salem corporation will appoint the Third party and the charges for third party inspection will be born the employer. 8.

PAYMENT FOR PIPES Add the following as GCC Clause 43.4: 95% payment for pipes will be made on supplying, laying ,jointing and testing of pipes and the balance 5% will be made after commissioning.

- 49 -

SECTION 4: CONTRACT DATA

- 50 -

Contract Data

Items marked "N/A" do not apply in this Contract. The following documents are also part of the Contract: The Schedule of Operating and Maintenance Manuals The Schedule of Other Contractors The Schedule of Key Personnel Clause Reference [58] [8] [9]

The Methodology and Program of Construction & Environmental Management Plan [27] The Schedule of Key and Critical equipment to be deployed on the work as per agreed program of construction Site Investigation reports [27] [14

The Borrower is Government of India/Government of Tamil Nadu/Salem Corporation [1.1] The World Bank means International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) [1.1] and loan refers to an IBRD Loan The above insertions should correspond to the information provided in the Invitation of Bids. The Employer is Name: Address: The Commissioner Salem Corporation, Salem (1.1)

Name of authorized Representative: The Assistant Commissioner, Salem Corporation The Engineer is Name: The City Engineer (1.1)

Address: Salem Corporation Name of Authorized Representative: The Executive Engineer, Salem Corporation The Adjudicator appointed jointly by the Employer and Contractor is: Name : Mr. L.Viswanathan ,Rtd.SE / TWAD BOARD Dept. 24/1 BHARATHI NAGAR, SWAMI SIVANANDA SALAI, RASIPURAM (PO) (1.1)

Address :

The name and identification number of the Contract is PROVIDING UNDERGROUND SEWERAGE SCHEME TO SALEM CORPORATION for Package I (Zone I & Zone IV) The Work consists of Supplying ,Laying , Jointing & Testing of Stoneware/RCC Sewer of Size ranging from 200mm to 700 mm including sewer appurtenances, House Service Connections and Road Restoration (Stoneware/RCC) for 86.177 km

- 51 -

Sl.No 1.

Description of Work Supplying ,Laying , Jointing & Testing of Stoneware/RCC Sewer of Size ranging from 200mm to 700 including sewer appurtenances, House Service Connections and Road Restoration Stoneware Pipes of Size ranging from 200 mm to 375 mm diameter RCC Pipes of Size ranging from 200 mm to 1000 mm diameter Total

Quantity

(i) (ii)

75.216 km 10.961 km 86.177 km

The Start Date shall be the date of issue of notice to proceed with the work. The Intended Completion Date for the whole of the Works is 30 months with the following milestones: S.No Description of Work Milestone I 6months 15km Milestone II 12months 32km Milestone III 18months 50km

(1.1) [17, 28] Milestone IV 24months 68km Milestone V 30months 86.177km

Supplying ,Laying , Jointing & Testing of Stoneware/RCC Sewer of Size ranging from 200mm to 700 including sewer appurtenances, House Service Connections and Road Restoration

The following documents also form part of the Contract: Detailed work plan and methodology The Contractor shall submit a revised Program including Environmental Management Plan for the Works (in such form and detail as the Engineer shall reasonably prescribe) within Fourteen days of Delivery of the Letter of Acceptance.(refer to last para of letter of acceptance)

[2.3]

[27]

[This program should be in adequate detail and generally conform to the program submitted along with bid in response to ITB Clause 4.3 (k). Deviations if any from that should be clearly explained and should be satisfactory to the Engineer] The Site Possession Dates shall be: the date of issue of notice to proceed with the work [21] The Site is located at Salem and is defined in drawings enclosed [1]

The Defects Liability Period is 365 days from the date of certification of completion of works. (where sectional completion certificate is issued this will apply from those dates for those sections). [35]

- 52 -

Insurance requirements are as under: (i) Works and Plant and Materials

Minimum Cover for Insurance Rs. 12,83,00,000 (CAR policy)

[13] Maximum deductible for Insurance 5% of Claim amount subject to Minimum of Normal Rs. Act of God (natural 3,000 calamities) Rs.10,000 5% of Claim amount subject to Minimum of Normal Rs. 3,000 Act of God (natural calamities) Rs.10,000

(ii)

Loss or damage to Equipment Rs 30,00,000 (CPM Policy)

(iii)

Other Property Rs 30,00,000 (Public Liabilities)

5% of Claim amount subject to Minimum of Normal Rs. 3,000 Act of God (natural calamities) Rs.10,000

(iv)

Personal injury or death insurance: a) for other people; b) for Contractors Employees

Rs 20,00,000( For 4 Nil occurrence each of Rs 5,00,000) In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable to India

The following events shall also be Compensation Events: None The period between Program updates shall be 60 days. The amount to be withheld for late submission of an updated Program shall be Rs 5,00,000 The language of the Contract documents is English The law which applies to the Contract is the laws of Union of India The currency of the Contract is Indian Rupees. Fees and types of reimbursable expenses to be paid to the Adjudicator Rs.3,000/Per day of sitting plus boarding, lodging and conveyance as per actual Appointing Authority for the Adjudicator is President of Institution Of Engineers, Tamil Nadu Chapter The formula(e) for adjustment of prices are: R =Value of work as defined in Clause 47.1 of Conditions of Contract. Adjustment for labour component (i)

[44] [27] [27] [3] [3] [46] [25] [26] [47]

Price adjustment for increase or decrease in the cost due to labour shall be paid in accordance with the following formula: VL = 0.85 x Pl/100 x R x (Li - Lo)/Lo VL = increase or decrease in the cost of work during the quarter under consideration due to changes in rates for local labour. Lo = the average consumer price index for industrial workers for Salem Region, Tamil Nadu for the quarter preceding the date of opening of Bids as published by Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour, Government of India.

- 53 -

Li =

The average consumer price index for industrial workers for Salem Region, Tamil Nadu for the quarter under consideration as published by Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour, Government of India. Percentage of labour component of the work.

Pl =

Adjustment for cement component (ii) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in the cost of cement procured by the contractor shall be paid in accordance with the following formula. Vc = 0.85 x Pc/100 x R x (Ci - Co)/Co Vc = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the quarter under consideration due to changes in the rates for cement Co = The all India average wholesale price index for cement for the quarter preceding the date of opening of Bids as published by the Ministry of Industrial Development, Government of India, New Delhi Ci = Pc = The all India average wholesale price index for cement for the quarter under consideration as published by Ministry of Industrial Development, Government of India, New Delhi Percentage of cement component of the work

Adjustment for steel component (iii) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in the cost of steel procured by the Contractor shall be paid in accordance with the following formula: Vs = 0.85 x Ps/100 x R x (Si - So)/So Vs = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the quarter under consideration due to changes in the rates for steel So = The all India average wholesale price index for steel (Bars and Rods) for the quarter preceding the date of opening of Bids as published by the Ministry of Industrial Development, Government of India, New Delhi The all India average wholesale price index for steel (Bars and Rods) for the quarter under consideration as published by Ministry of Industrial Development, New Delhi Percentage of steel component of the work

Si = Ps =

Note: For the application of this clause, index of Bars and Rods has been chosen to represent steel group.Adjustment of Bitumen component (iv) Deleted

Adjustment of POL (fuel and lubricant) component (v) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in cost POL (fuel and lubricant) shall be paid in accordance with the following formula: Vf = 0.85 x Pf/100 x R x (Fi - Fo)/Fo Vf = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the quarter under consideration due to changes in rates for fuel and lubricants. Fo = Fi = The average official retail price of High Speed Diesel (HSD) at the existing consumer pumps of IOC at Chennai on the day thirty days prior to the date of opening of Bids. The average official retail price of HSD at the existing consumer pumps of IOC at Chennai for the 15th day of the middle calendar month of the quarter under consideration. - 54 -

Pf =

Percentage of fuel and lubricants component of the work.

Note: For the application of this clause, the price of High Speed Diesel oil has been chosen to represent fuel and lubricants group. Adjustment for Plant and Machinery Spares component (vi) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in the cost of plant and machinery spares procured by the Contractor shall be paid in accordance with the following formula: Vp = 0.85 x Pp/100 x R x (Pi - Po)/Po Vp = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the quarter under consideration due to changes in the rates for plant and machinery spares Po = The all India average wholesale price index for heavy machinery and parts for the quarter preceding the date of opening of Bids as published by the Ministry of Industrial Development, Government of India, New Delhi Pi = The all India average wholesale price index for heavy machinery and parts for the quarter under consideration as published by Ministry of Industrial Development, New Delhi

Pp = Percentage of plant and machinery spares component of the work Note: For the application of this clause, index of Heavy Machinery and Parts has been chosen to represent the Plant and Machinery Spares group. Adjustment of Local materials (vii) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in cost of local materials other than cement, steel, bitumen and POL procured by the contractor shall be paid in accordance with the following formula: Vm = 0.85 x Pm/100 x R x (Mi - Mo)/Mo Vm = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the quarter under consideration due to changes in rates for local materials other than cement, steel, bitumen and POL. Mo = The all India average wholesale price index (all commodities) for the quarter preceding the date of opening of Bids, as published by the Ministry of Industrial Development, Government of India, New Delhi. Mi = The all India average wholesale price index (all commodities) for the quarter under consideration as published by Ministry of Industrial Development, Government of India, New Delhi. Pm = Percentage of local material component (other than cement, steel, bitumen and POL) of the work.

The following percentages will govern the price adjustment for the entire contract: 1. Labour - Pl 40% 2. Cement - Pc 8% 3. Steel - Ps 3% 4. POL - Pf 3% 5. Bitumen Pb 0% 6. Plant & Machinery Spares - PP 7% 7. Other materials - Pm 39% Total 100% [48]

The proportion of payments retained (retention money) shall be 6% from each bill subject to a maximum of 5% of final contract price The liquidated damages for the whole of the works are Rs 64500 per day and that for the milestone are as under : [49] For milestone 1 Rs. 11,300 per day - 55 -

For milestone 2 For milestone 3 For milestone 4 For milestone 5

Rs Rs. Rs. Rs.

12,700 per day 13,500 per day 13,500 per day 13,500 per day [49] [51] Conditions to be fulfilled On submission of un-conditional Bank Guarantee. (to be drawn before end of 20% of Contract period)

The maximum amount of liquidated damages for the whole of the works is ten percent of final contract price. The amounts of the advance payment are: Nature of Advance 1. Mobilization 2. Equipment (This advance is not applicable for equipment already Nil owned or hired/ leased by the contractor.) 3. Secured advance 75% of Contract value. for nonperishable materials brought to site Amount (Rs.) 10% of the Contract price

Nil

a) The materials are in-accordance specification for Works;

with

the

b) Such materials have been delivered to site, and are properly stored and protected against damage or deterioration to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The contractor shall store the bulk material in measurable stacks.; c) The Contractors records of the requirements, orders, receipt and use of materials are kept in a form approved by the Engineer and such records shall be available for inspection by the Engineer;

d) The contractor has submitted with his monthly statement the estimated value of the materials on site together with such documents as may be required by the Engineer for the purpose of valuation of the materials and providing evidence of ownership and payment thereof; e) Ownership of such materials shall be deemed to vest in the Employer for which the Contractor has submitted an Indemnity Bond in an acceptable format; and f) The quantity of materials are not excessive and shall be used within a reasonable time as determined by the Engineer. (The advance payment will be paid to the Contractor no later than 15 days after fulfillment of the above conditions). Repayment of advance payment for mobilization and equipment: The advance shall be repaid with percentage deductions from the interim payments certified by the Engineer under the Contract. Deductions shall commence in the next Interim Payment Certificate following that in which the total of all such payments to the Contractor has reached not less than 15 percent of the Contract Price or two months from the date of payment of first installment of advance, whichever period concludes earlier, and shall be made at the rate of 15 percent of the amounts of all Interim Payment Certificates until such time as the advance has been repaid, always provided that the advance shall be completely repaid prior to the expiry of the original time for completion. - 56 [51]

Repayment of secured advance: The advance shall be repaid from each succeeding monthly payments to the extent materials [for which advance was previously paid pursuant to Clause 51.4 of G.C.C. and 51(3) of Contract Data on prepage] have been incorporated into the Works. The Securities shall be for the following minimum amounts equivalent as a percentage of the Contract Price: Performance Security for 5 per cent of contract price plus Rs. as additional security for unbalanced bids [in terms of ITB Clause 29.5]. The standard form of Performance Security acceptable to the Employer shall be an unconditional Bank Guarantee of the type as presented in Section 8 of the Bidding Documents. The date by which operating and maintenance manuals are required is within 28 days of issue of certificate of completion of whole or section of the work, as the case may be. [58] [52]

The date by which as-built drawings in appropriate scale in 5 sets including soft copies are required within 28 days of issue of certificate of completion of whole or section of the work, as the case may be. [58] The amount to be withheld for failing to supply as built drawings and operating and maintenance manuals by the date required is Rs 5,00,000 The following events shall also be fundamental breach of contract: 1. 2. The Contractor has contravened Sub-clause 7 of GCC read with SCC and Clause 9.0 of GCC The contractor does not adhere to the agreed construction program and agreed environmental management plan (Clause 27 of GCC) and also fails to take satisfactory remedial action as per agreements reached in the management meetings (Clause 31) for a period of 60 days. The contractor fails to carry out of the instructions of Engineer within a reasonable time determined by the Engineer in accordance with GCC Clause 16.1 and 23.1. [60] [58] [59.2]

3.

The percentage to apply to the value of the work not completed representing the Employer's additional cost for completing the Works shall be 20 percent.

- 57 -

SECTION 5: SPECIFICATIONS (Please refer to Volume II / IV of Bid Document)

- 58 -

SECTION 6: DRAWINGS (Please refer to Volume III / IV of Bid Document)

- 59 -

SECTION 7: BILL OF QUANTITIES (Please refer to Volume IV / IV of Bid Document)

- 60 -

SECTION 8: FORMS OF SECURITIES

- 61 -

Forms of Securities Acceptable forms of securities are annexed. Bidders should not complete the Performance and Advance Payment Security forms at this time. Only the successful Bidder will be required to provide Performance and Advance Payment Securities in accordance with one of the forms, or in a similar form acceptable to the Employer. Bid Security (Bank Guarantee) Performance Bank Guarantee Performance Bank Guarantee for Unbalanced Items Deleted Bank Guarantee for Advance Payment

Annex A:

Annex B:

Annex B1:

Annex C:

Annex D:

Annex A BID SECURITY (BANK GUARANTEE) WHEREAS, _______________________ [name of Bidder] (hereinafter called "the Bidder") has submitted his Bid dated _______________________ [date] for the construction of _____________________________________ [name of Contract] (hereinafter called "the Bid"). KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that We ______________________________ [name of bank] of ____________________________ [name of country] having our registered office at ___________________________________ (hereinafter called "the Bank") are bound unto ______________________________[name of Employer] (hereinafter called "the Employer") in the sum of ___________________1 for which payment well and truly to be made to the said Employer the Bank binds itself, his successors and assigns by these presents. SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this _________ day of __________ 19____. THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are: (1) or (2) If after Bid opening the Bidder withdraws his bid during the period of Bid validity specified in the Form of Bid; If the Bidder having been notified of the acceptance of his bid by the Employer during the period of Bid validity: (a) (b) (c) fails or refuses to execute the Form of Agreement in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, if required; or fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instruction to Bidders; or does not accept the correction of the Bid Price pursuant to Clause 27;

we undertake to pay to the Employer up to the above amount upon receipt of his first written demand, without the Employer having to substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand the Employer will note that the amount claimed by him is due to him owing to the occurrence of one or any of the three conditions, specifying the occurred condition or conditions. This Guarantee will remain in force up to and including the date ____________________2 days after the deadline for submission of Bids as such deadline is stated in the Instructions to Bidders or as it may be extended by the Employer, notice of which extension(s) to the Bank is hereby waived. Any demand in respect of this guarantee should reach the Bank not later than the above date. DATE _______________ WITNESS ____________ SIGNATURE OF THE BANK _________________________ SEAL _______________________________________

_________________________________________________________________ [signature, name, and address] ____________________________ 1 2 The Bidder should insert the amount of the guarantee in words and figures denominated in Indian Rupees. This figure should be the same as shown in Clause 16.1 of the Instructions to Bidders. 45 days after the end of the validity period of the Bid.

- 1 -

PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE To: ______________________________________________ [name of Employer] _________________________________________ [address of Employer]

WHEREAS _________________________ [name and address of Contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") has undertaken, in pursuance of Contract No. _____ dated ________________ to execute __________________________ [name of Contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract"); AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with his obligations in accordance with the Contract; AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee; NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to you, on behalf of the Contractor, up to a total of ____________________ [amount of guarantee] 1 ___________________________ [in words], such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of ____________________ [amount of guarantee] 1 as aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the sum specified therein. We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Contractor before presenting us with the demand. We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the Contract or of the Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which may be made between you and the Contractor shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification. Period. This guarantee shall be valid until (i.e.) 28 days from the date of expiry of the Defects Liability

Signature and seal of the guarantor _____________________________ Name of Bank ____________________________________________ Address ____________________________________________ Date ____________________________________________

__________________ 1 An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified in the Contract and denominated in Indian Rupees.

- 2 -

PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE (for unbalanced items) To: ______________________________________________ [name of Employer] _________________________________________ [address of Employer]

WHEREAS _________________________ [name and address of Contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") has undertaken, in pursuance of Contract No. _____ dated ________________ to execute __________________________ [name of Contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract"); AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with his obligations in accordance with the Contract; AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee; NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to you, on behalf of the Contractor, up to a total of ____________________ [amount of guarantee] 1 ___________________________ [in words], such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of ____________________ [amount of guarantee] 1 as aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the sum specified therein. We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Contractor before presenting us with the demand. We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the Contract or of the Works to be performed there under or of any of the Contract documents which may be made between you and the Contractor shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification. This guarantee shall be valid until .. (i.e.) 28 days from the date of issue of the certificate of completion of works. Signature and seal of the guarantor _____________________________ Name of Bank ____________________________________________ Address ____________________________________________ Date ____________________________________________

__________________ 1 An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing additional security for unbalanced Bids, if any and denominated in Indian Rupees.

- 3 -

BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADVANCE PAYMENT To: __________________________________________ [name of Employer] __________________________________________ [address of Employer] ___________________________________________[name of Contract]

Gentlemen: In accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of Contract, subclause 51.1 ("Advance Payment") of the above-mentioned Contract, ________________________________ [name and address of Contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") shall deposit with ________________________ [name of Employer] a bank guarantee to guarantee his proper and faithful performance under the said Clause of the Contract in an amount of _____________ [amount of guarantee] 1_________________________________ [in words]. We, the ____________________ [bank or financial institution], as instructed by the Contractor, agree unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee as primary obligator and not as Surety merely, the payment to ____________________ [name of Employer] on his first demand without whatsoever right of objection on our part and without his first claim to the Contractor, in the amount not exceeding ____________________ [amount of guarantee]1 __________________________________ [in words]. We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the Contract or of Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which may be made between _____________________ [name of Employer] and the Contractor, shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification. This guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of the advance payment under the Contract until _________________________ [name of Employer] receives full repayment of the same amount from the Contractor. Yours truly, Signature and seal: _______________________________ Name of Bank/Financial Institution: _________________ Address: _______________________________________ Date: ____________________

__________________________ 1 An amount shall be inserted by the bank representing the amount of the Advance Payment, and denominated in Indian Rupees.

- 4 -

SALEM CORPORATION UNDER GROUND SEWERAGE SCHEME TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CIVIL WORKS) CONTENTS Chapter Description Pages No 1. Special Conditions 6 to 24 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Site Preparation Earth Work Blasting Operations Filling Operations Form Work Reinforcement Concrete Works Structural Steel Pipe work Masonry Paving, Flooring & Skirting Cement Plastering and Pointing Wood Work Roof Painting and Protective Coating Miscellaneous Works Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan 25 to 27 28 to 39 40 to 47 48 to 51 52 to 59 60 to 64 65 to 82 83 to 90 91 to 145 146 to 148 149 to 153 154 to 160 161 to 166 167 to 173 174 to 181 182 to 186 187 to 203

Specifications
The following ISS codes shall be applicable for the works:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Earthwork excavation Concrete RCC works Steel Water retaining structures Cement Aggregates Precast concrete pipes (with & without Reinforcement) Specification for Pre cast concrete manhole covers and Frames Laying of concrete pipes Use of wire fabric Structural steel Code of practice for Ancillary structures in Sewerage system

IS 3764 IS 1791 IS 456 IS 516 IS 1139 IS 1736 IS 3370 (Part I to IV) IS 8112 IS 383 IS 458. IS 12592 (Part I & II). IS 783. IS 1566 IS 226. IS 4111 (Part 1 Manholes & Part 4 Pumping station and Pumping mains). IS 784. IS 1785 (Part I)

14. Pre stressed concrete pipes 15. Specification for plain hard drawn steel wire for prestressed concrete Part I C drawn stress relieved wire 16. Specification for plain hard drawn steel wire for prestressed concrete Part II As drawn wire. 17. Specification for mild steel and medium Tensile steel bars and hard drawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement Part I mild steel & medium steel bars 18. Specification for mild steel and medium Tensile steel bars and hard drawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement Part II Hard drawn steel wire 19. Specification for hot rolled mild steel, medium tensile steel and high yield strength deformed bars for concrete reinforcement 20. Specification for hard drawn steel wire fabric for concrete reinforcement 21. Code of practice for bending and fixing bars for concrete reinforcement 22. Specification for rubber sealing rings for gas mains, water mains & sewers 23. Code of practice for prestressed concrete 24. Code of practice for Brickwork 25. Dimensional requirements for rubber gaskets for mechanical joints and bush Joints for use with cast iron pipes water, gas and sewage 26. Methods of test for concrete pipes 27. Centrifugally cast (spun) iron pressure pipe 2

IS 432 (Part I). IS 432 Part II. IS 1139. IS 1566. IS 2502. IS 5382. IS 1343. IS 2212. IS 12820. IS 3597

for water, gas & sewage 28. Code of practice for laying of cast iron pipes 29. Salt glazed stoneware pipes and fittings 30. Code of practice for laying glazed stoneware pipes

IS 1536. IS 3114. IS 651. IS 4127.

Note: 1. IS numbers refers to the latest addition. 2. The contractor shall carry out all tests required for supply of materials and for works at frequent intervals or at any time as specified by the Engineer. The cost of collection and testing charges shall be borne by the contractor. 3. The contractor shall furnish all information about the purchase of all materials and provide with the certified copy of original invoices of the supplies for the verification. 4. Tamilnadu Building Code of Practice will also applicable. 5. Detailed Specifications are enclosed separately in Volume II. 6. Applicable Indian Standards are also furnished in Technical specifications Volume I & II.

CHAPTER 1 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

Clause 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16 1.17 1.18 1.19 Description General Standards Drawings Data for setting out the works Geological Data Access to the site Claims for Damage to Persons or property Right-of-Way Protection of Property and Utilities Superintendence and Labour Competency Engineer to Approve Manufacturer's Supervision & Instruction Work Site Maintenance Protection from Rain and Winds Use of Explosives Amenities to be provided Works to be Kept Clear of Water Discharge of Water Into Existing Streams, etc. Temporary Fencing
4

PageNos. 6 6 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 14

1.20 1.21 1.22 1.23 1.24 1.25 1.26 1.27 1.28 1.29 1.30 1.31 1.32 1.33 1.34

Temporary works Construction facilities Materials General Equipment Performance Equipment Testing and Rejecting Drawings and Data to be furnished by the Contractor Measurements Compliance with laws and Regulations Works on Roads and Railways Fire hazard (Naked Lights) Site to be kept Tidy Final Conditions of works Daily record and weekly report Labour

14 15 18 18 18 19 20 21 21 22 22 22 23 23 24

CHAPTER 1
SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.1 General As detailed in the bill of quantities, specifications and special specifications given elsewhere, the tender price shall include all labour and machinery and all materials necessary for the proper and safe execution of the works, for tests at site and the manufacturer's works, for insurance and for delivery of goods to the site within the Project Area, for the proper maintenance and for discharging every obligation and requirement of the contract Documents as stated in the Conditions of Contract. Before commencing works on laying of sewer system, the contractor should take levels in all the streets where the sewers have to be laid and check the design & L.S of sewers furnished by the consultants. In respect of pumping stations, before commencing the works, the contractor should check bearing capacity of soil, and the Hydraulic & Structural design calculations of various structures proposed in the pumping station and obtain approval of the Engineer in charge. Works under Contracts a. The Employer gives no warranty to the due conduct of the other contracts. Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted as granting to the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the site of the project. b. The Contractor shall ensure that the completion time of his construction shall be strictly according to the programme so as not to hinder the progress of other contracts: Period of Completion A mutually agreed PERT chart should be made before commencement of the work. Along with the tender the proposed PERT chart is to be given by the tenderer. The entire project shall be completed and handed over in all respects within 30 months including trial run period. The defects liability period will start only after the entire scheme is completed including any additional work to be carried out. 1.2 Standards Where reference is made to standard, it shall be the latest revision of the Indian Standard issued by the Bureau of Indian Standards. All materials and equipment supplied and workmanship performed in regard to which specifications of standards or code of practice have been issued by the Bureau of Indian Standards shall be in due accordance with such specifications and Standards even though other Standards may be quoted in those Specifications. Wherever reference is made within these documents to certain standard specifications, the reference shall be construed to mean the Standards with all subsequent amendments, changes or additions as thereafter adopted and published that are in effect on the date of
6

the Work Order. Where the relevant Standard provides for the furnishing of a certificate of compliance in all respects of the particular material or of the finished goods, the Contractor shall obtain such a Certificate and forward it to the Engineer, when so required: Updated TNBP specification shall be applicable for all civil works. The work shall be carried out as per sound engineering practice. 1.3 Drawings

A list of drawings to accompany the specifications is given in the tender documents. Any additional drawings which the Contractor requires to interpret the drawings for the use of his employees shall be prepared by the Contractor and four copies of each shall be supplied to the Engineer's Representative if required by him. The Contractor shall progressively amend the Drawings from the Record Drawings of the contract, adding such additional Drawings of his own at the same or other approved scales and in the same style and notation as are necessary to form a complete record of the Works as constructed. As each section of the Works is completed and Engineer's approval obtained, the contractor shall prepare the corresponding Record Drawings as above and deliver one set of prints to the Engineer within 2 weeks for approval. On receipt of the Engineer's approval for each Record Drawing, which will be given only after necessary corrections have been made, the Contractor shall deliver the Record Drawing transparency and two prints thereof to the Engineer, within two months of completion of the section of the Works concerned. 1.4 Data for Setting out the Works

The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of the Works and for the correctness of the positions, levels, dimensions and alignment of all parts of the Works. Elevations shown for various parts of the work refer to mean sea level from Chennai. Details of the restrictions if any will be provided by the Engineer at the commencement of the Works and the final alignment shall then be set out by the contractor with the Engineer. The Contractor shall give 2 working days notice in writing to avail the services for laying out any portion of the work. The contractor shall check TBMs from permanent official Bench Marks of the Survey Department of the PWD, which is to be verified by the Engineer. Full facilities to attend and check any Survey shall be provided to the Engineer.
7

Wherever applicable, the Contractor shall ascertain and locate and peg out on the ground the boundaries of the various works as shown on the Drawings or otherwise specified then set out peg within that corridor in consultation with the Engineer the centre line of the pipeline. After clearing and before any excavation of any part of the Site is carried out or the Works thereon begun, the Contractor shall take and record levels of any such part in the manner specified or as agreed with the Engineer and such levels when agreed with him shall form the basis of measurement and payment. The Contractor shall carry out to the Engineer's instructions, all extra survey required to resolve any doubts which may arise as to the correctness of any survey or record and the Engineer's decision shall be final regarding what shall be recorded as the correct dimensions and levels. The level and dimensions which have been agreed by the Engineer shall form the Basis of Measurement of the Works. 1.5 Geological Data

Tenderer will be deemed to have satisfied themselves as to the form and nature of the site before submitting their tenders. 1.6 Access to the Site

The Contractor shall arrange to construct, maintain and afterwards remove and reinstate any access required for and in connection with the execution of the Works at his cost. Reinstatement shall include restoring the area of any access route to at least the degree of safety, stability and drainage that obtained before the Contractor entered the site. 1.7 Claims for Damage to Persons or Property

Any claim received by the Employer or the Engineer in respect of matters in which the Contractor is required under the Contract to indemnify the Employer will be passed on to the Contractor who shall likewise inform the Employer and the Engineer of any such claim which may be submitted directly to him by a claimant. The Contractor shall do everything necessary including notifying the insurers of claims received, to ensure that all claims are settled properly and expeditiously and shall keep the Employer and the Engineer informed as to the progress made towards settlement, failing which the Employer shall be entitled to make direct payment to claimants of all outstanding amount due to them in the Employer's opinion and without prejudice to any other method of recovery to deduct by way of set of the amounts so paid from any sum due or which become due from the Employer to the Contractor. 1.8 Right-of-Way

The right-of-way, and permission to enter upon the land for the Works will be provided by the Employers. The Contractor shall, however, make his own arrangements and pay
8

all expenses for any additional area that may be required by him outside the right-of-way to be provided by the Employer. The Contractor shall be responsible for locating and negotiating the use of any land outside the designated which he requires for stockpiling pipes, erection of temporary buildings, maintenance of plant and other activities related to the Contract. The Contractor shall produce to the Engineer as required a copy of the agreements he has negotiated with each owner or occupier for the use of such land. If this agreement includes provision for reinstatement, the land shall be included in the recommencement survey. All working areas and other areas used shall be completely reinstated in a proper workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the Employer and the Engineer. Before entering upon the Site with any plant or in any way interfering with the existing ground surface, vegetation and structures, the Contractor shall prepare an agreed photographic record indicating clearly the condition of the Site prior to commencement of the works. This record shall be related to fixed features and pipeline chainages in such a way that it can later be used to verify the adequacy of reinstatement. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage which he may do to land and property outside his necessary working space which shall be as agreed with the owner. Compensation for damage to such land or property will be assessed by the Employer for settlement by the Contractor through the Employer. 1.9 Protection of Property and Utilities A. Protection of Property

The contractor shall conduct his operation in such a manner as to avoid injury or damage to adjacent property, improvements, or facilities. 1. Building, trees, ground cover, and shrubbery that are not designated for removal, pole lines, fences, guard rail, ride posts, culvert and projects markers, signs structures, conduits, all pipelines, electric, telephone, internet cables etc and other improvements within or adjacent to the street or right-of-way shall be protected from injury or damage. The Contractor shall provide and install suitable safeguards to protect such objects from injury or damage which objects if injured or damaged by reason of the Contractor's operations, shall be replaced in such good condition as when entered upon the work, or as required by the Specifications or shall be liable to pay compensation. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to street, roads, highways, ditches, embankments, bridges, culverts or other public or private property, which may be caused by the transporting equipment's materials or men. The Contractor shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the property owner over the damaged property concerning its repair or replacement.
9

B.

Protection of Utilities and Sub-structures

1. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, before commencing any excavation, to contact all possible owners of utilities within the work area and to ascertain from records or otherwise the existence, position and ownership of all utilities, utility structures and service connections. No error or omission regarding locating such utilities shall relieve the contractor from his responsibility in protecting all such facilities. 2. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or in these specifications, all water lines, lighting power, telephone, or radio cables and conduits, sewer lines, house connection lines, and other subsurface structure of any nature along the work shall be protected by the Contractor at his own expense and shall not be disturbed, disconnected or damaged by him during the progress of the work. The Contractor shall make good at his own expense any damage whatsoever to existing services resulting from his operations to the approval of and in accordance with the instructions of the authority or owner concerned and shall keep the Employer indemnified at all times from all claims which may be brought to the Employer for damage to the said services. The cost of deviating or realigning any services shall not be borne by the Contractor, but he shall provide and maintain at his own expense any temporary works necessary to support or protect the services affected by his excavations to the satisfaction of the Authorities or owners concerned. The Contractor shall attend upon the Authorities or owners concerned and afford them all facilities necessary to enable them to undertake any work required to deviate those services, or to prevent interruption of such services, during the progress of the Works. All costs involved in complying with this Clause shall be deemed to be covered by the Contractor Rates or Sum quoted. 3. The Contractor shall not disturb any existing private sanitary facilities. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, all private sanitary facilities shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall not be disturbed or disconnected by him. The Contractor shall install temporary pipes of adequate size to carry off sewage from any private sewer facilities cut off by the construction work. Connections to temporary pipes shall be made immediately by the Contractor upon cutting of the existing facilities. No sewage shall be allowed to flow from any served facility upon ground surface or in the trench excavation. Pipe used in temporary sewers may be Stoneware, CI, PVC metal, concrete or other composition. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall replace all sewered connections and restore to operating order the existing sanitary facilities. 4. No valve or other control of the water system shall be operated by the Contractor without approval of the Engineer. If so approved by the Engineer, all concerned affected by such operation shall be notified by the Contractor at least one day before the operation and advised of the probable time when service will be restored. 5. The Contractor shall not draw any water from a fire hydrant for use on the work.
10

6. At the commencement of the Contract, the Contractor shall enlist the assistance of the TNEB and the Telecom authorities in ascertaining the cable alignments and other relevant details concerning their operations. Before excavating in the vicinity of the provisional HT cable locations shown in the Drawings, or within 10 m of any overhead electric cable, the Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer and TNEB to his intended plan and method of working. The Contractor shall exercise due caution when working below overhead cables, particularly as regards the operation of cranes and excavating plant and shall comply with all safety requirements of the TNEB and Telecom authorities. 1.10 Superintendence and Labour Competency

Whenever the Contractor is not present on any part of the work where it may be desired to give direction, orders given by the Engineer or his representative shall be received and obeyed by the Superintendent or Foreman as the Contractor's authorised representative who may be in charge of the work. Any order given by the Engineer or his representative not otherwise required to be in writing by the Specifications, will, on request of the Contractor, be given or confirmed in writing. An authorised representative of the Contractor shall be there at the site of the work during working hours. A. Any Superintendent, Foreman, Labour, or other person employed on the work by the Contractor, who fails or refuses to perform the work in the manner specified herein, shall be discharged immediately and such person shall not again by employed on the work. When required in writing by the Engineer, the Contractor or any sub-Contractor shall discharge any person who is, in the opinion of the Engineer, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory. Such discharge shall not be the basis or any claim for compensation for damages against the Employer. 1.11 Engineer to Approve

The whole of the works and parts thereof shall be at the general direction of the Engineer or his Representative, whose decision shall be final conclusive and binding on all parties to the Contract on all questions relating to materials, lines and level, construction, curing procedure and time, and the meaning of plans, drawings and these Documents. The Engineer or his representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. He shall have authority to reject any work or materials which do not conform to the Contract Documents, to direct the application of forces to such portions of the work as in his judgement is requested, to order the labour force increased or diminished, to direct the sequence of the work, and to decide questions which arise in the execution of the work. A. Engineer shall provide inspection for all work to be performed under the Contractor. All materials and work shall be performed only in the presence of the Engineer or his authorised representative and any work done in the absence of the said Engineer or his authorised representative shall be subject to rejection. The Contractor
11

shall notify the Employer and the Engineer at least two working days in advance of any work to be done, in order that inspection services may not be interrupted. B. Contractor shall give at least two (2) calendar weeks "notice to the Engineer of his intention to receive materials or to carry out further parts of the works. The Contractor shall not proceed to mix materials, build or pour concrete, or strike shuttering or scaffolding in any part of the Works, before the Engineer's representative or his assistant has physically seen and checked: i. The quality of the constituent materials and the accuracy of the mix proportioning methods and the cleanliness of the reinforcement. ii. The accuracy of the line and levels as set by the Contractor.

iii. The control being exercised by the Contractor and his staffs in ensuring the specified proportions and in particular the water/cement ratio, the sufficiency of mixing, the time and method of placing, and the adequacy of compaction, of concrete. iv. The quality of materials

v. The sufficiency of curing upon which the Engineer or his representative will approve the said stages of work, or he shall reject the materials or methods, or he shall defer the said stages of work until the Contractor shows the materials, methods and controls which meet with the Engineer's approval. C. Engineer or his representative will continuously inspect the work being carried out and will always be available on site throughout the Contractor's working hours. The Contractor shall be responsible for the strength and sufficiency of the form work, and shall provide the necessary on-site supervision of labour and for the control of quality and progress of the Works. D. The contractor shall provide Engineer and his representative at contractors cost all equipments, instruments, skilled labour, etc. to check the setting up the work. 1.12 Manufacturer's Supervision & Instruction

The Contractor will arrange for the services of competent factory-trained personnel from the manufacturers of major items if so required by the Engineer to supervise the installation and commissioning of their equipment. A. All costs for providing these services shall be borne by the Contractor and shall have been included in the price for commissioning the equipment. After the equipment has been installed, tested and placed in satisfactory operating condition, additional time shall be provided and the manufacturer's representatives shall fully train the Owner's personnel in using and maintenance of the equipment, and in making repairs to the extent possible.
12

1.13 A.

Work Site Maintenance Access to Property Adjacent to the Works :

The convenience of abutting owners along the street and pedestrians and traffic in the street shall be provided for as far as practicable. Convenient access to driveways, house and building adjoining the work shall be maintained and temporary approaches to intersecting streets and alleys shall be provided and kept in good condition. When a section of surfacing, pavement or a structure has been completed, it shall be opened for use by traffic at the request of the Engineer. In order that unnecessary delay to the travelling public may be avoided, the Contractor when so ordered by the Engineer shall provide competent flagmen whose sole duty shall consist of directing traffic either through or around the work. B. Debris :

Where any plant or earth is likely to cause a nuisance or a danger to users of the street or access, it shall be incumbent on the Contractor to have such plant, debris, earth or mud removed as often as is necessary in order to maintain the street or access in a clean and safe manner. C. Water Hydrants and Utility Valves:

The Contractor shall not prevent the free access to water valves, water hydrant, or utility valves. D. Rights of Access :

The Contractor shall at all times provide proper facilities for access and inspection of the work by the Engineer, his assistants, as also inspectors, agents and representatives of public agencies having jurisdiction. 1.14 Protection from Rain and Winds

The Contractor shall make all precautions to prevent damage to the Temporary Works and the partially completed structure from the effects of weather including winds and heavy rain which prevail in the Project Area during the monsoon. Any remedial work ordered by the Engineer shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the cost shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.15 Use of Explosives

Explosives may be used only by licensed personnel. The Contractor shall keep himself informed of all laws, ordinances and regulations governing the transportation, storage and use of explosive and adhere to the same. The Contractor shall use the utmost care not to endanger human or animal life and property. No blasting shall be done which will damage conduits or structures. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all
13

damages resulting from the use of explosives. The contractor shall arrange for approvals from authorities concerned. 1.16 Amenities to be provided

The Contractor shall cause the least possible interference with existing amenities, whether natural or man-made. 1.17 Works to be Kept Clear of Water

The Contractor shall keep the Works well drained until the Engineer certifies that the whole of the Works is substantially complete and shall ensure as far as practicable all work is carried out in the dry. Excavated areas shall be kept well drained and free from standing water. A. The Contractor shall construct, operate, and maintain all temporary dams, water courses and other works of all kinds including pumping that may be necessary to exclude water from the works while construction is in progress. Such temporary works shall not be removed without the approval of the Engineer or his representative. The Contractor is to take all necessary precautions against any possibility of flotation of any partially completed structure. B. Notwithstanding any approval by the Engineer of the Contractor's arrangements for the exclusion of water, the Contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency thereof and for keeping the works safe at all times, particularly during any floods, and for making good at his own expense any damage to the Works including any that may be attributable to floods. Any loss of production or additional costs of any kind that may result from floods shall be at the Contractor's own risk and shall not constitute an "expected risk" under the Conditions of Contract. C. Costs incurred by the Contractor in complying with the requirements of these shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Rates for excavation, foundation concrete, masonry, concrete, etc., if not separately provided for in the tender. 1.18 Discharge of Water into Existing Streams, etc.

The Contractor shall make provision for the proper discharge and disposal from the Works and any temporary works of all water and waste water howsoever arising, and the methods for disposal shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and of any authority or person having jurisdiction or interest in any pond or water course over or in which water and wastewater may be discharged. Waste products other than excess excavated material shall be carted away as provided elsewhere. The requirements of this Article shall not limit any of the Contractor's obligations or liabilities, as in the General Conditions of Contract.
14

1.19

Temporary Fencing

The Contractor shall erect, maintain and remove suitable and approved temporary fencing to enclose such areas of the Works and all areas of land occupied by the Contractor within the site as may be necessary to implement his obligations under the contract to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Where any temporary fencing has to be erected alongside a public road, footpath, etc., it shall be of the type required by and shall be erected to the satisfaction of the authority concerned. 1.20 Temporary Works

The Contractor shall at has own expense provide and maintain in good condition such Temporary Works, temporary buildings, contractor's housing, tanks, stores, temporary sanitary conveniences, access roads and other facilities as may be necessary for the execution and completion of the Works. The positioning of all such facilities shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. No temporary work and buildings shall be erected within the Site without the prior approval of the Engineer. All such facilities shall comply with the requirements of the Local Authorities. Where Temporary Works and buildings are to be erected on private property the Contractor shall at his own expense make his own arrangements with the owner concerned and pay all necessary fees or charges in connection therewith. 1.21 Construction Facilities

A. Water Supply: The Contractor shall provide suitable supply of water for drinking, washing, sanitation and general cleaning down in addition to that required for construction of the Works. B. Electrical Supplies: The Contractor shall make all arrangements for the supply, installation, operation, maintenance, and subsequent removal of any temporary supplies of electricity for lighting and ventilation of all offices, stores, laboratories and other temporary building by him or by the Engineer in addition to any supplies that may be required in connection with the construction of the Works. C. Telephone: Any telephone facilities which the Contractor may install in connection with the work shall be made available for use of the Engineer or his representative without charge. D. Contractor shall provide the work for all facilities required as indicated by the Factory Inspector or other Govt. agencies and as per labour act. E. Temporary Storage Buildings: The temporary buildings provided by the Contractor shall include Temporary Storage Buildings sufficient for the storage of all materials other than pipes, non-mechanical specials and aggregates. The Temporary Storage Buildings need not all be at one location, but shall be erected at points
15

appropriate to different parts of the works. Each temporary storage building shall be weatherproof and lockable with a firm, level, dry floor, small loose items shall be stacked on shelves. Pipe jointing gaskets and similar items shall be delivered in crates and shall remain therein until required. The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and insurance of the contents of the Temporary Storage Building and shall provide one set of keys to the Engineer who shall be allowed to enter any such building at any time and to inspect or count any Contractrelated items therein. Materials of a flammable, toxic or corrosive nature shall be stored separately under safe conditions to the approval of the Engineer meeting such conditions as laid down by the concerned authorities in this regard. F. Transportation Facilities: The Contractor shall investigate the availability of transportation facilities and shall make all arrangements necessary for the delivery of Materials to be used on the work. The Contractor shall make his own investigation on the condition of available public roads access, rights-of-way, and of restrictions, bridge load limits and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress at the site of work. G. Dust Control: The Contractor shall conduct his operations and activities in such a manner that no operation shall be conducted which emits excessively into the atmosphere any flying dust or dirt, which might constitute a nuisance and air pollution. H. Sanitation: The Contractor shall maintain the site and all working areas in a sanitary conditions and in all matters of health and sanitation shall comply with the requirements of local Medical Officer of Health or other competent authority. The Contractor shall provide and maintain for his staff and workmen enclosed sanitary facilities which shall be free from flies and odour. Such facilities shall be kept clean by the daily disposal of sewage and by washing down with suitable insecticide. I. Safety Measures & Public Conveniences: The Contractor shall conduct his operations in a manner so as to the ensure the safety of his employees and all persons entering the Site. 1. The Contractor shall train his staff and the staff of his sub-contractors in safe working practices and shall issue to them and to the Engineer and his staff necessary safety wear including reinforced footwear and safety helmets which shall be worn at all times. The Engineer shall have the power to require immediate removal from the site of any employee who persistently scorns safety procedures or any supervisor who condemns safe working. The safety of personnel in pipe trenches shall be constantly monitored and the Contractor shall provide proper trench support, sheet piles and access arrangements and shall be deemed to have included in his rate and prices for the provision of the same.

16

The Engineer may order additional trench support as he considers necessary but this shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his safety obligations and shall not entitle the Contractor to additional payment. All electrical and mechanical plant operated by the Contractor shall be maintained in a safe and reliable condition. The Engineer shall have the power to require unsafe plant to be stopped pending repair, or, at his option, removed from the Site. Operations on or near high-voltage cables whether buried or overhead, shall be carried out only with the specific knowledge and approval of the TNEB. The Contractor shall at his own expense provide and maintain to the approval of the Engineer all notices, fencing, watching and lighting necessary to ensure the security of the Works and the safe-keeping of materials and tools stored on site. The Contractor shall provide adequate ventilation of spaces where foul air or toxic gases from solvents or other sources could accumulate while work is being carried out. Deep enclosed spaces shall be checked for toxic gases before personnel enter. The Contractor shall provide for gas masks, safety and protective clothing, foot wear, hand gloves and unearthing apportions to his personnel at all such places. Barricading and lighting (during nights) shall be provided for all trenches with warning signals like Men at work etc. No material shall be dumped in the storm water drains which will obstruct flow of water. The Contractor shall be required to provide at each principal working location at his owncomplete First Aid Outfits and shall keep them in metal boxes in his site offices. The outfits shall be in the charge of either the Contractor's site representative or some other responsible person who will be on the location during all working hours to ensure that the First Aid Outfit is available without delay at all times when the work is in progress. One senior member of the Contractor's staff at each principal working location shall be trained in simple first aid duties. 2. The Contractor shall so conduct his operations as to offer the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to traffic or pedestrians, and he shall have under construction no greater amount of work then he can handle properly with due regard for the rights of the public. Where existing streets are not available as debtors, all traffic shall be permitted to pass through the work with as little delay and inconvenience as possible, unless otherwise authorised by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury which may be caused on any property by trespassers by the Contractor or his employees in the course of their employment, whether the said trespassers was committed with or without the consent or knowledge of the Contractor. J. Representative for Emergencies: The Contractor shall file with the Engineer, the names, addresses and telephone numbers of representatives who can be contacted in the place where Headquarters of the Engineer is situated and project area, at any time in
17

case of an emergency. These representatives must be fully authorised and equipped to deal with conditions arising at short notice. K. Contractor's Offices, etc.

1. The Contractor shall provide, erect, construct, maintain and subsequently remove, if not otherwise specified, all temporary offices, sanitary conveniences, stores, workshops, compounds, parking areas and the like necessary for the completion of the Works and the setting and layout of these shall be to the general approval of the Engineer's representative. 2. The Contractor shall also provide, maintain and subsequently remove any temporary accommodation and living facilities including all necessary services for water supply, drainage, lighting and heating, roads, paths, parking places and refuse disposal for his staff and other employees and for the employees of his sub contractors if such persons have to be accompanies in the vicinity of the premises. The Contractor may be permitted to lease areas within his labour camp or staff quarters area, or space in buildings constructed by him in these areas, for conducting such business or services as may be necessary for the convenience of his labour or staff. Details and layout of building and services shall be to the general approval of the Engineer's representative and the Contractor shall also obtain any necessary approval from any local or other authorities concerned. The contractor shall ensure payment to his workers as required under the minimum wages etc. and the necessary insurance for the workers in case of accidents etc. The owner should be indemnified against such claims. 1.22 Materials General

The term "materials" shall mean all materials, goods and articles of every kind whether as processed or manufactured and equipment and plant of every kind to be supplied by the Contractor for incorporation in the Works. A. All materials shall be new and of the kinds and qualities described in the Contractor and shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that the material offered is equal or superior to the materials specified for the use to which it is to be put and has obtained the Engineers approval in writing to its user. B. Where materials to be used for any component have not been laid down in the Specifications, the Contractor shall use only those materials in such compositions as have been proved in actual services to be the most suitable for the particular purpose, and approved by the Engineer. C. Specified make or equivalent make conforming to BIS specification shall be supplied by the Contractor. Brand names may be used herein merely to describe the nature of the desired equipment and not used to endorse or indicate a preference for a
18

particular product or manufacture. Goods, which have similar characteristics and provide performance and quality equal or higher than those specified, are acceptable. D. As soon as practicable, after receiving the order to commence the works, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer of the names of the suppliers from whom he proposes to obtain any materials, but he shall not place any order without the approval of the Engineer which will be withheld until samples have been submitted and satisfactorily tested. The Contractor shall there after keep the Engineer informed of orders for all items and delivery dates shall be intimated two weeks before arrival at site. E. Materials shall be transported, handled and stored in such a manner as to prevent deterioration, damage or contamination. 1.23 Equipment Performance

Where performance of equipment is specified or accepted at the time of tender, failure of the equipment to perform at the specified level will be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Employer reserve the right not to accept such equipment and to withhold retention money or any other moneys due and to make claims on the performance bond in the event of failure of equipment to meet the specified performance and duty. 1.24 Equipment

All mechanical and electrical plant used by the Contractor in the execution of the Works shall be such type, size and method of working as the Engineer shall approve. The Engineer's approval to use mechanical and electrical plant will not be unreasonably withheld, but if in the Engineer's opinion circumstances arise which make it desirable that the user of plant should be suspended either temporarily or permanently, the Contractor shall change the method of performing the works affected at his own cost and he shall have no cause for claim on account of having to carry on the work by another method nor shall he have cause for claim if any order issued by the Engineer, results in the mechanical or electrical plant having to stand idle for a period of any duration whatsoever or having to be removed from the Site. A. The Contractor shall furnish a price list of recommended spare parts required for satisfactory working and maintenance of the equipment for a period of five (5) years. The Owner however reserves the right to purchase the recommended parts either partially or in excess. 1.25 Testing and Rejecting

A. Operation and Field-Testing: After all construction is complete and before acceptance, the Contractor shall perform field tests as called for in the Specifications. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer the operating facilities for proper sequence of operation and satisfactory performance of the individual components. The contractor shall also demonstrate the satisfactory performance of the entire system after
19

assembly/erection. Any improper operation of the system or any improper, negligent or faulty construction shall be repaired or corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall make such changes, adjustments or replacement of equipment as may be required to make the same comply with the Specifications, or replace any defective parts or material. B. Tests and Samples: Pursuant to Articles of the General Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall submit samples of such materials as may be required by the Engineer including building aggregates, bricks, cement, concrete cubes cast in situ, tiles, pipes and fittings, and shall carry out the tests required and directed and witnessed by the Engineer or his representative at the site, at the supplier's premises or a laboratory approved by the Engineer. 1. Samples shall be submitted and tests shall be carried out sufficiently early to enable further samples to be submitted and tested if required by the Engineer. Samples for testing will generally be selected and tested by the Engineer for material to be utilised in the project and all tests will be under the supervision of, as directed by, and at such points as may be convenient to the Engineer. 2. Material requiring testing shall be furnished in sufficient time before intended use so as to allow for testing. No materials represented by tests may be used prior to receipt of written approval of said materials. Samples that are of value after testing shall remain the property of the Contractor. 3. The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least 14 days notice in writing of the date on which any of the materials will be ready for testing or inspection at the supplier's premises or at a laboratory approved by the Engineer and unless the Engineer shall attend at the appointed place within the said fourteen (14) days the test may proceed in his absence, provided that the Contractor shall in any case submit to the Engineer within seven (7) days of every test such number of certified copies of the readings as the Engineer may require. 4. Approval by the Engineer as to the placing of orders for materials or as to samples or tests not prejudice any of the Engineer's powers under the Contract, particulars as to the provisions of the General Conditions of Contract. Any delay in the progress of the Works resulting from the non-approval of samples shall be the Contractor's responsibility. 5. The provisions of these Articles shall also apply to materials supplied under any nominated subcontract. 6. All tests necessary to satisfy statutory authorities like pollution control board electrical inspector etc should be conducted and necessary additions/modifications required shall be carried out as may be necessary without extra cost. C. Defective Work or Material: The inspection of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations to fulfill his contract, and defective works shall be
20

made good, and unsuitable materials may be rejected, notwithstanding that such work and materials have been previously overlooked by the Engineer and accepted. If the work or any part thereof, shall be found defective at any time before the final acceptance of the whole work, the Contractor shall forthwith make good such defect, without additional compensation, in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 1. Should it be considered necessary or advisable for the Engineer at any time before final acceptance of the work, to make an examination of work already completed by removing or exposing the work, the Contractors shall on request, promptly furnish all necessary facilities, labour and materials. If such work is found to be defective in any respect due to fault of the Contractor or any of his sub contractors, he shall defray all the expenses of such examinations and of satisfactory reconstruction if however such work is found to meet the requirements of this Contract, the additional cost of labour and material necessarily involved in the examination and replacement shall be allowed to the Contractor. 2. All costs for retesting and re-inspection which are necessitated by defective materials and/or workman ship shall be at the sole expense of the Contractor. 1.26 Drawings and Data to be Furnished by the Contractor

Shop drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer as called for in the Specifications, including, but not restricted to, reinforcing steel placement and bending diagrams, shop drawings for structural steel, for miscellaneous iron work, for door and windows, working drawings for mechanical equipment, architectural items, electrical work, and instrumentation and control work and drawings for other work for which the Engineer's approval is required. A. Attested performance curves are to be furnished for all pumps showing the characteristics head Vs. discharge in metric units and including efficiency and horsepower curves with the required operating point as guaranteed so marked. B. A minimum of three (3) copies of the drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval, two (2) of which will be retained by the Engineer. The remaining drawing, approved or corrected will be returned to the Contractor. C. Approval of shop and working drawings shall indicate only that such drawings generally express the intent of the Contract documents and shall both be construed as a complex check. Approval of drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing all materials and work required by and conforming to the plans and specifications. Approval of shop drawings shall, in addition, not relive the Contractor of the responsibility of accuracy of dimensions, provisions of adequate connections and the proper fittings of the work in the completed construction. D. Prior to submittal, the Contractor shall check the shop drawings prepared by the sub-Contractors for accuracy and completeness, especially that the relation to adjoining work is accurately shown. Approval of shop drawings does not authorise any substitution
21

of material or other departure from the requirements of the Contract Documents. Requests for such changes shall be made the subject of separate correspondence. Shop drawings shall be submitted at such time as will permit the Engineer not less than ten (10) days for checking. E. Upon completion of the work and prior to final approval, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer three (3) complete sets of drawings and instructions required for operation and maintenance of all items of equipment and any instrumentation furnished. These shall include instructions for lubrication, repair and servicing, illustrated parts lists and all other pertinent information available from the equipment manufacturers. F. All the guarantee certificates, performance curves, literature etc issued by the suppliers of equipment like pumps, motors etc. shall be handed over to the Employer. 1.27 Measurements

The drawings and specifications have generally been developed utilising the metric system of units. Subject to the Engineer's approval, which will not be unreasonably with held, equipment and materials to standard sizes and dimensions in the F.P.S system of units may also be used. 1.28 Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Contractor shall keep himself informed of all laws, ordinances, and regulations in any manner affecting those employed on the work, or the materials used in the work, or in any way affecting the conduct of the work, and of all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having jurisdictions or authority over the same. He shall at all times himself observe and comply with, and shall require all his agents, employees, and sub-contractors to observe and comply with all such applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, orders and decrees in effect or which may become effective before completion of this contract, and shall protect and indemnify the Employer against any claim of liability arising from or based upon the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by himself, his employees, or his sub-contractors. A. Unless otherwise explicitly provided in these specifications all permits, and licenses necessary to the prosecution of the work shall be secured by the Contractor at his own expense. 1.29 Works on Roads and Railways:

1.29.1 Work on Roads All operations necessary for the execution of the Works and for the construction of any Temporary Works shall so far as compliance with the contract permits be carried out so as not to interfere unnecessarily or improperly with the access to and use of public or private roads and footpaths whether in possession of the Government or of any other person and the Contractor shall indemnify the Employer in respect of all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out on in relation to any such matter.
22

No private road and footpath shall be blocked or obstructed by the Contractor without the prior consent of the owner and the prior approval of the Engineer. No public road shall be blocked or obstructed by the Contractor without the prior approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall at his own expense provide, operate and maintain to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Police Authorities, all temporary diversions, bridges, barriers, traffic signals, lights and watchmen, as may be required to ensure the safety and the convenience of users of public and private roads affected by the Works or disturbed by him during the progress of the Works. 1.29.2 Work on Railways The sewer main proposed below Railway line will be laid by the Railways. The works Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities to the Railways for doing their job. In case the Railways decides to restrict their job upto providing necessary duct only for laying the pipe, the contractor will be required to lay the pipe line also as an additional item of work. 1.30 Fire Hazard (Naked Lights) No naked light shall be used by the Contractor on or about the site otherwise than in the open air without the permission in writing of the Engineer. If, in the Engineer's opinion the use of light may cause a fire hazard, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, take such additional precaution and provide such additional fire fighting equipment as the Engineer considers necessary. The term "naked light' shall be welding or in cutting metals, or open fires used for cooking. Compliance with the requirements of this Article shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his liabilities and obligations under the Contract. 1.31 Site to be kept tidy Throughout the progress of his work, the Contractor shall keep his site and all working areas in tidy and workmanlike conditions and free from rubbish and waste materials. Any temporary works, constructional plant, materials or other things which for the time being are not required for use by the Contractor may with the consent of the Engineer's representative be removed from the site, but otherwise shall be dispersed about the site in an orderly manner and shall be properly and securely stored thereon. A. The requirements of this Article shall not limit the Contractor's obligation under the General Conditions of Contract. 1.32 Final Conditions of Works

Before application is made for the Engineer to accept the works, all items of work shall be complete, ready to operate and in a clean condition. All equipment and pipe work shall have been delivered to the Engineer, and all operating personnel shall have adequately and satisfactorily trained. All trash, debris, unused building material and temporary structures shall have been removed from the site of work if so provided in the tender. Tools and construction machinery not needed for repair and adjustment consequent to operational tests shall not be on the site. The walkways, parking areas and roadways shall be completely swept, boomed or washed as may be necessary.
23

1.33

Daily Record and Weekly Report

The Contractor shall maintain a daily concise record in a bound foolscap size book with numbered pages authenticated by the Engineer, of all activities on site, written legibly in English naming sections and the extent of work carried out, the persons from both Engineer's staff and Contractor's staff inspecting, witnessing of supervising the said work, the weather, materials received. Any difficulties that may have arisen during the progress of the said work and any decisions arrived at shall also be recorded. The Contractor shall sign and submit this Daily Record to the Engineer's representative at the end of the each day's work, for his perusal comment if any, and signature. The Engineer will be at liberty to inspect this Daily Record Book at any time, and may take photocopies of it, but the Daily Record Book shall not be removed from the Contractor's care. The Contractor shall remain liable for the safety of his Daily Record Book at all times. A. A Summary of the week's activities in the form of a Weekly Report will be submitted in duplicate by the Engineer's representative to the Owner with copy to Contractor. The Weekly Report will name sections and the extent of work carried out, the persons representing the Engineer and the Contractor inspecting, witnessing or supervising the works and the hours thereof during the week, the weather in general, materials and quantities of materials received on site. It shall include any advice requested for or decision made, or communicated or instructions from the Engineer received. The Contractor's copy shall be dispatched by Post or by messenger whose delivery of the Report shall be acknowledged. The Contractor shall peruse his copy and, in the event of dispute between the Contractor and the Engineer or his representative on the contents of the Weekly Report, the Contractor may send his own report or comment in duplicate clearly explaining the dispute directly to the Engineer, whose decision on the dispute shall be final and conclusive, except as provided for in the relevant Conditions of Contract. A copy of the Contractor's report or comments shall be sent simultaneously to the Employer by Post or by messenger whose delivery shall be acknowledged. The Contractor shall remain his copy of each Weekly Report. B. All blank spaces in the Daily Record and the Weekly Report shall be neatly lined through and all errors neatly lines through and countersigned by the concerned party. In the event of no dispute being lodged with the Employer or the Engineer within two (2) calendar weeks of the date of the Report, the Contractor shall be deemed to have wholly agreed to all statements contained in the said Weekly Report. C. The provisions of this Clause do not in any manner relieve the Contractor of his obligations for the due and satisfactory performance of the Contractor as defined in the General Conditions of Contract. 1.34 Labour

It is appreciated that the Works under this Contract may labour intensive. Whilst the Engineer entirely approves of it (unless otherwise specified), it is hereby understood that the Contractor shall provide and maintain all grades of work people with such necessary,
24

simple but efficiency tools operated manually or otherwise, and properly designed and constructed ordinary equipment together with repair/maintenance facilities, and such common utilities as are to be found in modern engineering practice, so as to make for efficiency, wholesome workmanship and quality product without misusing the available labour-energy. The Engineer may order in writing that any additional or substituted work shall be executed on a day work basis. The Contractor shall then be paid for such work under the conditions set out in the Day work Schedule included in the Document and at the rates and prices thereto by him in the Tender. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer such receipts of other vouchers as may be necessary to prove the amounts paid and before ordering materials shall submit to the Engineer quotations for the same for his approval.
In respect of all work executed on a day work basis the Contractor shall during the continuance of such work deliver each day to the Engineer an exact list in duplicate of the names, occupations and working hours of all workmen employed on such work and a statement also in duplicate showing the description and quantity of all materials and plant used thereon or therefor. Upon agreement by the Engineer one copy of each list and statement shall be signed by the Engineer and returned to the Contractor.

25

CHAPTER 2 SITE PREPARATION

Clause 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 Description Scope Related specification Materials Execution General Page Nos. 25 25 25 25 26

26

CHAPTER 2 SITE PREPARATIONS

2.1 Scope This section details specifications for preparation of the site which includes; i. Removal from the site all growths of vegetation like plants, shrubs and trees, removal, salvage, demolition in place or other disposition which will interfere with construction as indicated in the contract drawings or as required by the Engineer-inCharge. ii. Maintenance, support, relocations, reconstruction and adjusting to grade, restoration and abandonment of existing utilities. topsoil. 2.2 iii. Subsurface extraction of items, if found necessary and salvaging of

Related Specifications Earthwork Filling Operations Miscellaneous items.

2.3

Materials Not used

2.4 2.4.1

Execution Site Investigation

The contractor shall carefully examine the site and make all inspections necessary in order to determine the full extent of the work required making the completed work conform to the drawings and specifications. The contractor shall satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work, conditions, the conformation and condition of the existing ground surface, and the character of the existing ground surface, and the character of equipment and facilities needed prior to and during the execution of the work. The contractor shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles or utilities to be encountered. Any inaccuracies or discrepancies between the actual field conditions and the drawings, or between the drawings and specifications shall be brought to the Engineer's attention immediately in order to obtain necessary clarifications on the exact nature of the work to be performed.
27

2.4.2

Site Clearance

Site clearance shall include removal of all vegetation, organic material and all existing miscellaneous facilities which will interfere with the maintenance of required grades and construction activity, Areas under fill shall be cleared to a depth of 300 mm or sufficiently deep to remove large roots, loose rocks, and other unsuitable material as determined by the Engineer. Where ordered by Engineer, top soil may be stripped, to such depths and over such areas as a separate operation prior to any further excavation. Salvage all items designated to be salvaged or determined by the Engineer to be suitable for user in reconstruction. A detailed record of salvaged items shall be maintained and made available for inspection by the Engineer. 2.4.3 Site Grading

The levels and measurement of the existing site, as shown on the drawings are believed to be correct but the contractor shall verify them and also examine the nature of the ground as no claim or allowance whatever will be entertained thereafter on account of any errors or omissions in the levels of the description of the ground turning out different from that expected or shown on the drawings. Existing surface, after removal of all unwanted and unsuitable material shall be graded to the levels and slopes indicated in the contract drawings. Such grades and levels shall facilitate the intent of design 2.4.4 Existing utilities

Where existing utilities are encountered and found to interfere with the construction activity in this contract, they shall be removed if not required to be maintained or relocated to avoid interference or protected, supported and maintained during the construction phase, the exact dependent on the instruction of the Engineer. 2.4.5 Disposal

All rubbish and unwanted materials including unusable soil as they accumulate from time to time during the progress of the works and at completion including that of subcontractors shall be cleared and carted away and all materials condemned by the Engineer are to be removed from the works, within forty eight hours. 2.5 General

Earthwork, Back filling and compaction undertaken as part of the work under this specification will neither be measured separately nor paid for.

28

CHAPTER 3 EARTHWORK

Clause 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19

Description Scope Classification Stripping surface materials Excavation General Excavation for shafts, tunnels and headings Support of excavations Maintaining and supporting services and structures Slips and falls and excess excavation Excavation to be kept free from water De-watering in areas of high water table. Unsound foundations, soft spots Refilling excavation in open cut Surplus excavated material Breaking out and temporary reinstatement Permanent reinstatement Deleted. Quality control test during construction Safety Execution
29

Page Nos. 28 28 28 29 29 30 31 32 32 32 33 34 34 35 35 35 36 36 36

CHAPTER 3 EARTHWORKS

3.1

Scope

This section provides the specifications for earthwork excavation to be carried out in any type of soil, murrum (soft or hard), soft rock, boulders, old foundations, concrete, asphalt or stone paved surfaces, old masonry or concrete (plain or reinforced) for trenches, foundation and footings for wells, tanks, sumps, pump pits or any other unit/structure shown in the contract drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 3.2 Classification

All materials encountered in excavation will be classified in the following groups irrespective of mode of excavating the materials and the decisions of the Engineer-inCharge in this regard shall be final and binding to the contractor. 3.2.1 Soils & Hard Murrum

Soil of all sorts, silt, sand, gravel, murrum (soft or hard), stiff clay, kankar and other soft excavation not covered in the items mentioned hereunder and hard murrum comprising of all kinds of disintegrated rock or shale or indubrated conglomerate interspersed with boulders of size between 0.03 cum. and 0.76 cum. weathered and decomposed rock which could be removed with pick, bar, shovel, wedges, hammers, though not without some difficulties 3.2.2 Soft-Rock

This shall include all materials which is rock but which does not need blasting and can be removed with a pick, bar, wedges, pavement breakers, pneumatic tools, etc. 3.3 Stripping Surface Materials

Before the surface of any part of the Site is disturbed or the works thereon are begun, the contractor shall take and record levels of such part, in the manner specified or as agreed with the Engineer. Two working days notice is to be given to the Engineer so that the recording of levels can be performed in the presence of the Engineer. Before any excavations are commenced the surface materials shall be carefully stripped and set aside for re-use as directed by the Engineer.
30

3.4

Excavation General

The extent of the excavations in open cut shall be the minimum necessary or practicable for the construction of the Works. In the event of any trench for pipelines being excavated with battered or stepped sides that portion of the trench which extends from the formation to a point 300 mm above the crown of the pipe when laid in its correct position shall be formed with vertical sides the minimum practicable distance apart unless otherwise specified by the pipe manufacturer and/or approved by the Engineer. Bulk excavations shall be made to such sizes depths and inclinations as the Engineer may direct or as may be necessary to construct the Works. No extra payment shall be made to the contractor for working in a confined space. In the case of concrete roads or concrete foundations to roads the concrete shall be broken up and disposed of as the Engineer shall direct. Any existing reinforcement shall be cut and bent to the sides of the excavation in order that the new reinforcement to be provided in the reinstatement of the surface shall be lapped with the existing reinforcement by at least 300 mm. The top edge of the trench shall be as straight as practicable. Any excavation material stored on site for backfilling or other purposes shall be deposited compactly in such a manner that it will cause no damage and as little inconvenience as possible. The Engineer reserves the right to direct the contractor as to the lengths of trench or portions of bulk excavations which shall remain open at any one time. No pipes or concrete shall be laid or any permanent works commenced until the Engineer has inspected and approved the excavations. 3.5 Excavation for Shafts, Tunnels and Headings

Construction of sewers in tunnel or heading and associated working shafts shall be executed in a manner approved by the Engineer. Working shafts shall be constructed at each end of heading and tunnels at locations as agreed with Engineer. Excavations for working shafts headings and tunnels shall be of minimum practical size to enable the permanent work to be properly constructed. Excavation shall be carried out with great care and in such a way as to avoid any ground movement.

31

The contractor shall employ only specialist labour experienced in shaft sinking and tunneling on these works. The contractor shall apply for fix to the satisfaction of the Engineer all supports and other temporary construction necessary for the security of the work and adjacent structures. Timber used in the construction of headings shall be hardwood treated with an approved wood preservative. The Contractor shall provide operate and maintain suitable lighting and ventilation systems to the approval of the Engineer in all heading tunnels and shafts. Electricity shall be supplied at no greater than 110 volts for all necessary electrically operated services required during the construction of headings, tunnels and shafts. Working shafts shall have a separate ladder by complete with ladders in addition to any other bay or bays required for the construction of the Works. The whole of the working shaft shall be fenced with close boarded timber barriers at least 1.80 metres in height and equipped with red safety warning lights. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer tunnel and heading faces at which work and discontinued for any reason shall be securely timbered. All temporary supports or temporary construction of any kind in working shafts tunnels or headings shall be left in unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No permanent work shall be constructed until the heading or tunnel has been driven from working shaft to working shaft and approved by the Engineer. 3.6 Support of Excavations

The contractor shall provide the necessary support for excavations and shall submit his proposals for the supporting of excavations at least seven days prior to the commencement of any excavation work. His proposals shall take into account the nature of the ground to be excavated the level of the water table at the site and the proximity of buildings and roads. Where the depth of excavation exceeds one and a half metres the contractor shall: 1. Better back the sides of the excavation to a gradient compatible with the angle of repose of the soil or, or, 2. 3. Support the sides of the excavation with a system of sheeting and shoring Adopt a combination of these.

Prior to commencement of work the contractor shall submit detailed calculations and drawings of the measures the proposes to adopt to the Engineer and shall obtain his written approval thereof. The engineering calculations and drawings shall be in English and shall be signed by a Professional Engineer. The calculations shall include slope
32

stability calculations, details of lateral earth pressure, supporting site investigation results, and anticipated surcharged and equipment loads during installation, removal and backfilling. If in the opinion of the Engineer the support proposed for the excavations by the contractor is insufficient then the Engineer will order the provision of stronger support than that provided by the contractor and in this event the contractor shall adopt the methods so ordered by the Engineer and shall have no claim against the Department for any costs incurred in adopting this method. The Engineer shall have right to stop the works at any site in his opinion it is considered that the contractor is not adopting a safety method of working. The contractor shall not remove temporary works supporting the excavations until in the opinion of the Engineer the permanent work is sufficiently advanced to permit such removal. Any advice permission approval or instruction given by the Engineer related to such support or the removal thereof shall not relieve the contractor from his responsibilities under the contract. All temporary works supporting the excavation should be removed during backfilling unless previous approval has been obtained from the Engineer. Where temporary supports have been used in the excavations any such supports left in because it is impracticable to remove them shall be left in at the expense of the Contractor. Should temporary supports need to be left in any excavation carried out in open cut owing to the Engineer deciding that their permanent installation is necessary for the stability of an adjacent structure or service the contractor shall be reimbursed in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. 3.7 Maintaining and Supporting Services and Structures

Before commencing any part of the works the contractor shall ascertain the actual locations of all existing services and obstructions. The contractor shall after obtaining approvals from all concerned authorities carefully excavate as necessary trial pits by hand to locate all services and obstructions. The contractor shall submit to the Engineer detailed drawings showing the services and/or obstructions in relation to the permanent and temporary works. If the contractor's proposed method of working will damage, expose or affect these in any way he shall obtain the written approval of the appropriate Authority and the Engineer for his method of working before commencing work. Such approval shall in no way relieve the contractor of any of its responsibilities under the contract. As soon as an existing sewer or other service is encountered in the excavation the contractor shall forthwith call the attention of the Engineer and the appropriate Authority thereto.
33

The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all watercourses sewers drains, water pipes, electricity, internet and telecommunication cables and all other services and structure encountered during the construction of the works and for any remedial measures necessary to make good immediately any damage arising out of the construction of the works. He shall support or divert all such services and structures at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the appropriate Authority and the Engineer all in accordance with his approved method of working such that the works shall proceed with all due expedition and without delay. The contractor shall replace all diverted and supported services and structures at his own cost on completion of his work. If the appropriate Authority chooses to carry out repairs to damaged services themselves or by using their own nominated subcontractors the contractor shall reimburse all the costs incurred for such works and if he fails to do so such money may be deducted from any money due or which shall become due employer to the Contractor. In addition to any reimbursement of costs, the contractor will be required to pay the appropriate Authority a sum of money as a penalty for damage caused to any of that Authority's services. 3.8 Slips and Falls and Excess Excavation

Every precaution shall be taken by the contractor to prevent slips and falls of earth and other material in the excavations. In the event of slips or falls occurring or in the event of excavation being made in excess of the minimum necessary or practicable for the construction of the Works or in the event of any over excavation whether or not necessary beneath the formation of a structure the voids so formed shall be filled. In all cases where the voids so formed when backfilled would provide support for the permanent works or adjacent structures and services then such voids shall be filled solid with M - 10 concrete at the contractor's expenses. In all other cases the voids shall be filled with selected excavated material thoroughly compacted. In the event of any trench for pipelines exceeding the minimum allowable widths as specified or shown on the Drawings the Engineer will order the restoration of the trench width or the use of an alternative bedding material or such other remedial action as in his opinion is necessary. The contractor shall then carry out the measures so ordered by the Engineer and shall have no claim against the Employer for any additional costs resulting from such instructions. 3.9 Excavation to be Kept Free from Water

The contractor shall keep all excavations free from water and sewage whether affected by tides floods storm or otherwise so that the Works shall be constructed in dry conditions. No sub-drainage pipes shall be left in unless they are filled with M - 10 concrete or other approved material.
34

No water shall be discharged into any watercourse or sewer including those sewers laid under the contract. 3.10 De-watering in Areas of High Water Table

The contractor shall perform de-watering as required so that all work of the contract is installed on dry areas and excavations, including without limitation the construction of all structures and underground piping. The contractor shall ensure that de-watering is carried out only to a depth sufficient for the required excavation. The contractor shall ensure that, at all times, during construction no groundwater shall come into contact with any concrete surface or reinforcement and that any structure shall be capable of withstanding any hydrostatic pressure to which it may be subjected during construction and until completed. The contractor shall be deemed to have included in the Tender Price for maintaining all works in a dry condition during construction. Any water removed from excavations shall wherever practicable, be pumped directly to the natural drainage channel or to storm sewers if approved via an efficient system of discharge lines. No water may be discharged into the sewerage system into the Works or onto open spaces. The contractor shall include for the diversion of all watercourse encountered in the work until the complete drainage scheme for the site is completed and put into operation. Notwithstanding any previous approval, the contractor shall be fully responsible for the effects of his works for maintaining dry excavations. Where deemed necessary by the Engineer, working drawings and data shall be submitted for review or approval showing the intended plan for de-watering operations. Details of locations and capabilities of de-watering wells, well points, pumps, sumps, collection and discharge lines, standby units, water disposal methods, monitoring and settlement shall be included. These shall be submitted not less than 30 days prior to start of de-watering operations. The static water level shall be drawn down a minimum of 300mm below the bottom of the excavation so as to maintain the undisturbed state of the foundation soils and allow the placement of any fill or backfill to the required density. The de-watering system shall be installed and operated so that the groundwater level outside the excavation is not reduced to the extent that would damage or endanger adjacent structures or property. The Contractor shall, where extensive de-watering is required, be fully qualified to perform the de-watering operations or shall furnish the services of an experienced, qualified, and equipped De-watering Subcontractor to design and operate the de-watering and groundwater recharging systems required for the work, all subject to the Engineer's approval. Where considered necessary by the Engineer, the Contractor shall establish a specified number of groundwater level monitoring stations at each site which will be observed
35

during the work. These shall be located as directed by the Engineer and consist of acceptable open tube piezometer. As directed settlement gauges will be provided to the approval of, and designated by, the Engineer at each site, times and locations to monitor settlement of new and existing facilities. De-watering shall not result in the flow of water along the pipe zone material. Full consideration should be given to the use of cut-off walls to reduce the potential for groundwater flow along pipe trenches. The Contractor shall submit for the Engineer's approval, details of his proposed method of working and temporary installations to achieve this. No de-watering system shall be removed without the approval of the Engineer. Monitoring and settlement measurement systems shall be maintained in operation until removal is approved by the Engineer. To the extent approved by the Engineer, well points and like items may be abandoned in place. 3.11 Unsound Foundations, Soft Spots

When the specified levels of trench or structure are reached the Engineer will inspect the ground exposed and if he considers that any part of the ground is by its nature unsuitable, he may direct the Contractor to excavate further and the further excavation shall be filled with M - 10 concrete or with such materials as he may direct. Should the bottom of any trench or structure excavation, while acceptable to the Engineer at the time of his inspection, subsequently become unacceptable due to exposure to weather conditions or due to flooding or have become paddled, soft or loose during the progress of the works, the Contractor shall remove such damaged, softened or loosened material and excavate further by land. In this case the cost of the extra excavation and of the additional foundation materials required will be the Contractor's responsibility if necessitated by his negligence. The omission by the Engineer to give an instruction under this Clause shall not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility for defects in the Works due to the construction being placed upon on unsuitable formation if prior to the construction of the work, the Contractor shall have failed to call the attention of the Engineer thereto in writing. If in the opinion of Engineer a formation is unsound as a result of the Contractor failing to keep the excavation free from water or sewage the Engineer will order the removal and disposal of the unsound material and the filling of the resulting void. The Contractor shall execute the work as directed and shall have no claim against the Employer of any costs thus incurred. 3.12 Refilling Excavation in Open Cut The refilling of excavations shall be commenced as soon as practicable after the permanent works have been tested inspected and approved by the Engineer. On completion of all bedding concreting and backfilling to pipelines in trenches the remaining excavation shall be backfilled as detailed below.
36

Trenches other than in roads and paved/tiled areas shall be backfilled with selected excavated material and obtain compaction of the dry density of the material as per the compaction control tests procedure specified under to clause Quality Control Test during construction. All filling materials which are in the opinion of the Engineer of a non-cohesive nature shall be well watered to the approval of the Engineer in the layers specified to obtain the specified compaction. Any excavated material which is in the opinion of the Engineer unsuitable for backfill shall be removed from the site by the Contractor and any deficiency of backfill shall be made good with material as ordered by the Engineer. Regardless of the means of backfilling adopted it is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that he satisfactorily backfills all excavations and causes no damage to permanent works or adjacent structures and he shall at his own expense take all steps necessary to comply with the obligation. Where instructed by the Engineer the Contractor shall arrange for an approved independent laboratory to carry out tests to determine the density in place of the backfill material. 3.13 Surplus Excavated Material

The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements for the disposal of surplus excavated material arising on any part of the Site to the place as directed by the engineer at a distance from the place of excavation not exceeding five (5) Kms. by the most direct practicable route. Material disposed off at a distance greater than 5 Kms. shall qualify for additional payment at the rate entered in Day work schedule. 3.13.1. In the Narrow lanes, the Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements for the excavated material on any part of the site to the place as directed by the engineers at a distance from the place of excavation not exceeding 100 meters by head load and convey the same to provide free access to house holds, and re-use for the excavated portion to the convenient of the public. 3.14 Breaking Out and Temporary Reinstatement

Holes made for de-watering pipes shall be filled with bentonite as soon as the dewatering equipment is withdrawn. The backfill material shall be suitable to refill the holes completely and the Contractor shall ensure no voids remain.

37

3.15

Permanent Reinstatement

a. Base course (WBM) Water bound Macadam will be laid to a compacted thickness of 75mm using Grade III metal as per clause 404 of MORT&H specification and will be compacted with power roller of 80-100 KN capacity. The work of WBM consists of clean, crushed aggregates mechanically interlocked by rolling and bonding together with screening material and water laid over the finished earthen surface and finished in accordance with clause 404 of MORT&H specification. b. Pre mix carpet (BT) Over the finished WBM surface, prime coat will be applied after removing all the loose materials. Immediately prior to applying the primer, the surface will be carefully swept clean of dust and loose particles without disturbing the interlocked aggregate. Then, the surface will be slightly moistened and will be kept moist until the primer is applied. Then the primer will be sprayed uniformly. Over the tack coat, premix carpet 20mm thick will be laid and compacted by power roller of 80-100 KN capacity and finished in level, grade and camber with the adjoining BT road surface. c. Cement Concrete Road (PCC) I Sand filling: Sand filling will be provided to a thickness of 30cm and will be watered and tamped. II Cement Concrete: Over the sand filling, plain cement concrete M10 mix using 20mm and down size IRC metal and clean and sieved sand will be laid and will be well compacted and finished to be in line, grade and camber with the existing cement concrete road surface. The concrete will be mixed in a concrete mixer and placed and compacted ensuring a compacted thickness of 15cm and proper curing will be ensured. Concreting work will be carried out in accordance with section 1700 of MORT&H specifications. 3.16 Deleted. 3.17 Quality Control Test During Construction i. iii. Moisture Contest Test : One test for every 250 cubic metres of soil. Compaction Control Test :

38

A minimum of one field density test (As per IS 2720 - Part XXVIII) for each 500 sq. metres of the compacted area of each layer. Results shall be based on the mean value of a set of 5 to 10 density determination. The contractor shall arrange for the tests and submit the results to the Engineer for approval. 3.18 Safety

Necessary timbering, shuttering/shoring etc. shall be provided and complete safety of labour working inside trenches and at other sites shall be ensured by the contractor. The excavated material shall be stacked more than 4 metres away from the edge of the excavation. The price quoted shall include for all such items and nothing extra shall be payable due to above. 3.19 Execution

The excavation for basements, foundations, footings, trenches, pavings, walkways, etc shall be carefully got out to net width and depth as shown on the drawings. "Battering" or "Benching" to the sides of excavation shall have the prior approval of the Engineer. Extra excavation (i.e. excavation beyond the limits required by the drawings), carried out without prior approval of the Engineer will not be measured and such extra excavation will be filled in at the contractor's expenses with concrete (mix specified by the Engineer) well rammed in position and brought upto the required level. Any water that may accumulate in the excavation, due to any cause, is to be bailed or pumped out. Adequate pumping or other facilities shall be employed to keep all the excavations clear of water constantly, glare any damage to buildings or other property or cause inconvenience in the property. The contractor shall take care to avoid damage to water connections, and mains or other underground utilities pipes, electricity cables, telephone and internet cables, etc. during excavation work; when met with during excavation, they should be properly supported. Any damage done to the above during excavations shall be made good at the contractors expenses. No foundation shall be put in the excavation before the same is measured and sanctioned by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall protect the excavation from the effect of the weather or other damage and make good the damages if any to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Pit and trench bottom shall be smoothened and lightly rammed to a uniform surface and such portion of boulders or rock, as required shall be removed to make the bottom to the required level. The contractor shall at his own expenses and without extra charges, make provision as needed to uphold the sides of excavation and also protect the excavation against the sides of public utilities and service and other structures. The rates for excavation shall include
39

use and waste of timber or steel work, planking and shuttering and open or closed polling boards. 3.19.1 Excavation in all sorts of soils & murram The item shall include dry or wet excavation and removal of excavated material and its stacking and disposal in a manner hereinafter specified. The water met with if any shall be bailed or pumped out by the contractor as necessary at his own cost. The contractor shall provide all materials and all labour necessary for the excavation and completion of the works in accordance with the drawings and specifications and the intent there of. The contractor shall provide necessary protection to labour, materials equipment etc. to ensure safety against risk and accident. The ISI standard in this regard shall be followed (IS: 3764-1966). The contractor shall be liable to pay compensation for injury to life, and damage to property, if any, caused due to any operation connected with this item. The contractor shall hand over the site of work in neat and tidy condition after completion of work and shall remove all rubbish of construction work. The contractor shall carry out the work of trial pit of required size and depth and at places as directed by the Engineer to accurately locate and determine the soil strata and water table and shall fill back as required and as ordered. 3.19.2 Fencing / lighting The contractor shall make all proper provisions for protecting the work by fencing and by watching and lighting at night, or otherwise as may be directed by the Engineer-inCharge. In the event of contractor not fully complying with the provisions of fencing, lighting, watching the Engineer may with or without notice to the contractor put up a fence, improve the lighting and adopt such other measures as he may deem necessary for the safety and all costs of such works including penalty to the contractor, upto a maximum of Rs.500/(Rupees five hundred only) per day per site. The contractor shall also provide and display special boards painted with fluorescent paints indicating the progress of the work.

40

3.19.3 Shoring Wherever shoring is found necessary by the Engineer-in-Charge the contractor shall provide the same in the best possible manner with the materials as required and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge to his complete satisfaction. The contractor shall be responsible for providing secured shoring and for taking every other precaution which may be necessary or proper for protecting any building or any other structure from getting damaged by the excavation of any trench or otherwise by the execution of works in the vicinity of such buildings or structure. After the work is completed near buildings, the contractor shall remove the shoring if any and make good any damage that might have been done. The contractor shall any time, remove no part of the shoring without obtaining permission of the Engineer-in-Charge. While taking out shoring planks, the hollows, if any, formed shall simultaneously be filled in with soft earth well rammed with rammers after watering. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing wooden planks with proper supports for people to cross the trenches. Good Quality of material is directed by the engineer-in charge shall be used for the trench crossings. While removing the planks and supports, the hollows if any formed shall be properly filled with suitable soft earth well rammed with rammers after watering and make the surface with smooth and easy riderable. 3.19.4 Pumping out water The contractor shall provide and work at his own cost all pumping machinery required to keep the trenches for the sewers, drains or foundations and other excavations, clear of water, whether it will be subsoil water, storm water, leakage from tanks, wells, drains, septic tank, sewers or pipes so that there may be no accumulation of such water. The contractor shall see that no masonry is laid, no concrete is deposited, no joints made and no measurements taken in water. The pumping shall be continued during and after execution of any portion of the work like masonry, curing, etc. under this contract, and repeated so long as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider it necessary. The pumps and power applied must be such as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider the necessary, and no separate payment shall be made for de-watering during any stage of execution of this contract. If proper pumping machinery is not provided, the Engineer-in-Charge may stop the work altogether until the pumping machinery is provided to his satisfaction and requirement. The contractor shall provide and maintain in working order stand by pumping units to be available and employed in the event of mechanical failure. The contractor must also arrange for night and day manning and operating of the pumps wherever necessary to ensure that at all times and in all weather, the work could proceed.
41

3.19.5 Sight Rails Before a trench excavation is commenced for laying sewer lines, sight rails (two uprights), one on each side of the trench to be excavated and a cross rail nailed thereto, shall be erected one each above the manholes and one set in the middle length, or at distances as fixed by the Engineer-in-Charge, uniform height above the proposed invert level of the pipes. The depth of excavation and the level of the pipe invert level shall be checked by boning rods of appropriate length. The sight rails and boning rods shall be provided, fixed and maintained by the contractor at his own cost.

42

CHAPTER 4 BLASTING OPERATIONS

No blasting is expected. In the event of necessity, the contractor shall follow the specifications mentioned in the subsequent pages.

Clause 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.10

Description General Materials Personnel Storage of Explosives Use of Explosive Blasting Electrical Firing Precautions after Blasting Mis-fires Accidents

Page Nos. 40 40 40 41 42 43 44 44 45 45

43

CHAPTER 4 BLASTING OPERATIONS

4.1 General

The Contractor shall acquaint himself with all the applicable laws and regulations concerning storing, handling and the use of explosives. All such laws, regulations and rules etc. are current from time to time shall be binding upon the Contractor. The provisions detailed in these rules are supplementary to the above laws, rules and regulations etc. and are applicable except where they conflict with the aforementioned laws etc. from time to time. Further, Engineer may issue modifications, alterations or new instructions from time to time; the Contractor shall comply with the same without these being made a cause for any claim. 4.2 Materials

All materials such as explosives, detonators, fuse, tamping materials etc. that are proposed to be used in the blasting operations shall have the prior approval of the Engineer in charge. Black powder and safe explosives (as commonly current in India) shall be used wherever possible. Explosives with Nitro glycerine shall only be used under exceptional circumstances, and where the above explosives are not effective. The use of a fuse with only one protective coat is prohibited. The fuse shall be sufficiently water resistant as to be unaffected when immersed in water for thirty minutes. The rate of burning of the fuse shall be uniform and not less than 4 seconds per 2.5 cm of length with 10% tolerance on either side. Before use, the fuse shall be inspected and the moist, damaged or broken one discarded. The rate of burning of all new types of fuses or when they have been in stock for long shall be tested before use. The detonators used shall be capable of giving effective blasting of the explosives, moist or damaged detonators shall be discarded. 4.3 Personnel

Excavation by blasting will be permitted only under personal supervision of competent and licensed persons and trained workmen. All supervisors and workmen in charge of make up, handling, storage and blasting work shall be adequately insured by the Contractor.
44

The storage shall be in charge of a very reliable person, approved by the Engineer, who may, if necessary cause police enquiries being made as to his reliability, antecedents etc. The Contractor shall have to produce a security for the person in charge of the explosives if and as required by the Engineer, or the Civil authorise of the District. The Contractor shall make sure that his supervisors and workmen are fully conversant with all the rules to be observed in storing, handling and use of the explosives. It shall be assured that the Supervisor in charge is thoroughly acquainted with all the details of the handling and blasting operations. 4.4 Storage of Explosives

The Contractor shall build a magazine for storing the explosives. The site of the magazine, its capacity and design shall be subject to approval by the Engineer, and the Inspector of Explosives before the construction is taken up. As a result, the explosives should be stored in a clean, dry, well ventilated, bulletproof and fire. Proof building, on an isolated site. The explosive, detonators and fuses shall each be separately stored. A careful and day-today account of the use of explosives shall be kept by the Contractor in an approved register and in an approved manner. The register shall be produced by the Contractor for the inspection of the Engineer in charge when so required by the latter. The Engineer may also pay a surprise visit to the storage magazine. In case of unaccountable storage of the explosive or if the account is not found to have been maintained in the manner prescribed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be liable to be penalised with fore feature of security deposit lodged by him with the Owner or his tender shall be liable to be cancelled in which case he shall not entitled to any compensation for the losses etc. The action taken under this clause shall be in addition to that which might be taken by the competent civil authorities in a court of law. The magazine shall at all times be kept scrupulously clean. No unauthorised persons shall at any time be admitted inside the magazine. The magazine shall, when not in use of authorised persons, be kept well and securely locked. The magazine shall on no account be opened during or on the approach of a thunder storm and no person shall remain in the vicinity of the magazine during such period. The magazine shoes, without nails, shall at all times, be kept in the magazine, and a wood tub or cement through about 30 cms high and 42 cms in diameters filled with water shall be fixed near the door of the magazine. Persons entering the magazine must put on the magazine shoes which shall be provided by the Contractor for the purpose and be careful.

45

1. shoes on;

Not to put their feet on the clean floor unless they have the magazine

2. Not to be allowed for the magazine shoes to touch the ground outside the clear floor. 3. Not to allow any dirt or grit to fall on the clean floor,

Persons with bare feet shall, before entering the magazine, dip their feet in water and then step direct from the tub over the barrier (if there be one) on the clean floor. A brush or broom shall be kept in the lobby of the magazine for clearing out the magazine on each occasion it is opened, for the receipt, delivery or inspection of explosives. No match box or inflammable materials shall be allowed in the magazine. Light shall be obtained from an electric storage battery lantern. No persons having articles of steel or iron on him shall be allowed to enter the magazine. Oily cotton rags, waste and articles liable to spontaneous ignition, shall not be allowed inside the magazine. Workmen shall be examined before they enter the magazine to see that they have none of the prohibited articles on their persons. No tools or implement other than those of copper, brass, gunmetal or wood shall be allowed inside the magazine. All tools shall be used with extreme gentleness and care. Boxes of explosives shall not be thrown down or dragged along the floor and shall be stacked on wooden trestles. Where there are white ants, the leg of the trestles should rest in shallow copper, lead or brass bowls containing water. Open boxes of dynamite shall be exposed to the direct rays of the sun. Empty boxes or lose packing materials shall not be kept inside the magazine. The magazine shall have a lightning conductor which shall be got tested at least once a year by an officer authorised by the Engineer, the test fee shall be charged on the Contractor at actual as will be charged by appropriate authority. The Contractor shall within 15 days comply with all the recommendations made by the officer testing the lighting conductor, failing which the Engineer shall be entitled to comply with the same at the contractor's expense, which shall not be open to question or may consider any action that he may consider fit. A notice shall be hung near the store prohibiting entrance of unauthorised person.
46

The following shall be hung in the lobby of the magazine a. A copy of rules both in English and the languages which the workers concerned are familiar with; b. c. d. A statement showing the upto date stock in the magazine; A certificate showing the last date of testing of the lighting conductor; A notice that smoking is strictly prohibited.

The magazine will be inspected at least twice a year by an officer representing the Engineer who will see that all the rules are strictly complied with. He will notify all omissions etc. to the Contractor, who shall rectify the defects within a period of 15 days from the date of receipt of the notice, failing which the Engineer may take whatever action he consider suitable. 4.5 Use of Explosives

For the transport of the explosives and detonators between the store and the site, closed and strong containers made of soft materials such as timber, zinc, copper, leather and the like, shall be used. The explosives and detonators shall be carried in separate boxes and transported separately. For the conveyance of primers, special containers shall be used. The boxes and containers used shall be kept well closed. Explosives shall be stored and used chronologically to ensure the ones received earlier, being used first. A make up house shall be provided at each working place in which cartridge will be made up by experienced men as required. The make up house shall be separated from other buildings. Only electric storage battery lamps shall be used in this house. No smoking shall be allowed in make up house. Disposal of deteriorated explosives: All deteriorated explosives shall be disposed off in an approved manner. The quantity of the deteriorated explosives to be disposed off shall be intimated to the Engineer, prior to its disposal. Preparation of primers: The primers shall not be prepared near open flames or fires. The work of preparation of primers shall always be entrusted to the same personnel. Primers shall be used as soon as possible, after they are ready. Changing of holes: The work of charging shall not commence before all the drilling work on site is completed and the supervisor has been satisfied to that effect, by actual inspection.
47

While charging open lamps shall be kept away. For charging with powdered explosives, naked flame shall not be allowed. Only wooden tamping rods without any kind of metal on them shall be allowed to be used. Boreholes must be of such size that the cartridges can easily pass down them. Only one cartridge shall be inserted at a time and gently pressed with the tamping rod. The sand clay or other tamping materials used for filling the hole completely shall not be tamped too hard.

4.6

Blasting

Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours of the day, which shall have the approved of the Engineer incharge. The hours, once fixed, shall not be altered without prior written approval of the Engineer incharge. The site blasting operations shall be prominently demarcated by red danger flags. The order to fire shall be given only by the Supervisor incharge of the work and this order shall be given only after giving the warning signals three times, so as to enable all the labour, watchmen etc. to reach safe shelter and after having ascertained that no body is within the danger zone. A bugle or a whistle with a distinctive note shall be used to give the warning signal. This bugle shall not be used for other purposes. All labour shall be made acquainted with the sound of the bugle and shall be strictly warned to leave their work immediately at the first warning signal and make for safe shelters, and not to leave the shelters until the all clear signal has been given. All the roads and foot - paths leading to the blasting area shall be watched. In special cases, suitable extra precautions shall be taken. The Engineer may however permit blasting for underground excavation, without restriction of fixed time, provided that, he is satisfied that proper precautions are taken to give sufficient warning to all concerned and that the work of other agencies on the site is not unduly hampered. used. For lighting the fuses, a lamp with a strong flame such as a carbide lamp shall be

The supervisor shall watch the time required to the fixing of the fuses and shall see that all the workmen are under safe shelters in good time. 4.7 Electrical Firing

Only the supervisor incharge shall keep key of the firing apparatus and shall keep it always with himself.
48

Special apparatus shall be used as a source of current for the blasting operations. Power lines shall not be tapped for the purpose. All the detonators should be checked before use. For blasts in one series only detonators of the same manufacturers and of the same group of electrical resistance shall be used. Such of the electrical lines as could constitute danger for work of charging shall be removed from the site. The firing cable shall have a proper insulating cover so as to avoid short circuiting due to contact with water, metallic parts of rock. The use of the earth as a return line shall not be permitted. The firing cable shall be connected to the source of current only after ascertaining that nobody is in the area of blasting. Before firing, the circuit shall be checked by a suitable apparatus. After firing, whether with or without an actual blast, the contact between the firing cable and the source of current shall be cut-off before any persons are allowed to leave the shelters. During storm, charging with electrical detonators shall be suspended. The charges already placed into the holes shall be blasted as quickly as possible, after taking all the safety precautions and giving necessary warning signal. If this is not possible, the site shall be abandoned till the storm has passed. 4.8 Precautions after Blasting

After the blast, the supervisor shall carefully inspect the work and satisfy himself that all the charges have exploded. After the blast takes place in underground works the workmen shall not be allowed to go to face till all the toxic gases are evacuated from the face. 4.9 Mis-Fires

If it is suspected that part of the blast has failed to fire or is delayed, sufficient time shall be allowed to elapse before entering the danger zone. When the fuse and blasting caps are used, a safe time should be allowed and then the Supervisor alone shall leave the shelter to see that misfire. Drilling near the hole that has misfired shall not be permitted until one of the following operations has been carried out by the Supervisor. The Supervisor should very carefully (when the tamping is of damp clay extract the tamping with a wooden scraper or jet of water or compressed air (using a pipe of soft
49

material) and withdraw fuse with the primer and detonator attached. A fresh primer and detonator with fuse shall then be placed in this hole and fired. The Supervisor shall get one of the tamping cleared off and indicate the direction by placing stick in the hole. Another hole may then be drilled at least 23 cm. away and parallel to it; this hole should then be charged and fired. The balance of the cartridge and detonators found in the muck shall be removed. Before leaving his work, the Supervisor should inform the Supervisor of the relieving shift of any case of misfire and shall point out the position with a red cross denoting the same and also state what action, if any, he has taken in the matter. The Supervisor shall at once report to the office, all cases of misfire, the steps taken in connection there with. The names of the Supervisor in charge of day and night shifts must be noted daily in the contractor's office. If a misfire has been found to be due to defective detonator, or dynamite, the whole quantity of box from which the defective article was taken, must be returned to the authority as may be directed by the Engineer in charge for inspection to ascertain whether the whole box contains defective materials. Redrilling the holes that have misfired either wholly or partly shall not be permitted. 4.10 Accidents

The contractor shall be solely responsible for any accident during the entire procedure of handling explosives and blasting shall pay necessary compensation to the persons affected or for damage to lands property etc. without claims.

50

CHAPTER 5 FILLING OPERATIONS

Clause 5.1 5.2 5.3 Description Scope Back fill material Execution Page Nos. 47 47 48

51

CHAPTER 5 FILLING OPERATIONS

5.1 Scope

This section covers the backfilling of trenches excavated for piping, excavations for foundations and footings for building of effluent treatment units, channels, manholes, valve chambers, pump pits and sumps and other structures using suitable excavated material or imported backfill material. 5.2 5.2.1 Backfill material Excavation Material

Excavated material used for backfilling, shall be free from debris or other contamination, shall be suitably graded to obtain the required compaction and shall not contain stones, rock or concrete fragments larger than 10cm in the largest dimension. Two thirds of the backfill shall consist of well graded material not exceeding 3 cm in the largest dimension. 5.2.2 Importing Material

Where material from excavation is neither adequate in quantity nor satisfactory in quality, backfill material may be imported. Borrow pits for this purpose shall be identified by the contractor in the vicinity of the site approval from the Engineer - in Charge shall be obtained for the satisfactory quality of the material. Borrow material used for backfilling shall be sound, clean, uncontaminated granular material free from organic and deleterious material and shall not contain more than 10 percent by weight of clay or silt, individually or in combination. The grading shall fall within the following limits : Standard Sieve Size 4" 7/8" #4 # 16 # 50 # 200 (100 mm) (21.9 mm) (4.75 mm) (1.18 mm) (0.30 moi) (0.075 mm) Percent by Weight Passing 100 57 - 100 25 - 100 10 - 85 5 - 40 0- 8

If the gradings of the borrow materials fall outside the above noted limits the use of the material shall be at the Engineer's discretion.

52

5.3 5.3.1

Execution Deposition of fill

Fill materials shall be deposited in layer of not more than 20 cm in loose thickness for compaction by heavy equipment and not more than 12 cm loose thickness for hand compacted fill, so as to meet suitable extent of compaction. The contractor is responsible for the arrangement and payment for all embankment material and the material selected shall meet the approval of the Engineer - in - Charge. 5.3.2 Backfilling of trenches

No backfilling shall be carried out until all debris and other objectional materials have been removed from the trench and until the Engineer - in - Charge has inspected and approved the pipe installations and bedding. Backfilling shall be carried out in layers as defined below and in such a way that it does not disturb alignments, grades or stability of pipes. Backfilling shall only be carried out with approved materials. 5.3.3 Backfilling around structures and foundations

Backfilling around completed foundation and wall shall be done to the line and level shown on the drawing. This will be done with selected and approved earth from excavation material approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Backfilling around liquid retaining structure shall be done only after testing of structures against leakage and approval by Engineer-in-Charge. No separate payment will be made for backfilling. Rate quoted for excavation should include backfilling also. 5.3.4 Filling in foundations

Sub grades for concrete slabs shall be sand or gravel which have been tamped such that it is well compacted. The finish shall be with a 3cm tolerance when measured with a 3 m straight edge in any direction or location. 5.3.5 Deterioration of Materials

If deterioration of material takes place during the progress of work, the contractor shall at his own expense remove such material and replace it with fresh approved material. 5.3.6 Compaction Control

a. Fill backfills under and adjacent to structures shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density.

53

b. Fill materials shall be moistened or dried, to within two (2) percent of optimum moisture content and compacted so as to conform to the following listed values when in accordance with these specifications. c. All other fills shown on the plans shall be compacted to not less than ninety (90) percent of maximum dry density. d. All working areas shall be protected from damage by water and site drainage shall be maintained at all times. Heavy equipment shall not be operated within 60 cm of any existing structure and vibrating roller not within 150 cm of any structure. 5.3.7 Disposal of surplus material

If the quantity of excavated material to be disposed off in permanent spoil dumps exceed the quantity which can be disposed off in the permanent spoil disposal areas in the site it shall be disposed off from site to a location as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge any where in the radius of 5 km including loading, unloading and spreading, etc. Complete surplus material or unsuitable material ordered to be disposed off shall be transported off the site and deposited at such a disposal site. Material so deposited shall be shaped up or spread and leveled as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

54

CHAPTER 6 FORMWORK
Clause Description
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 General Quality Assurance Shop Drawings Materials Execution Embedded Piping, Conduits and Anchors Field Quality Control

Page Nos.
51 51 52 52 53 55 56

55

CHAPTER 6 FORM WORK

6.1 General Description

Requirements specified herein are for providing formwork along with supporting scaffolding therefor for cast-in situ concrete as indicated, specified, and required.
6.2 Quality Assurance a. Requirements : All formwork shall be constructed of timber, sheet metal or other approved material. It shall be firmly supported, adequately strutted, braced and tied to withstand the placing and vibrating of concrete and the effects of weather. Design of structures shown on the Engineer's drawings does not include any allowance or consideration for imposed construction loads. One copy of the contractor's shoring and form work drawings shall be submitted to the Employer for record purpose only and not for review or approval. Forms, shoring and false work shall be adequate for imposed live and dead loads including equipment and men, height of concrete drop, concrete and foundation pressures and stresses, wind pressures, lateral stability, and other safety factors during construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for the calculations and designs for the formwork. The Contractor shall be held solely responsible for any failure and for the safety of work and workmen. He shall pay necessary compensation, if need be, for damages to work, property and injuries to persons. The scaffolding, hoisting arrangements and ladders shall have easy approach to work spot and afford easy inspection. Standards and Tolerances : All formwork shall be fabricated in compliance with the best modern practice, so that the finished surface is even, unblemished free of fins and true to line, level and shape as shown by the drawings. The forms shall comply with the requirements of IS : 456.

b.

i. Faces of formwork in contact with concrete shall be free from adhering foreign matter, projecting nails and the like, splits or other defects, and all form work shall be clean and free from standing water, dirt, shavings, chippings or other foreign matter. Joints shall be water-tight to prevent the escape of mortar and cement slurry or the formation of fins or other blemishes on the face of the concrete. ii. Openings for inspection of the inside of the formwork and for the removal of water used for washing down shall be provided and so formed as to be easily closed before placing concrete. Before placing concrete all bolts, pipes or any other fixtures which are to be built in shall be fixed in their correct positions and cores and other devices for forming holes shall be held fast by fixing to the form work or otherwise. Holes shall not be cut in any concrete without the approval of the Engineer.

56

6.3

Shop Drawings Concrete construction joints and expansion joints shall be of the types and at locations indicated and shop drawings for approval shall be submitted showing proposed location and type of construction for any joints not shown on the drawings, and sequences of forming and concrete placing operations. Shop drawings shall be submitted at least 15 working days in advance of form fabrication.

6.4 6.4.1

Materials Formwork Coating The coating on all formwork shall be of a non-grain raising and non-staining resin or polymer type or mould oil that will not leave residual matter on surface of concrete or adversely affect bonding to concrete of any subsequent paint, plaster, mortar or other applied materials. Coatings containing mineral oils, parafins, waxes, or other non-drying ingredients are not permitted. For concrete surfaces contacting potable stored water, the coatings and form-release agents shall be completely non-toxic. Care shall be taken to prevent the coating from coming into contact with reinforcement or with concrete at construction joints.

6.4.2

Timber Timber shuttering shall be fabricated from well seasoned timber which shall not warp under the effects of the ambient temperature and humidity. Boards shall be strong enough to support the stresses imposed on the shuttering without flexing.

6.4.3

Joints Timber board joints shall be torqued and grooved. All joints shall be bonded to prevent loss of grout during concreting.

6.4.4

Plywood Plywood shall conform to IS: 4990 and shall be braced as necessary.

6.4.5

Metal form ties Ties for climbing shuttering shall be of the prefabricated threaded internal disconnecting type of tensile strength to resist all imposed loads. Ties shall leave no metal within 40 mm of concrete surfaces after removal. The Engineer's approval shall be sought before ties are used on any concrete work.

6.4.6

Metal Forms Metal Forms shall be true to detail, in good condition, clean, free from dents, bents, rust and mineral oils.

6.4.7

Round Column Forms Round Forms shall be of structural quality fibreboard, metal tubes as specified for metal forms, or fibre glass reinforced plastic, or formed to shape in plywood and braced as necessary.

6.4.8

Form Joint Sealers Sealers for joints between form panels shall be of resilient foam rubber strips, or non-hardening plastic type caulking compound free of oil, or waterproof pressure-sensitive plastic tape or a suitable

57

adhesive. Form tie holes shall be sealed with rubber plugs, plastic caulking compound or equal. All joints shall be watertight to totally prevent the loss or leaching of grout during concreting. 6.4.9 Moulds For grooves, drips, rebates, profiles, chamfers, and similar items, smooth finished timber coated with specified form coating shall be used Standard products such as extruded polymer plastic units of the indicated or required shapes may also be used. 6.5 6.5.1 Execution Form types and finishes Finishes to formed surface of concrete shall be classified as Class A, Class B and Class C or such other special finish as may be particularly specified. Where the class of finish is not specified the concrete shall be finished to Class C. 6.5.2 Various Classes of finishes a. Class A - High Quality Finish Formwork for Class A finish shall be lined with as large panels as possible of non-staining material with a smooth unblemished surface true to required form such as sanded plywood or hard compressed fibre board, arranged in a uniform approved pattern and fixed back formwork by oval nails. Unfaced wrought boarding or standard steel panels shall not be permitted. b. Class B General Finish Formwork for Class B finish shall be faced with wrought tongued and grooved boards or plywood or metal panels true to required form arranged in a uniform approved pattern free from defects likely to detract from the appearance of the surface.

c.

Class C Unexposed Finish Formwork for Class C finish shall be constructed of timber, sheet metal or any suitable materials which will prevent loss of cement slurry. The loads shall be properly distributed over base area on which shoring is erected, either concrete slabs or ground ; if on ground, it shall be protected against undermining or settlement, particularly against wetting of soils, and near excavations. The forms shall be constructed to produce in finished structure all lines, grades and camber as required. jacks, wedges, or similar means shall be used and firmly anchored to take any settlement in formwork which may occur before placing of concrete. Camber for beams and slabs shall be as indicated.

6.5.3

Form construction

Forms shall be build to exact shapes, sizes, lines, and dimensions as required to obtain accurate alignment, location and grades. Provision shall be made for openings, offsets, keyways, recesses, mouldings, reglets, chamfers, blocking, joint screens, bulkheads, anchorages, and other required features. Forms shall be made for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete.
58

Metal spreaders may be used to provide accurate spreading of forms. Construction of forms shall be such that there will be no sagging, leakage or displacement occurring during and after pouring of concrete. Forms shall be coated with specified coating material; and coating material shall not come into contact with reinforcing bars.
a. Slopes

Formwork shall be provided for the top surfaces of sloping work where the slope exceeds fifteen degrees from the horizontal (except where such top surface is specified as spaded finish) and shall be anchored to enable the concrete to be properly compacted and to prevent flotation, care being taken to prevent flotation, care being trapped.
b. Chamfers

All exterior horizontal angles on the finished concrete of 90 degrees or less along the tops of walls shall be given 20 mm chamfers ; columns are required to have chamfers on vertical angles, which run out 125 mm from the bottom and top of the column ; other exterior angles shall be left sharp unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer.
c. Ties No ties or bolts or other device shall be built into the concrete for the purpose of supporting formwork without the prior approval of the Engineer. The whole or part of any such supports shall be capable of removal so that no part remaining embedded in the concrete shall be nearer than 50 mm from the surface in the case of reinforced concrete and 150 mm in the case of unreinforced concrete. Holes left after removal of such supports shall be neatly filled with 1:3 drypack mortar which shall contain just sufficient water to make it plastic. It shall be well rammed into the hole and finished flush.3 d. Form Windows

Windows shall be provided in the formwork wherever directed or necessary for access for concrete placement and vibration. Windows shall be of size adequate for tremies and vibrators, spaced at maximum 1.8 m centres horizontally, and shall be tightly closed and sealed before placing higher concrete.
e. Cleanouts and Cleaning Temporary openings shall be provided in wall, column and slab formwork for cleaning and inspection. Prior to pouring, all forms and surfaces shall be cleaned and coated to receive concrete. f. Re-use Form material shall be cleaned and reconditioned before re-use.

59

6.6

Embedded piping, conduits and anchors

All trades which require openings for the passage of pipes, electrical conduits, and other inserts shall be consulted and the necessary pipe sleeves, anchors, or other required inserts shall be properly and accurately installed. Openings required by other trades shall be reinforced as indicated and required. Conduits or pipes shall be located so as not to reduce the strength of the construction, and in no case shall pipes other than conduits be placed in a slab 4 1/2" (11.4 cm) or less in thickness. Conduit buried in a concrete slab shall not have an outside diameter greater than 1/3 of the thickness of the slab not be placed below bottom reinforcing steel or over top reinforcing steel. Conduits may be embedded in walls provided they are not larger in outside diameter than 1/3 the thickness of the wall, are not spaced closer than three diameters on the centre, and do not impair the strength of the structure. Electrical conduits shall be placed with due regard to allowable bend radii continuity in its length from outlet to outlet, and shall be equipped with a pull cord. The outlets shall be temporarily plugged to totally avoid ingress of concrete or grout.
6.7 Field Quality Control A. Control during concrete placement Devices of the tell-tale type shall be installed on supported forms and elsewhere as required to detect formwork movements and deflection during concrete placement. Required slab and beam cambers shall be checked and correctly maintained as concrete loads are applied on forms. Workmen shall be assigned to check forms during concrete placement and to promptly seal any mortar leaks. B. Defects in formed surfaces Workmanship in formwork and concreting shall be such that concrete shall normally require no making good, surfaces being perfectly compacted and smooth. If any blemishes are revealed after removal of formwork, the Engineer's decisions concerning remedial measures shall be obtained immediately. These measure may include but shall be limited to the following: 1. 2. Fins, pinhole bubbles, surface discolouration and minor defects may be rubbed down with hacking immediately the formwork is removed. Abrupt and gradual irregularities may be rubbed down with carborundum and water after the concrete has been fully cured. These and any other defects shall be remedied by methods approved by the Engineer which may include using a suitable epoxy resin or, where necessary cutting out to a regular dovetailed shape at least 75mm deep and refilling with concrete over steel mesh reinforcement sprung into the dovetail.

C.

Removal of Forms and Shoring Formwork shall be so designed as to permit easy removal without resorting to hammering or levering against the surface of the concrete. The periods of time elapsing between the placing of the concrete and the striking of the formwork shall be as approved by the Engineer after consideration of the loads likely to be imposed on the concrete and shall in any case but not less than the periods shown below, depending on the ambient temperature. 60

Location of Form

Time for striking using ordinary Portland cement (days) 3 7 to 14 14 to 21

Seem sides, walls and columns Slab Soffits Beam Soffits

Not with standing the foregoing the Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage arising from removal of formwork before the structure is capable of carrying its own weight and any incidental loading. The contractor shall be wholly responsible for repairing or reconstruction as directed by the Engineer the section of the Works so affected. 1. Sharing and False work Removal

In retaining wall construction Sharing and false work shall not be removed until 21 days after concrete placement or until concrete has attained at least 90 percent of the 28 day design compressive strength as demonstrated by control test cylinders, whichever is the earlier.
2. Restriction Construction equipment or permanent loads shall not be imposed on columns, supported slabs, or supported beams until concrete has attained the 28 day design compressive strength as demonstrated by control test Cylinders. 3. Concrete curing during removals Concrete shall be thoroughly wetted as soon as forms are first loosened and shall be kept wet during the removal operations and until curing media or sacking is applied. Potable water supply with hoses or buckets shall be ready at each removal location before removal operations are commenced.

61

CHAPTER 7 REINFORCEMENT
Clause 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 Description General Quality Assurance Submittals of Drawings and Samples Materials Execution Page Nos. 59 59 60 60 61

62

CHAPTER 7 REINFORCEMENT
7.1 General

Scope
Requirement specified herein provide for reinforcing work, complete as indicated, specified and required and including supply and delivery of reinforcing bars and mesh, bending, wire brushing and cleaning, steel fixing and the attendance of the fitter during concreting, to inspect fixed reinforcing bars and maintain bars in correct position at each locations. Whenever mention of I.S. codes is made, the latest editions thereof shall be applicable. 7.2 Quality Assurance A. Code Requirements: Unless otherwise stated herein all work specified herein and as shown on the drawings shall conform to the applicable, requirement of IS456-1978. In case of water retaining structure IS 3370 parts I & IV shall be applicable. Standards: Steel for reinforcing shall be the following kinds as may be specified in the drawings. a. b. c. Mild steel and medium steel bars and hard drawn steel wire conforming to IS : 432 - Part - 1 & 2 1982. High strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete reinforcement conforming to IS: 1785-85. Hard drawn steel wires fabric confirming to IS 1966-85.

I.

d. to IS 13620: 1990.
B.

Fusion bounded epoxy coated reinforcing bars confirming

Field Quality Control: All continuous inspections shall be performed by the Engineer's representative or his authorised assistant or a specialist called by the Owner or the Engineer. Reports as required by code or authorities concerned shall be prepared and submitted to the owner and such authorities. 1. Cleanliness of Reinforcement: The Contractor shall ensure that all reinforcing bars are thoroughly wire brushed and cleaned free of loose mill scale loose rust, coats of paints oil mud or other coating. Concreting Operations: During concrete placing, a fitter shall be in attendance to inspect fixed reinforcing bars and maintain bars in correct positions at each pour locations.

2.

7.3

Submittals of Drawings and Samples A. Drawings: The Engineer will supply detailed drawings of reinforced concrete works. Working drawings and bar bending schedules shall be prepared by the Contractor from drawings supplied to him by the Engineer. Samples: At least one month in advance of placing an order by him the Contractor shall submit four samples of reinforcing bars which he intends ordering in case the steel is to be 63

B.

supplied by the Contractor. The samples shall confirm to IS : 10790 Part 2 - 1984. The Engineer may carry out any test he may require, to satisfy that the steel to be brought by the Contractor complies with the test specifications. The Engineers reserves the right to shortlist the vendors and the contractor shall procure only from such sources. 7.4 7.4.1 Materials Reinforcing Bars

Reinforcing Bars shall either be supplied by the Owner or shall have to be brought by the Contractor as laid down in the tender conditions.
7.4.2 Welded Wire Mesh Mesh reinforcement, where specified shall conform to IS : 1566 - 1982. 7.4.3 Binding Wire

Binding wire shall be 0-90 mm (20 SWG) diameter annealed wire confirming to IS 280.
7.4.4 Supports and Accessories

Spacers for reinforcement shall be provided as per 7.80 of IS: 2502. The cover blocks as per 73 of IS: 2502 shall be made so as to provide the exact specified cover to reinforcement. Stays, blocks, ties spacers or other supports as approved by Engineer shall be provided at appropriate intervals to avoid sagging of bars between supports. Broken stones, brick pieces, wooden blocks shall not be allowed for the purpose under any circumstances.
7.4.5 Dowels

Where and as designated on the drawings, steel bar dowels shall be provided for anchorage to previously cast concrete. For anchorage where shown or required to existing construction, an approved non shrink epoxy type grout or approved deferred bolting devices shall be used.
7.5 Execution A. Bending: Unless otherwise indicated or specified, bars shall be bent and fixed in accordance with the provisions of IS: 2502. All bending shall be done cold with the use of an approved bending machine. Incorrectly bent bars shall not be permitted to be used by re-bending. Cleaning: Before placing reinforcement and again before concrete is placed, reinforcement shall be wire brushed and cleaned of loose mill scale, oil, or other coating that might destroy or reduce bond. Concrete Cover: Cover over reinforcing bars shall be as indicated. Correct concrete cover to reinforcement shall be maintained with the aid of approved cover blocks. Top reinforcement in slabs shall be maintained in position by means of chairs made out of mild steel, the

B.

C.

64

diameter and quantity being sufficient to ensure security of the reinforcement in shape and position. D. Securing Place: All reinforcement shall be securely and accurately fixed in positions shown on the drawings, care being taken to prevent contact with coated shutterings and forms, by using approved support or spacer blocks, or chairs where necessary. All intersections of bars shall be secured with approved clips or with wire, the ends being turned into the body of the concrete. The Contractor shall ensure that all reinforcement is maintained in position at all times, particular care being taken during placing of the concrete. Splices: Shall be wired contact lap splices unless otherwise indicated or approved. Splices at points of maximum tensile stress shall be avoided and shall be staggered elsewhere. The lap length and other provisions shall conform to 25.2.5 IS: 450-78. 1. 2. Vertical Bars: Splicing of vertical bars in concrete shall be at approved positions. Horizontal Bars: Unless otherwise shown, lap splices shall be made with at least one continuous bar between adjacent splices. Where double mats of bars occur in walls, lap splices in opposite mats shall be offset at least 1.5 m.

E.

F.

Welding: Welding of reinforcing bars is not permitted unless indicated or approved by the Engineer in writing in each case. Where permitted in writing, reinforcement which is specified to be welded shall be welded by any process after which the Contractor can demonstrate by bend and tensile tests that the strength of the parent metal is not reduced and that the weld possesses a strength not less than that of the parent metal. The welding procedure established by successful test welds shall be maintained and no departure from this procedure shall be permitted. Welds in positions other than those shown on the drawings shall not be permitted. Welding shall be carried out only by qualified welders with experience of similar works. The standard for welding will be those required by IS : 2751 79 code of practice for welding of mild steel bars used in reinforced concrete construction and IS : 9417-1989 Recommendations for welding cold worked steel bars for reinforced concrete construction. Misuse: No part of the reinforcement shall be used to support access ways, working platforms, or placing equipment or for the conducting of an electric current. Additional Reinforcement: Additional reinforcing bars shall be provided at sleeves and openings as indicated or required. Where additional bars are not shown for such locations, Engineer's instructions shall be obtained and additional bars provided as directed. Welded Wire Mesh: All necessary supports and chairs shall be provided to hold in place during concrete pours. Care shall be taken to prevent contact between the mesh and coated shutters. Mesh shall be straightened to lay in flat plane before placing it and mesh shall be bent as shown or required to fit the work. Laps shall be as per 25.5.1 IS : 456. Access: Where reinforcing mats have been fixed, access for concreting purposes shall, where necessary, be provided by timber benches or similar approved devices supported by the falsework. Under no circumstances shall such access ways be supported by reinforcement bars or mats. Substitution : In case sizes of bars other than specified ones are permitted to be used, the C/S area of steel shall have an area not less than designed area provided further that bond stress is not exceeded and criteria for minimum and maximum spacing of bars as per IS : 456 is not violated.

G.

H.

I.

J.

K.

65

CHAPTER 8 CONCRETE
Clause Description
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 8.10 8.11 8.12 8.13 8.14 8.15 8.16 8.17 General Quality Assurance Testing of Materials Mix Design Batching Concreting Inspection Compaction Under water concreting Curing Finishing Joints Caulking grooves Building In Hydraulic Test Protection of concrete Testing facilities @ site

Page Nos.
64 64 65 70 72 74 75 75 76 76 77 77 78 79 80 81 81

66

CHAPTER 8 CONCRETE WORKS

8.1 8.1.1 General Scope

This section covers the requirements for concrete works and placing procedures, finishing and curing procedures for both cast-in-site and pre-cast cement concrete and including reinforced concrete.
8.1.2 Application Standards Concrete Cement Aggregates, coarse and fine from natural sources for concrete Sieves Testing Concrete Structures for the Storage of liquids, code and practice 8.1.3 Related Specifications Reinforcement Structural Steel Pipe work Form work 8.2 Quality Assurance General Practice A. General: In order to achieve the required strength and associated properties of concrete, proper control of the water / cement ratio by weight need be enforced. The strength shall be prime consideration and W.C ratio as prescribed by Engineer in charge shall have to be observed. Operators: The Engineer strictly requires that at no time whatsoever will the mixer operator or those supervising or inspecting the works be permitted to alter the quantity of water specified by the Engineer of mixing the concrete. Batching shall be accurate and as specified by the Engineer. Water / Cement Ratio: The water/cement ratio will be determined after mix trials by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer or his Representative. If batching is by volume, the Contractor shall be required to fabricate such volumetric batchers and water containers as the Engineer may determine and require so as to simulate the ideals of the trial mix without recourse to assessments by site staff and workmen. Weighing: The Contractor shall make available always a weighing machine if so required by these documents, guaranteed by the Contractor for its accuracy, for weighing cement and batches of aggregate as and when the Engineer or his Representative or his assistant may 67 IS 456 IS 269 IS 383 IS 460 IS 516 IS 3370

B.

C.

D.

require. The machine shall be capable of weighting upto 75 Kilograms and shall be accurate to half (+0.5) Kilogram. E. Compaction: All concrete shall be thoroughly compacted and fully worked around the reinforcement by vibration just sufficiently so that the appearance of laitance is kept to a minimum and in such manner as directed by the Engineer's Representative. Under no circumstances shall concrete be compacted by trowels or the like. Transport and Placing: Fresh concrete from the mixer shall be transported to formwork where required by the quickest and most efficient means so as to prevent pre-set or segregation or any loss of ingredients and maintaining the required workability. Any laitance from previous mixes shall be removed.

F.

8.3

Testing of Materials Materials shall be tested as hereinafter specified and unless specified otherwise all sampling and testing shall be performed by Employer-approved Testing Laboratory, at the Contractor's expense. A. Cement : Cement shall, whether supplied by the Employer or not, shall comply with the requirements of IS : 269, IS : 8041, IS : 455, IS : 8112, IS : 8043, IS : 6909 IS 1489, IS : 12269. The testing laboratory at the discretion of the Engineer, shall perform such tests as are deemed necessary. Cement bags or bulk silos shall be tagged for identification at location of sampling. Tests will include tensile tests and weighing the cement supply to check for net weight received at site and used in the works.

1. On arrival at the site, cement shall be stored in weather proof silos designed for the purpose or in dry weather - tight and property ventilated structures with floors raised 15 to 20 cm above ground level, 30 cm away from walls and with adequate provision to prevent absorption of moisture or flooding. All storage facilities shall be subject to approval by the Engineer and shall be such as to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Each consignment of cement shall be kept separately and the Contractor shall use the consignments in the order in which they are received. Any cement in drums or bags which have been opened shall be used immediately. Different types of cement shall be kept in clearly marked separate storage facilities. Not more than 15 bags shall be stacked vertically in one pile. Cement shall be stored in double locking arrangement, so that cement transactions can be with the knowledge of supervisory staff. Daily account of cement shall be maintained by Contractor in the prescribed register and shall be made available to inspecting authorities for store verification. 2. The Contractor shall provide from each consignment of cement delivered to the site such samples as the Engineer may require for testing. Any cement which is, in the opinion of the Engineer, lumpy or partially set shall be rejected and the contractor shall prompty remove such cement from the site.
3. Cement which has been stored on the site for more than ninety (90) days and cement which in the opinion of the Engineer is of doubtful quality shall not be used in the works until it has been retested and test sheets showing that it complies in all respects with the relevant standard have been delivered to the Engineer. 68

B.

Water for Concrete Mixing & Curing: Water shall be clean, reasonably clear and free from injurious quantities of salt, traces of oil, acids, alkalies, organic matter and other deleterious materials. The sources of water shall be approved by the Engineer and the containers for conveyance, storage and handling shall be clean. If necessary, standard cement tests shall be conducted using the water intended to be used, in comparison with those adding distilled water to check quality of water. Water shall meet the requirement of 4.3 of IS 456 - 78. Generally potable water is fit for mixing and curing.

C.

Aggregates for Concrete Aggregates shall comply with the requirements of IS : 383 : 1970

1.

Fine Aggregate: Sand for concrete work shall be clean, well graded and shall consist of strong, dense, durable gritty particles, free from veins injurious amounts of disintegrated pieces, alkali, vegetable matters and other deleterious substances and shall be approved by the Engineer. Maximum size of particle shall be restricted to 5 mm minimum being 0.15 mm. Coarse Aggregates

2.

The coarse aggregate shall generally be cubical in shape broken generally from best trap granite / quartzite / gneiss stones as available and generally used in the region. It shall be hard, strong, dense, durable, clean and of proper gradation, veins, free from skin and coatings and weathered aggregates shall not be permitted for use.
The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be as large as possible but not greater than 1/4 of the minimum thickness of concrete member provided that in case of R.C.C. the size presents no difficulty to surround the reinforcement thoroughly and fill up the corners properly. In plain cement concrete, the maximum size may be 80mm subject to above limitations in absence of any special provisions. For heavily reinforced beams the maximum size shall be restricted to 5 mm less than minimum lateral distance between the bars. Generally for R.C.C. works 20 mm nominal size of aggregate shall be satisfactory.

Aggregates will be tested before and after concrete mix is established and whenever character or source of material is changed. Tests will include a sieve analysis to determine conformity with limits of gradation.
1. Samples of aggregates 50g. in weight will be taken by the Contractor at source of supply and submitted to the Engineer before placing orders. These samples if approved shall remain preserved in the Engineer's care for reference and the type of aggregate used in the works may not be altered without the Engineer's prior approval. Aggregates shall be obtained from an approved source and shall conform to the requirements of IS: 383. For fine aggregate grading in table of IS : 383 : 1970 shall be applicable. Aggregates shall not be flaky scoraceous or elongated particles, defined as particles having a maximum 69

2.

dimension greater than five times the minimum dimension. Aggregate shall have a water absorption not exceeding two percent when tested in accordance with IS.

3. The Contractor shall sample and carry out analysis in the presence of the Engineer's representative, of the fine aggregate and each nominals size of coarse aggregate in use employing the methods described in IS : 383 and 2386 at least once in each week when concreting is in progress and at such more frequent intervals as the Engineer may require. The grading of all aggregates shall be within the respective limits specified in the codes, aggregate vary more than IS from the approved fineness mouldes, the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to alter the relative proportions of the aggregates in the mix to allow for such difference, or may require further trial mixes.
4. Storage of aggregates shall be provided at each point where concrete is made such that each nominal size of coarse aggregate and the fine aggregate shall be kept separated at all times. Contamination of the aggregates by the ground or other foreign matter shall be effectively prevented at all times, and each heap of aggregate shall be capable of draining freely. The Contractor shall ensure that graded coarse aggregates are dumped, stored and removed from store in a manner that does not cause segregation. Wet fine aggregate shall not be used until, in the opinion of the Engineer, it has drained to a constant and uniform moisture content, unless the Contractor with the knowledge of the Engineer measure the moisture content of fine aggregate and adds water in each batch of concrete mixed to allow for the water contained in the fine aggregate. Classes of concrete All cement concrete whether used in R.C.C. work or plain cement concrete work shall be designed in grades (by strength at the age of 28 days). M10, M15, M20 and M25 Where M refers to the mix and the number 10, 15 20 and 25 represent the specified 28 days works cube compressive strength of the mix under reference, expressed in N/mm3. The proportions of cement, aggregate water for ordinary cement concrete shall be as per relevant standard. The cement concrete shall be tested for compressive strength at the age of 28 days of 15 cm. cubes in accordance with the latest IS : 516.

5.

D.

Strength requirement of Concrete

Grade of concrete in all RCC work shall not be less than M20 with a minimum cement content of 432 Kg/Cu.m and with a maximum water cement ratio of 0.45. For quick result the contractors shall carry out compression tests on representative 15 cm cubes cast in accordance with relevant IS 516 at 7 days in addition to the normal 28 days compressive strength. However, the 28 days compressive strength alone shall be the criteria for acceptance or rejection of the concrete. 70

Suitable water cement ratio for the different mixes an use shall be determined in consultation with the Engineer and shall generally not be exceeding 0.45 (i.e 4 percent by weight). The exact value being fixed after taking into account all relevant factors such a strength required, weather condition, water absorbed material, workability and slump required consistant with the work requirements, methods of compaction, etc.

E.

Admixtures If the contractor wishes to use admixtures he shall first obtain the written permission of the Engineer in-charge. The methods of use and the quantities of use shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer in-Charge. Concrete of any class containing the admixture shall be separately designed and have separate preliminary and trial mixes made and tested for the approval of the Engineer incharge as if it were separate class of concrete.

F.

Water stop Waterstop if specified shall be PVC 200 mm wide conforming to CWPD and BARC specifications to make construction joints and expansion joint watertight.

Waterstop installation along the joints shall be done by embedding one half of the water stop in each side of the joint between the adjacent sections of the concrete as per manufacturer's specifications and direction of the Engineer-in-charge. Water stops shall be properly aligned and placed in position during embedding. To achieve continuity of water stop along the joint, a crossing and at change of alignment the water stops shall be welded as per manufacturer's specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
8.4 Mix Design

Mix design is normally a prerequisite to any concreting job and will be required on all major works. If required by the Documents, an approved testing laboratory shall, at the contractor's expense, design a mix for each class fo concrete and shall submit full details of the mix designs to the Engineer for his approval. The Engineer's representative and the Contractor shall clearly code each approved mix with a number and date, and file all details for identifying and reproducing exactly the same mix.
A. General : Each mix design shall be such that the aggregate shall comprise fine aggregate and coarse aggregate of the size specified and the combined aggregate grading shall be continuous. Aggregate shall be calculated by weight, and batching procedures shall be established. The cement content by weight shall not be outside the minimum and maximum limits calculated from the minimum and maximum dry aggregate to cement ratios spee. The mixes shall be designed to produce an average concrete strength at twenty-eight days after manufacture not less than trail mix test strength specified. The water/cement ratio shall the region of 0.45 to 0.55 and shall never exceed 0.60.

71

B.

Preliminary Mix : The proportions of cement, aggregate water determined by the Contractor in his mix design shall be preliminary mix of concrete made and tested for strength work-ability under laboratory conditions observing the appropriate requirements. These preliminary mixes shall be repeated adjusted proportions as necessary until concrete mixes meeting requirements of the preliminary and trial mix tests specified with the workability defined herein have been produced. If at time during construction of the works, the source of cement aggregates is changed, or the grading of the aggregate alters, further preliminary mixes shall be undertaken.

C.

Trial : After the Engineer's approval the preliminary concrete design for each class of concrete and during or following carrying out of the preliminary tests the Contractor shall prepare a trial mix of each class in the presence of the Engineer. The mixes shall be mixed for the same time and handled by means of same plant that the Contractor proposes to use in the works proportion of cement, aggregates and water shall be care determined by weight in accordance with the approved mix (or modified mix design after preliminary tests) and sieve analysis shall be made, by approved methods of the fine aggregate and nominal size of coarse aggregate used.

D.

Water : Water for mixing concrete, mortar or grout shall sat the recommendations of IS : 456. If required to do so by Engineer, the Contractor shall take samples of the water and them for quality.

E.

Admixtures : Admixtures shall mean material added to concrete materials during mixing for the propose of altering properties of normal concrete mixes. If the Contractor wishes use admixtures, otherwise than as expressly ordered by Engineer, he shall first obtain the Engineer's written permissing. The methods of use and the quantities of admixture used shall subject to the Engineer's approval, which approval or other shall in no way limit the Contractor's obligations under the contract to produce concrete with the specified strength and workability. Concrete of any class containing an admixture shall be separate designed and have separate preliminary tests and trial mixes and tested for approval by the Engineer as if it were a separate class of concrete. Waiver of Mix Design and Weigh Batching On certain works the Engineer may waive the requirement of designing mixes and may allow the use of established nominal mix proportion, provided always that preliminary trials are made to establish the volumetric batching procedure and mix strengths. The Contractor will ensure that any established procedure approved by the Engineer is strictly adhered to, so as to achieve consistent strength, durability and economy of the concrete while ensuring approved workability of the mix. Any waiver of mix design or weigh batching will not relieve the Contractor of his obligations to consistently produce concrete of the specified and approved strength and durability as determined by works tests defined hereafter. However in any particular work/part of work the Engineer may decide to adopt mix design (mix) concrete.

F.

72

G.

Workability The workability of each class of concrete shall be such that satisfactory compaction can be obtained when the concrete is placed and vibrated in the works. There shall be no tendency to segregate when it is handled, transported and compacted by the methods which the Contractor proposes to use when handling, transporting and compacting that class of concrete in the works.

H.

Concrete Mix Design Procedure for designing concrete mixes shall be as per IS : 10262 - 82. Recommended guidelines for concrete mix design.

8.5 8.5.1

Batching Cement All cement used in making concrete shall be measured by weight either with an approved weighing machine or by making the size of each batch of concrete such as to require an integral number of complete bags of cement of weight consistent with the requirements of C1.9 of IS : 269. In case of ordinary mixes the cement bag shall be taken to be 50 Kg. (35 litres).

8.5.2

Aggregate

The fine and coarse aggregates shall be measured separately either by volume in gauge boxes made as hereinafter specified or by weight using machines with weigh batching attachments. For high grade concrete the fine aggregate shall be measured singly or cumulatively by weight. The Engineer will rule on this requirement.
8.5.3 Gauge Boxes Gauge boxes shall be soundly constructed by the Contractor, with the approval of the Engineer and shall be of timber or of steel to contain exactly the volume of the various aggregates required for one batch of each mix. Each gauge shall be clearly marked with the mix code and the aggregate for which it is intended. When calculating the size of the gauge box for fine aggregate an allowance shall be made for the bulking of the fine aggregate due to the average amount of moisture contained in the stockpiles on the site. Before the Contractor shall put any gauge box into use on the site he shall obtain the approval of the Engineer of the size and construction of such gauge box. 8.5.4 Water Containers

Containers for measuring water shall be soundly constructed of metal to contain the exact quantity of water required for a batch of mix, due allowance having been made for the moisture content of the aggregates, as hereinafter specified, or such fractions of the quantity as are approved by the Engineer. Containers shall have spouts, the spill levels of which have an outlet valve and hose fixed to the bottom of the container. Before any container is put into use, the approval of the Engineer shall be obtained.
8.5.5 Weigh-Batching Weigh-batching machines shall provide facilities for the accurate control and measurement of the materials either singly or cumulatively and shall be capable of immediate adjustment of operators in 73

order to permit variations if ordered by the Engineer. All weight dials shall be easily visible from the place at which filling and emptying of the hoppers is controlled. 8.5.6 Addition of Water and Mixing A. Water: The addition of water to a mixer shall be controlled such that between five and ten percent of the water enters the mixer before the cement of aggregate one a further five to ten percent of water enters the mixer after the said materials have been batched. The remainder of the water shall be added at a uniform rate with the said materials. The water measuring device shall also be readily adjustable so that the quantity of water added to the mixer can, if necessary in the opinion of the witnessing Engineer's Representative be varied. The natural moisture contents of the aggregates shall be determined before the commencement of concreting or at such intervals as may be necessary or as requested by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make the allowance for the water contained in the aggregate when determining in consultation with the Engineer's Representative, the quantity of water to be added to each mix, and shall adjust the amount of water added to each mix to maintain consistent the approved a water / cement ratio of the mixed concrete. All important concrete shall be machine mixed to give complete coating of cement mortar on each coarse aggregate particle and to produce uniform coloured concrete with uniform distribution of materials. The mixer shall be run minimum 1 minutes. In case, for a minor job, hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer, it shall be done on smooth watertight platform not allowing the added water to flow out. The fine aggregate shall be spread in uniform thickness layer over which cement as required shall be placed and they shall be mixed thoroughly to give dry mortar. Water is then added gradually in required proportion, turning the mass, to give desired consistency mortar. The required quantity of coarse aggregate is then placed on mixing platform, wetted and mortar added. The entire mass is turned and returned to give uniform concrete of required consistency. 5% additional cement shall be used for hand mixed concrete (without any extra payment for the additional cement used) cement shall be used for hand mixed concrete (without any extra payment for the additional cement used). Admixtures: Any admixtures approved by the Engineer, which may be used shall be measured separately in calibrated dispensers and shall be added to the mixture together with the water. Uniformity of Mix: Concrete shall be mixed in batches in plant capable of mixing the aggregates, cement and water (including admixtures, if any) into a mixture uniform in colour and consistency and of discharging the mixture without segregation. Contractor's Returns: The Contractor shall render to the Engineer, not more than twentyfour hours in arrears, a daily return for each class of concrete of the number of batches mixed, and total volume of concrete placed, the number of batches wasted or rejected and the weight of cement used. In case of ordinary mixes, where permitted the cement bags consumed for quantities of various classes of concrete shall be furnished. In addition daily details of time of starting concrete, closure, No. of batches through mixer, W.C. ratio, slump, date of striking form works etc. shall be maintained. This day-to-day records shall be authenticated by responsible supervisory staff.

B.

C.

D.

8.5.7

Plant and Equipment Generally

All mixing and batching plants boxes, containers and other equipment shall be maintained free of defects or of set concrete or cement and shall be cleaned before commencing mixing. At such intervals as may be directed by the Engineer the Contractor shall provide weights, containers and equipment necessary for testing the accuracy of the weighing plant, water measuring plant and admixture dispenser.
74

8.6

Concreting Preparation

The Contractor shall clear from the surface of the foundations or previously placed concrete all oil, loose fragments of rock, earth, mud, timber and any other foreign matter and shall clear standing water and wash the surface of a previous lift of concrete to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
A. Laitence: Where laitence on a life of concrete is evident or if a substantial bond between this lift or bay of concrete and the next is required, in the opinion of the Engineer's Representative, the Contractor shall have the surface wire brushed after initial (one day) set of the concrete or have it bush-hammered at no extra cost to the Owner. Any reinforcing bars covered in laitence shall be wire brushed to clean the surface of the metal. Binding : As ordered by the Engineer, or as shown on the drawings the formation surfaces on which concrete is to be placed shall be covered with either blinding concrete not less than 75 mm thick, or waterproof building paper, or polythene sheeting immediately after completion of the final trimming of the excavation.

B.

8.7

Inspection Concrete shall not be placed until the Engineer has inspected the formwork and the reinforcing steel, and taken necessary measurements of the latter, and has approved the surfaces upon which the concrete is to be placed. A. Transporting: Fresh concrete shall be transported from the mixer to its place in the works as quickly and as efficiently as possible by methods which will prevent pre-set or segregation. If segregation has nevertheless occurred in any instance the materials shall be remixed or discarded at the option of the Engineer. Placing: Fresh concrete shall be placed and compacted before initial set has occurred and, in any event, not later than thirty minutes from the time of mixing. Concrete shall be carefully placed in horizontal layers which shall not be allowed to slide or flow down sloping surfaces but shall be placed in its final position form skips, or similar devices. If this is impracticable, it shall be shovelled into position care being taken to avoid segregation. No concrete shall be dropped more than 1.5 m. If greater drops are necessary approved chutes may be used. If the concrete abuts against earth or any other material liable to become loose or to slip, care shall be taken to avoid falls of materials on to the surface of the wet concrete. As far as possible concrete for any particular portion shall be done in one continuous operation leaving construction joints, if specified by drawing. Before commencing subsequent concrete on the one left incomplete all the loose particles, laitance etc. shall be removed and surface shall be covered with thick cement slurry. The concrete compacted manually shall be laid in layers not more than 15 to 20 cm. The successive layer shall follow within 30 minutes or earlier.

B.

8.8

Compaction All concrete placed in-situ shall be compacted with power drive or pneumatic internal type vibrators unless otherwise approved by the Engineer in writing, and shall be supplemented by hand spading and tamping where required. Vibrating screen type vibrators may be used for thin slabs. There shall be sufficient and spare vibrators of adequate capacity to compact the work in hand. 75

A.

Vibration: Vibrators shall be inserted into the uncompacted concrete vertically and at regular intervals. Where the uncompacted concrete is in a layer above freshly compacted concrete the vibrator shall be allowed to penetrate vertically for about 75 mm into the previous freshly compacted layer. The vibrators shall not be allowed to come into contact with the reinforcement or formwork nor shall they be withdrawn weekly from the mass of concrete but shall be drawn back slowly while in motion so as to leave no voids. Internal type vibrators shall not be placed in the concrete in any arbitrary manner nor shall concrete be moved from one part of the work to another by means of the vibrators. The vibrators shall have minimum 3600 (and preferably 5000) impulses per minute. Duration: The duration of vibration shall be limited to that required to produce satisfactory compaction of the concrete without causing segregation. Vibration shall on no account be continued after the appearance of water or grout on the surface. Hand Compaction: This shall be permitted exceptionally for small jobs by the Engineer. In such cases, compaction shall be attained by means of rodding, tamping, ramming and slicing with suitable tools. The thickness of concrete layers will also be suitably reduced when hand compaction is resorted to.

B.

C.

8.9

Underwater concreting

No concrete shall be placed in water without the Engineer's written permission, which may only be granted if in his opinion it is not practicable to place the concrete in the dry. Concrete shall not be placed is running water nor shall concrete be allowed to fall through water. Any water entering the area where concrete is being placed shall, at the Contractor's expenses, be kept clear of the concreting works. If under water concreting is permitted, the specified mix of concrete shall be strengthened by increasing the cement content by atleast 10.0% and reducing the water/cement ratio tono more than 0.45, and the placing shall be only through a temmmie approved by the Engineer. The volume or mass of the coarse aggregate shall not be less than 12 times nor more than twice that of the fine aggregate. The materials shall so proportioned as to produce a concrete having a slump of not less than 100 mm & not more than 180 mm.
8.10 Curing All concrete shall be protected from the effects of sunshine, rain, running water or mechanical damage and cured by covering with jute, hessian or similar absorbent material kept constantly wet or a layer of sand kept covered with water is also permissible for a continuous period of fourteen days at least from the date of placement. Should the Contractor fail to water concrete continuously, the Engineer may provide labour, materials required for watering and recover the cost from the Contractor. 8.11 Finishing

Immediately after removal of forms any undulations, depressions, cavities, honey combing, broken edges or corners high spots and defects shall be made good and finished with cement mortar 1:2 but the necessity of such finishing must be exceptional and total surface requiring finishing shall not exceed 1%. Where concrete surface is to receive plaster, the surface shall be roughened immediately after removal of forms and within a day thereof to secure a hold for the plaster. The rate of concrete is inclusive of this roughening and finishing. Concrete after finishing shall be cured for the full period. The concrete surfaces, where
76

plastering is not required shall be finished to smooth surface with a carbarndum stone rubbing as required by the engineer.
8.12 Joints Construction Joints Construction joints are defined as joints in the concrete introduced for convenience in construction at which special measures are taken to achieve subsequent continuity without provision for further relative movement. A. Submittal: No concreting shall be started until the Engineer has approved the method of placing, the positions and form of the construction joints and the size of lifts. Jointing: The face of a construction joint shall have all laitance removed and the aggregate exposed prior to the placing of fresh concrete. The laitance shall wherever practicable be removed by spraying the concrete surface with water under pressure and brushing whilst the concrete is still green. Where the laitance cannot be removed whilst the concrete is green, the while of the concrete surface forming part of the joint shall be hacked to expose the aggregate. Where aggregate is damaged during hacking, it shall be removed from the concrete face by further hacking. All loose matter shall be removed and the exposed surface thoroughly cleaned by wire brushing, and washing down, and the surface to which fresh concrete is applied shall be lean and damp.

B.

Expansion Joints
Expansion joints are defined as joints intended to accommodate relative movement between adjoining parts of a structure special provision being made where necessary for maintaining the water tightness of the joint. A. The joint location and type will be as indicated in the drawing. 1. The Contractor shall comply with the instructions of manufacturers of proprietary jointing materials and shall, if required by the Engineer, demonstrate that the jointing materials can be applied satisfactorily and will last the life of the structure.

2. Flexible water stops shall be fully supported in the formwork, free of nails and clear of reinforcement and other fixtures. Damaged waterstops shall be replaced and during concreting care shall bet taken to place the concrete so that water stops do not bend or distort.
B. 3. Jointing : The surface of set concrete shall not be disturbed and concrete shall be placed against the dry finished surface. If ingress of water or corrosive agents in the joint is possible, the steel, where such steel is continued, shall be cleaned and coated with two coats of an approved bituminous paint to a distance not exceeding 10 mm. Where specified, the surface of the set concrete shall be painted with two coats of an approved bituminous paint which shall be allowed to dry before placing new concrete against it. Care shall be taken to prevent paint getting on the waterstop, if any. Expansion joints shall be formed by a separating strip of pre-formed compressible unperishable joint filler, to be approved by the Engineer. 77

4.

5.

8.13

Caulking Grooves

Grooves shall be provided and sealed where specified. Before the application of any surface sealer the contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the men to be employed on the work have had sufficient instruction and experience in this type of work.
A. B. C. The grooves shall be formed neatly by tapered battens covered in mould oil, so as to enable easy removal. After the concrete has cured, the groove shall be wire brushed and cleaned out thoroughly and fried to provide a firm bond with the sealant. Sealing material shall be supplied by approved manufacturers and incorporated in movement joints in accordance with manufacturerer's instructions as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The types of rubber/ bitumen / polysulphide surface sealers are as follows: Type 1 _ Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 Rubber / bitumen sealer hot poured into grooves formed at joints in floors. Rubber/bitumen sealer for trowelling or gunning into grooves formed at joints in walls. Two pack polysulphaide sealer for cold pouring into grooves formed in floors. Two pack polysulphaide for application by gun, trowelled to required profile into grooves formed in walls.

a. b. c. d. D.

The joint grooves shall be primed strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and the filler strip if any, shall be placed. The sealer shall be heated if recommended and applied to the prepared grooves by hot-pouring, trowelling or gunning as appropriate. No overheating of the material shall be permitted. The two pack polysulphide sealer shall be mixed with an approved tool in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The sealers shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall be surface worked by means of a specially shaped trowel to ensure adequate bond to the sides of the groove and the correct surface profile. At all caulked joints, the face of the caulking strip and 50 mm width of concrete on either side shall be painted with the coats of paint having the same base as the caulking compound.

E.

F.

G.

Any surface sealers which are defective after curing period has elapsed, or which are subsequently damaged, shall be cut out and made good to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

8.14

Building -in The Contractor shall build in pipes fittings and other items including any plant supplied by the Employer or by other contractors under the Project or supplied by himself. The contractor shall also build in any plant supplied and erected by others. The contractor shall erect all formwork, struts, ties and other temporary works to enable the pipes, fittings or plant to be built in, and such formwork shall be designed to allow placing of the concrete or grout so as to fill the voids completely, and to enable air to escape from any cavities during the filling. The spaces around pipes and machinery shall be filled with concrete, cement/sand mortar or cement grout as directed by the Engineer.

78

8.14.1

Concrete

Concrete shall be of the same class mix as the concrete of the member into which the plant is being built, except that the maximum aggregate size shall be as agreed with the Engineer for each particular situation. Where required by the Engineer the mix shall also incorporate an approved expanding grout additive used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. In specific situations, the Engineer will require the filling in to be done with cement / sand motar or with cement grout.
All foundations shall rest on good soils. Any loose pockets if observed shall be filled with cement concrete 1:4:8 and no extra claim shall be entertained on this account. 1: 3:6 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand: 6 stone agg. 20 mm nominal size) cement concrete shall be used under subsoil water condition. Sufficient and suitable construction equipments like batching plants, mixers, vibrators etc. shall be used for all concrete and R.C.C. work.

The centering, shuttering for all RCC and concrete work shall be of steel as per TNBP specifications and as approved by Engineer-in-Charge. However for walls water proof plywood faced timber shuttering shall be used. Joints should be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of cement slurry from the concrete. All joints and holes i the form work shall be caulked with putty, jute, cloth or other approved material. Care shall be taken that such coating is kept away from contact with the reinforcement. All form work shall be levelled aligned and all rubbish particularly chipping, wood shavings, saw dust and adhered grout shall be removed from the interior of the forms and shuttering oil applied when so advised before the concrete is placed. No through bolts shall be permitted in the form work for liquid retaining structure. Wall ties with plastic cones will be used as per TNBP specifications.
All form work shall be removed without causing shock or vibration to the concrete. Before the soffit an struts are removed, the concrete surface shall be exposed wherever necessary, in order to ascertain that the concrete has sufficiently hardened. Minimum clear cover to steel reinforcement in case of liquid retaining structure shall be 50 mm in sewage face and 25 mm on the other face. For rest of the structure the covers specified in I.S. Code of practice shall be followed. The surface of R.C.C./concrete work obtained after removal of shuttering shall be smooth and even and without honey combing/pin holes, undulations not requiring any finishing treatment. If at all any pin hole/undulations are required to be made good, this shall be done with cement mortar 1:2 using coarse sand and finished smooth with steel trowel as per instruction of the Engineer-in-Charge and done to his satisfaction. 8.15 Hydraulic Test Structures designed as water retaining shall be hydraulically tested. Hydraulic test shall be as per relevant standards or as directed by the Engineer in charge. Water required for such tests shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost.

79

8.16

Protection of Concrete Concrete placed below ground level shall be protected from falling earth during and after placing. Concrete placed in ground containing deleterious substances, shall be kept free from contact with such ground and with water draining there during placing for a period of three days or as otherwise instructed thereafter. No load of any kind, however light, shall be allowed on concrete which has not adequately set, and unless it has been pronounced fit by the Engineer. Immediately after the compaction of the concrete has been completed contractor shall ensure that it is adequately protected from the weather. Protective materials shall be kept continuously damp and in position for a minimum period of fourteen days or such other time as the Engineer may direct. Where large sections of concrete are poured special precautions as approved by the Engineer shall be taken to reduce and dissipate the heat generated by the setting and hardening of the concrete.

8.17 The contractor shall set up a mini lab for conducting cube strength etc. The contractor shall provide such details along with the lender.

80

CHAPTER 9 STRUCTURAL STEEL

Clause
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4

Description
General Quality assurance Materials Execution

Page Nos.
83 83 84 84

81

CHAPTER 9 STRUCTURAL STEEL

9.1 9.1.1 General Scope This specification are for the supplying, fabricating and erecting in position mild steel structures such as beams, monorail, platform, M.S.ladders, stairs and M.S.grating etc. from angles channels, flats, plates etc. including cost of steel, cutting to required size, rivetting, bolting or welding, fixing in the line and level, painting with two coats, of red oxide primer and two coats of approved enamel paint. Requirements specified in this section will form a part of detailed specifications for item of works falling under this category. Indian standards shall apply as if included herein. Design of structure shall be compliance with Indian Standards (IS) viz. for rivets IS:1148-1954 for bolts IS:1148-1964 and IS:1962 for structural fabrication IS:800-1962, and its latest edition. 9.1.2 Principal item area Structural steel members, steel joints, plates and connections, steel chair assemblies, pipe supports for piping in all locations, ladders and stairs and miscellaneous metal work for water supply and sewerage and disposal installations. 9.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Unless otherwise specified all work specified herein and shown on the drawing shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following specifications and codes. Fabrication and erection of structural steel shall be in accordance with IS:800-962 and amendments issued.
9.2.1 Related Specifications Concrete works Mechanical Equipment Electrical Equipment Pipe Work 9.3 a. Materials General This work shall include the furnishing and installation of all structural steel and miscellaneous metal work and related supports, tanks, manhole steps, equipment guards, anchors and other appurtenances and any other work shown on the drawings or herein specified. All materials shall be new, sound and of the best quality available. b. Material Steel rolled sections, plates and bars shall conform to the latest editions of IS:226, 808, 1730, 1732 & 3954. Pipes used for columns or other structural purposes shall conform to IS:1161-1968. Iron for castings shall conform to IS: 210. 82

c.

Steel Chequered Plate Plates shall be of regular quality carbon steel of the thickness shown on the drawings. The raised legs shall be diamond shaped and have an angle and opposed pattern.

d.

Common Bolts Bolts and nuts shall conform to IS: 1363-1967. The bolts exposed to liquid surfaces shall be of Stainless Steel or Brass.

e.

Welding Electrodes The electrodes shall conform to the requirements of IS: 814 latest edition.

f.

Shop Painting Structural steel not designated to be galvanised shall be stop-coated using priming coat of red lead as specified in painting section of these specifications. The portion of steel to be embedded in concrete shall not be painted.

g.

Miscellaneous Structural Works Steel fabricated components, unit and assemblies for various equipment for waste water treatment plant to be installed shall be fabricated as per drawings and conforming to various standards codes of manufacture as specified and applicable.

9.4

Execution Erection shall include the installation and erection of all structural steel as called for the section. The contractor shall verify correctness before starting erection. As erection progress, the work shall be securely bolted up to take care of all dead-load, wind and erection stresses. No final bolting or welding shall be done until each portion of the structure has been properly aligned and plumbed. Bolts shall be drawn up tight and threads set so that nuts cannot become loose.

Damaged Members

During erection, members which are bent, twisted or damaged shall be straightened or replaced as directed. If heating is required in straightening, a heat method shall be used which will ensure uniform temperature throughout the entire member. Members, which in the opinion of the Engineer are damaged to an extent impairing their appearance, strength or serviceability, shall be removed and replaced with new members.
2 Bearing Plates Bearing plates shall be provided under beams and columns resting on walls or footings. Bearing plates may be attached or loose and aligned on steel wedges or shims. After the supported members have been plumbed and properly positioned and the anchor nuts tightened, the entire bearing area under the

83

plate shall be dry packed solidly with bedding mortar. Wedges and shims shall be cut off flush with edge of bearing plate, and shall be left in place. 3 Substitutions Unless otherwise directed, the exact sections, shapes, thickness, sizes, weights and the details of construction shown for the structural steel work shall be furnished. However, the Contractor, because of his stock or shop practices, may suggest changes if the net area of section is not thereby reduced, if the section properties are at least equivalent and if the overall dimensions are not exceeded. All substitutions or other deviations from drawings and/or specifications shall be specifically noted or "clouded" on the shop drawing submittals. 4 Flame Cutting Flame cutting by the use of a gas cutting torch in the field for correcting fabrication errors will not be permitted on any major member in the structural framing. The use of flame-cutting torch will be permitted only on minor members, when the member is not under stress, and only after the approval of the Employer has been obtained. 5 Storage of Materials Structural material, either plain or fabricated, shall be stored above ground upon platforms, skids, or other supports. Material shall be kept free from dirt, grease and other foreign matter and shall be protected from corrosion. 6 Steel Stairs To be fabricated true to size and details and provided complete with all attachments, steel pipe rails and handrails, checker plate-nosed grating type treads and landings. Shop and setting drawings shall be submitted beforehand for approval of the Engineer. 7 Anchors Bolts and Anchors Anchors bolts and anchors shall be properly located an built into concrete to work. Bolts and anchors shall be present by the use of templates or such other methods as may be required to locate the anchors and anchor bolts accurately. Embedded anchor bolts that are submerged in process water or pump room floors, or are in enclosed tanks or spaces exposed to process gas or moisture, shall be of stainless steel bolts, a non-oxidising lubricant greases will be applied before bolting. 8 Ladders

i. Contingent upon designated requirements for different locations, galvanised steel unit will be fabricated conforming to requirements. Rails where indicated will be provided.
ii. M.S.Ladders with stringes as specified and the steps of M.S. bars of specified dia shall be provided. The handholds shall be curved. The size and dimensions shall be as specified or as shown in the drawings.

Steel Chequered Plate

The chequered plate (size, location and type) shall be as shown in the drawing. Steel chequered plate and frame shall be galvanised after fabrication unless noted otherwise. All assemblies shall be

84

reinforced on concealed faces as necessary to support the service loads required. Aluminium shall be isolated from dissimilar metals, concrete, masonry and plaster to prevent electrolytic deterioration. 10 Stair Abrasive Safety Nosings Extended nosings to within 150mm of wall or stringer and equip each with embedded anchorage of secure attachment. Finish flush with concrete at all cast inplate concrete stairs, except or otherwise designated. 11 GI Piping Railing Hand railing shall be with 40 mm of GI pipe in double row with 40mm of GI pipe uprights at a spacing not more than 1.5 m and of one metre clear height. Hand railing shall be painted with two coats of enamel paints over a coat of red oxide primer. Hand railing shall be provided all around sumps/tanks, platforms, ladders and walkways.

12

C.I. Steps

C.I.Steps for wet well shall be as per IS:5455. The steps shall be clean, well cast and shall be free from oil and sand holes, wrappings etc. The C.I. steps shall be PVC consulted heavy duty type having size 300 x 150 x 25 mm. The portion of the step which projects from the wall of the wet well shall have a raised chequered design to provide an adequate non-slip grip. Minimum weight of each step shall be as per IS. The step shall be coated with approved bituminous paint. 13 Welding Electrodes The electrodes shall conform to the requirements of IS : 814 latest edition. 14 Shop painting Structural steel not designated to be galvanised shall be shop-coated using priming coat of red lead as specified in painting section of these specifications. The portion of steel to be embedded in concrete shall not be painted. 15 Galvanising

All metal work shown or specified to be galvanised shall be zinc coated as per IS : 2629. The zinc coating should be free from defects and shall have uniform thickness of coating. a. Galvanised coatings marred or damaged during erection or fabrication shall be repaired by any approved process as directed by the Engineer.
16 Shop Painting

Before leaving the shop all steel not shown or specified to be galvanised shall be given one coat of primer red lead. Final painting shall be in specified coats of approved brand oil paint. The portion of steel to be embedded in concrete shall not be painted.

85

17

Test Reports Certified physical and chemical mill test reports shall be furnished by the Contractor for material used for major structural members.

18

Shop Drawings Five sets of shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before fabrication of any of the work. In approving shop drawings, the Engineer does not assume responsibility for accuracy of the work or work relative to other plant components as constructed.

19

Anchor Bolts Shall be galvanised and shall be fabricated as shown, or specified by the equipment manufacturer. Suitable expansion bolts may be used in lieu of anchor bolts at certain locations. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to request the substitution and obtain the Engineer's approval regarding type and location of expansion bolts proposed to be used prior to pouring concrete.

20

Steel Grating Seat angles and anchors shall be of steel. Grating and support shall be galvanised. Gratings to be supplied and installed as detailed in the drawings.

21

Pipe Handrails

Pipe handrails shall be fabricated of 3.8 cm diameter standard weight steel pipe. The railing shall be mounted so as to produce a finished appearance that is Plumb, straight and true to dimension, free of kinks, twists and abrasions. Curves, where indicated or necessary, shall be bent to a radius of not less than fifteen (15) centimeters. Safety chains shall be 1.25 cm link aluminium chain with a harness type snap. Railing will have a height not less than a meter unless otherwise specified.
22 Mechanical Equipment Guards All rotating belts, pulleys and shafting shall be covered and guarded in conformity with applicable safety requirements or as directed by the Engineer. 23 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames The Contractor shall furnish and install all hollow metal door and window frames as indicated on the drawings and as specified in the detailed specifications. Frames and doors shall be installed in accordance with plans and approved shop drawings in a rigid, substantial manner and shall be square, plumb and level. Metal doors shall be thoroughly cleaned and all rough or uneven spots dressed down and all pits, depressions or scratches in exposed surfaces shall be filled with metal putty. Exposed surfaces shall be primed with one shop coat metal primer, which shall form a satisfactory base for final finish. Back of frames shall be protected with a coat of rust-inhibitive metal primer. All metal doors and frames shall be thoroughly cleaned and any spots where shop coat is damaged shall be touched up with same paint used for shop coat.

86

24

Rolling Metal Doors Before fabrication, shop drawings of works will be prepared and submitted for approval. Shop drawings shall be based upon drawings, specifications, and field dimensions. Doors shall be chain operated. Curtains shall be constructed of 10 gauge, No.4 galvanised steel plate with continuous end locks and wind locks every fourth slate. Hood shall be of the same material as curtain. Provide device for padlock locking. Doors shall be installed by the door manufacturer or his authorised representative and shall be adjusted to operate smoothly throughout the full range of operation.

25

Miscellaneous Structural Works Steel fabricated components, units and assemblies for various equipment for water supply and sewage treatment installation shall be fabricated as per drawings and conforming to various standard codes of manufacture as specified and applicable.

87

CHAPTER 10 PIPEWORK
Clause 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 10.11 10.12 Description Pipe Work General Handling and Storage of Pipes Quality Standards of Pipes Quality Assurance Laying Pipes General Laying of Pipes Jointing Pipes Pipes through Structures Thrust Blocks Pressure Pipelines Manholes and Chambers Testing Page Nos. 91 91 92 93 94 95 99 100 101 102 103 107

88

CHAPTER 10 PIPE WORK

10.1 General This section specifies the laying, jointing, testing, repairing and retesting wherever necessary and commissioning of pipelines for wastewater sewers, pressure mains and property connections. Excavation requirements are covered in Section 1 : Earthworks. In areas of high ground water table, dewatering arrangements shall be made to ensure the excavations are kept free of water. The Contractor shall take every precaution to prevent infiltration into permanent works. Pipe ends shall always be plugged or capped immediately the pipe has been laid. The plug shall only be removed for the purposes of making a connection at the pipe end or testing the pipeline. The plug or cap shall be replaced immediately on completion of the test. Regular inspections will be undertaken on all completed works for signs of infiltration. If infiltration is discovered the Contractor shall measure accurately the rate of seepage and shall carry out rectification in the presence of the Engineer. 10.2 Handling and Storage of Pipes Pipes and fittings shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations subject to the approval of the Engineer. Handling operations shall be carried out with care. During transportation loading and unloading of pipes and fittings they shall not be allowed to come into contact with any sharp projections which may cause damage. During transit pipes and fittings shall be well secured and adequately supported along their length. No pipe shall overhang the end of a vehicle during transportation. Pipes shall be stacked to the approval of the Engineer. Spigot and socket pipes shall be stacked so that successive pipe layers have sockets protruding at opposite ends of the stack. Pipes of different sizes and thickness shall be stacked separately. The maximum height of stacked pipes shall not exceed 2 meters, or that recommended by the supplier whichever is less. Pipes and fittings shall be protected in storage to the approval of the Engineer by means of an impermeable membrane which shall cover the pipes and fittings and separate them from the ground on which they are supported. The membrane shall be strong durable in the prevailing climatic conditions. Each pipe and fitting shall be subject to a visual inspection after off-loading at site and prior to installation. Pipes and fittings damaged during transportation handling and storage shall be set aside and the damage brought to the attention of the Engineer. Proposals for repair shall be submitted in writing for the Engineer's approval. No attempt shall be made to repair damage without the Engineers approval. If in the Engineer's opinion the nature of any damage is such that the condition of a pipe has been impaired and cannot be repaired the pipe concerned shall not be incorporated in the Works and removed from site.

89

10.3 10.3.1

Quality Standards of Pipes Cast Iron Pipes: Cast iron pipes shall conform to IS: 1536 All pipes and fittings (but excluding valves) shall be coated with an approved bitumen or coal tar paint. Where the external coating of the pipes is damaged, the contractor shall prepare the surface and paint the damaged area with a minimum of three coats of bituminous paint and to the full thickness of original coating. Spigot and socket joints shall be flexible and of an approved `Push'in' type unless otherwise specified. Laying of cast iron pipes shall generally meet the requirements as per IS 3114. Specification for Rubber Gasket use with push joints shall be as per IS 12820.

10.3.2

Concrete Pipes: Concrete pipes shall be reinforced and comply with IS 458. RCC pipes for sewerage system shall be of NP3 class s/s with sulphate resisting cement and lined inside with sulphate resistant cement of minimum thickness 12mm. The pipes shall be manufactured so as to be jointed with Tyton/rubber gaskets. Laying of concrete pipes shall generally meet the requirements as specified in IS 783. PSC pipes shall be s/s for pumping main shall able to withstand test pressure of 8 Kg /cm2 , manufactured with sulphate resisting cement and lined inside sulphate resistant cement of minimum thickness 12mm. The pipes shall be manufactured so as to be jointed with Tyton / rubber gaskets. Stone Ware Pipes: Stone ware pipe shall conform to IS : 651. Laying of stone ware pipes shall generally comply with the requirements as per IS 4127. IS 1538 Cast iron fittings. IS 7181 CI double flanged pipes. IS 4127 Laying of SW pipes IS 12592 Precast RCC M.H Frames & Cover IS 784 Laying of PSC Pipe

10.3.3

1 0 .4

Quality Assurance
A. For the purpose of clearness and legibility, the drawings are essentially diagrammatic, and although size and location of equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible, the Contractor shall make use of all the Contract Documents and shall verify this information prior to and during construction. Scale and figured dimensions are approximate and are for estimating purposes only. Before proceeding with the work, the Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the fitting of his materials and equipment to other parts of the equipment and structure. Where apparatus and equipment have been indicated on drawings, dimensions have been taken from typical equipment of the class indicated. The Contractor shall check the drawings to see that the equipment he contemplates installing will fit the spaces provided and allow ample room for maintenance and / or repair. All work not shown in incomplete details shall be installed in conformance with accepted standard practice and manufacturer's recommendations.

B.

C.

D.

90

E.

Changes in location of all piping, apparatus and equipment as indicated on the drawings, shall be made to meet the architectural and structural conditions as required and as approved by the Employer. Any change in work which has not been installed shall be made by the Contractor without additional compensation except changes which are caused by architectural and structural changes which increase the number of fixtures and lengths of pipe runs. All apparatus and equipment shall be installed in a manner and in locations avoiding all obstructions, preserving headroom and keeping openings and passage-ways clear. Changes shall be made in locations of equipment and materials which may be necessary in order to accomplish this. The drawings are essentially diagrammatic to the extent that many offsets, bends, traps, special fittings and exact locations are not indicated. Contractor shall carefully study the drawings and premises in order to determine the best methods, exact locations, route, building obstructions, etc/., and shall install all apparatus and equipment in the available locations. The employer may employ the services of a specialist firm to assist the Engineer as he may require in any matter connected with pipes and valves, including the inspection of materials and workmanship and witnessing of tests at any state (including manufacture) during the execution of the works. Guarantee The Contractor shall repair or replace without charge, all materials and equipment which fails to perform in a normal, proper or specified manner for a period of one year after final acceptance of the work and shall repair or replace all material and equipment damaged by leaks.

F.

G.

The Employer reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep the equipment in operating condition at the expense of the contractor without voiding the Contractor's guarantee, nor relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities during the guarantee period.
H. Substitution 1. The Contractor shall submit adequate information and engineering data for complete evaluation of any proposals for substitution of product. He shall specifically call to the attention of the Owner by letter or by note, (underscored in red) all deviations from plans and specifications or specified equipment. Failure to comply with this clause of the specification shall avoid the approval for any given item. Where approval of substituted material or equipment is obtained but without detailed installation procedure, the following shall apply: The Owner may dictate installation criteria while the job is in progress. In the absence of other instruction, the Contractor shall follow the recommendations of the manufacturer, except that in no case shall he deviate from the minimum requirements of all applicable codes. All work must be equal to the standard set forth in the specifications.

2. 3. 4.

5.

91

10. 5

Laying Pipes - General

Pipes shall be laid generally from down Stream end to Upstream End
Pipes and fittings shall be examined for damage and carefully brushed out immediately before laying. The formation of excavations for pipelines shall be firm, dry, even, true to grade, free of stones and other protrusions and compacted to a minimum of 90 per cent Proctor before placing of pipe bedding. Each pipe shall be laid accurately to line gradient so that except where otherwise specified or ordered by the Engineer the finished pipeline shall be in a straight line both in horizontal and vertical planes. The maximum length of pipeline permitted in any individual line shall be limited to the section between two adjacent manholes or chambers as specified by the engineer. Where instructed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for an approved independent laboratory to carry out tests to determine the insitu density of the pipe bedding material. Cut-off walls or barriers shall be formed in granular bedding and / or surround to pipes to prevent the bedding acting as a sub-soil drain. The barriers shall be provided at suitable locations along the length of a pipeline and at manholes or chambers. The spacing should be a maximum of 50 metres. Concrete barriers shall be M - 10 concrete installed across the full section of the granular bedding and shall be at least 300 mm in length along the axis of the pipelines. The Contractor shall provide fix and maintain at such points as may be directed by the Engineer properly painted sight rails and boning rods of predetermined measurement for the boning in, of individual pipes to correct alignment. The sight rails shall be situated vertically above the line of pipes or immediately adjacent thereto and there shall at no time be less than three sight rails in position on each length of pipeline under construction to any one gradient. Consideration will be given by the Engineer to any alternative method for controlling alignment such as laser beam instrument. Where pipelines are to be constructed in the tunnel heading or duct provided by the Contractor the minimum clearance between the inside face of the tunnel heading or duct and the pipe shall be 150 mm unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall adopt a suitable method of controlling the alignment of a pipeline installed in a tunnel heading or duct to the approval of the Engineer. 10.6 10.6.1 Laying of Pipes Laying of stoneware pipe: A. Sight rails and Boning Rods The Works will be set out by the Engineer who will give proper lines, positions, level, depths and particulars on the ground, the Contractor providing poles, rails, boning rods straight edges, struts, pegs, etc and all labour for fixing the same. The Contractor must check and satisfy himself of the accuracy of such setting out and shall be responsible for the same and for the finished accuracy of the work in accordance with the contract. The Contractor shall take every care that the pegs, or pillars for levels or lines are carefully preserved, from disturbances. Should he neglect this precaution the cost of re-setting shall be borne by him. The Contractor shall be required to fix over the centre of each manhole or where a change in direction or gradient occurs a strong timber sight rail, 150 mm x 25 mm with top edge planed straight and true. These shall be supported and fixed to stout wooden posts at each side of the excavation. The centre line of the sewer shall be marked on each sight rail both back and front by a single vertical line drawn thereon and on other side white. All lengths of sewer shall have three sight rails fixed one at each end and one in the middle and worked one with 92

the other. The boning rods shall have a movable cross head at right angles to the rod, so arranged that it can slide up and down the rod and capable of being fixed at any required position on the rod by screws. The foot of the boning rod shall be provided with a shoe made truly at right angles to the rod so that when placed on the pipe being laid it shall rest properly on the grown of pipe when the rod is truly vertical. B. Laying Stoneware Pipes on Soil Before laying the pipes, the Contractor shall carefully brush them to remove any soil, stones or other materials which may be therein, even and regular bed having been prepared, and joint pit excavated to form a recess under the socket of each pipe of no greater width and depth than to enable the pipe joining to be properly done, each pipe shall then be carefully lowered and placed singly in the trench and shall rest on the solid ground for a distance of not less than two thirds of its entire length. Each pipe shall be brought into a true line from manhole to manhole. For this purpose, a strong twine line (rat thread) sufficiently long to reach the full length between manholes shall be used. Each shall be set correctly to level, by means of the boning rod and sight rails. The spigot of each pipe shall be carefully wrapped with a ring of spun yarn dipped in cement grout or tarred gasket sufficient thick to properly fit the socket of the adjoining pipe and to allow true alignment. The pipe shall then be driven fully home into the socket of the adjacent previously laid pipe and yarn to tarred gasket carefully driven home with a caulking tool. The remaining space in the socket shall than be tightly and completely filled with cement mortar composed of one part of Portland cement and one and a half parts sand and shall be neatly beveled off alround the circumference and finished at an angle of 45 degrees outside the socket of the pipes. A wooden caulking tool shall be used for forcing the mortar into the sockets. A tightly fitting bag of shavings or straw having a rope attached shall be drawn through the pipes as the work proposed to ensure that there is no cement or yarn or other obstruction projecting into the interior. All joints shall be kept moist either by means of wet bags, wet clay or wet earth whichever may be order by the Engineer to protect them from the sun. Such covering shall be removed when the length is tested for water tightness. C. Laying Stoneware Pipes on Concrete In trenches where ordinary socket and spigot stone ware pipes are to be laid on concrete, the method to be adopted is as follows: When the earth is taken out to the proper depth and gradient, a concrete bed of suitable thickness and width is to be laid as directed by the Engineer. The top of this concrete bed shall also be to the required gradient. When the concrete has set sufficiently, a series of special concrete invert blocks are to be laid about 60 cm apart and levelled so that their top surface may be exactly the level of the sewer invert less that thickness of the pipes. The correctness of level of the pipes is to be ascertained by working a straight edge from the invert of each pipe to block ahead. The pipe must also be checked at intervals for the proper line and level and the first pipe of any length must be very carefully bedded and levelled into position.

93

The object to be obtained by the method above described is to ensure that the outside of the sockets shall be raised approximately 25mm above the concrete bed in order to allow the joints to be made properly in the under side. In his prices for laying concrete, the Contractor must allow for doing the work in the manner as above described including cost of blocks. He shall specifically call to the attention of the Owner by letter or by note, (underscored in red) all deviations from plans and specifications or specified equipment. Failure to comply with this clause of the specification shall void the approval for any given item. Where approval of substituted material or equipment is obtained but without detailed installation procedure, the following shall apply : 1. 2. The Employer may dictate installation criteria while the job is in progress. In the absence of other instruction, the Contractor shall follow the recommendations of the manufacturer, except that in no case shall he deviate from the minimum requirements of all applicable codes. All work must be equal to the standard set forth in the specifications.

3. INSTALLATION 10.6.2

Laying of Concrete Pipes a. Reasonable care should be exercised in loading, transporting and unloading of concrete pipes. Gradual unloading of pipes by inclined plane or by chain pulley block is recommended. b. c. Broken or defective pipes or connections shall not be used. After laying of any pipe or fitting is found faulty, the contractor shall have to replace the same. If the sides of the trench are not vertical, the toes of the side slopes shall end at the level of top of the pipe, and practically vertical trench shall be dug from there down to the sub-grade / level. Pipes shall be laid true to line and grade, as specified and the lowering shall be done by a tripod and chain pulley block. Laying of pipes shall always proceed upgrade of a slope. If the pipes have spigot and socket joints, the socket ends shall face upstream. In places where the natural foundation is inadequate, the pipes shall be laid either in a concrete cradle supported on proper foundations or on any other suitably designed structure as per details given by the Engineer-in-charge. If a concrete cradle bedding is used, the depth of concrete below the bottom of the pipe shall be at least one fourth of the internal dia, of the pipe subject to a minimum of 10 cm and a maximum of 30 cm. The concrete shall extend upto the sides of the pipe at least to a distance of one-fourth of the outside dia for pipes 30 cm and over in dia. The pipe shall be laid in this concrete bedding before the concrete has set. The exact details of cradle shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. When the pipe is laid in a trench in rock, shale or other hard material, the space below the pipes shall be excavated and replaced with an equalising bed of concrete, sand or compacted murrum. In no place shall the pipe be laid directly on such hard material. 94

d. e. f.

g.

h. i J k 10.7 i. Jointing Pipes

The bedding of murrum, sand or concrete shall be done to the required grade and the alignment is to be checked by sight rails and boning rods as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. For bedding of pipes the method employed shall conform to IS 783-1959 and as directed by the Engineer- in charge Trenches shall be kept free from water until the material in the joints has set. Walking or working on the completed pipe shall not be permitted until the trench has been backfilled to a height atleast 30cm over the pipe.

Cast Iron and Concrete Pipes Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer joints on spigot and socket cast iron and concrete pipes shall be flexible and sealed with a rubber ring or flexible gasket which shall be approved by the Engineer and shall withstand the various tests specified herein for pipelines. The physical characteristics of the rubber ring shall be appropriate to the type of pipe and joint supplied and in accordance with IS 5382 and 12820. Rubber joint rings shall be stored until needed in a cool place free from direct sunlight. Spigot and socket, flexible joints shall have the annular space between the pipe and socket sealed with an approved joint sealant to prevent the ingress of loose material or concrete. The annular space shall be sealed immediately on completion of a satisfactory initial hydraulic test prior to concreting or backfilling but not prior to the test.

ii.

Stoneware Pipes Stone Ware Pipes shall be Cement Jointed In each joint, first sufficiently thick spun yarn soaked in neat cement slurry or tarred gasket shall be passed around the joint and inserted in it by means of a caulking tool and well rammed to fit the socket of the adjoining pipe. Yarn or gasket so rammed shall not occupy more than one fourth of the depth of the socket. The remaining space in the socket shall than be filled with slightly moistened cement mortar (1:1) one part of the cement are one part of sand) which shall be carefully inserted by hand. The mortar shall then be caulked into the joint with a caulking tool. More cement mortar shall be added until the space of the joint has been completely filled with tightly caulked mortar. The joint shall then be finished off neatly at an angle of 45 outside the socket of the pipe. The cement mortar joints shall be cured at least for a period of seven days before testing for water tightness.

10.8

Pipes through Structures Pipes and pipe specials through concrete walls and floors shall as far as possible be positioned and built in during construction. They shall be located exactly in the positions shown in the Drawings and shall be true to line and level. The Contractor shall take particular care to ensure that fully compacted concrete is in contract with the pipe at all points. Where it is impracticable to cast pipes and specials in the concrete, boxholes, shall be formed in the shuttering. The box shall have six or eight sides, depending on the pipe diameter, and shall be no larger in size that will give adequate clearance for the subsequent positioning and grounting in of the pipe. The sides of the boxhole shall be provided with a tapered central annular recess to provide a positive key. The boxhole shall be provided with a grout hole and at the top of the central annular recess a vent hole. The boxholes shall be stripped with the main shutting and the concrete surface thoroughly cleaned and roughened.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

When the pipe is later fixed, the remaining hole shall be re-shutted and filled with non- shrink grout. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings where pipes pass through a concrete wall or structure they shall be protected with a surround of concrete Class M - 15 integral wit the external face (s) of the structure. For pipes of less than 500 mm diameter the surround shall extend from the wall or structure by 300mm and the width and depth of the surround beyond the outside face of the pipe at otherwise indicated on the Drawings. For pipes of 500 mm diameter or greater the surround shall extent from the wall or structure by 500 mm and diameter or greater the surround shall extend from the wall or structure by 500 mm and the width and depth of the surround beyond the outside face of the pipe at its horizontal and vertical diameters shall be 500 mm or as otherwise indicated on the drawings. On spigot and socket pipelines the socket end of the pipe passing through the wall shall be flush with the outside face of the concrete surround. On all other flexible jointed pipes the plain end of the pipe shall protrude from the concrete surround by a maximum of 300 mm or that distance required to properly make the joint. Any over excavation adjacent to a structure and beneath the formation level of pipe trench to be constructed by the Contractor or to be constructed by others to make a connection to a plugged or capped pipe laid by the Contractor shall be backfilled to the formation level of the pipe trench with concrete class M-10. This concrete shall extend to the limit of the over excavation along the line of the pipe trench and across the full width of the pipe trench or the limit of the excavation whichever is least. 10.9 Thrust Blocks At every bend and junction on pressure pipelines the Contractor shall construct a thrust block of concrete Class M-15 to the dimensions shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer. The additional excavation required to obtain a firm thrust face against undisturbed ground shall be made after removal of the formwork. Concrete backfill to the excavation shall be placed the same day as the additional excavation is carried out. No pressure is to be applied to thrust blocks until the concrete has matured. Where the cover is less than specified the pipe shall be encased in concrete as shown in the drawings. When the excavation has been completed to the necessary level, the pipe shall be laid in the trench true to line and grade and held firmly in trench true to line and grade and held firmly in position. Concrete shall be carefully placed in the trench and thoroughly worked under the pipe to provide a solid uniform bedding. As soon as joint has been completed, the balance of the concrete shall be placed and worked into place on both sides of the pipe simultaneously and then over the pipe to the height shown in the drawings or as instructed by the Engineer -incharge. Where trenches are excavated in or across existing pavements, the trenching shall be performed carefully so that no more than the minimum width required is excavated. The contractor shall ensure leaving the remaining paving with as nearly a vertical face as possible and at original grade. Road crossing installations shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the Authorities concerned. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements with the concerned authorities for road crossings and shall schedule his operations so as to minimise interference with traffic flow. Contractor shall make all provisions as necessary like barricades, lighting, caution boards etc., to avoid inconvenience to the maintenance of traffic flow. Drainage Contractor shall maintain all excavations or trenches free from water including ground water and effluent from whatever source at his own expense while excavation or construction is in progress. Where the excavation interference with existing drainage courses, contractor shall be responsible for rerouting or pumping or otherwise preserving the flow and such work shall be at the contractor's expense.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.10

Pressure Pipelines Pressure pipelines shall be divided into sections not exceeding 1000 m in length and each section shall be separately tested. The test pressure shall be such that the entire pipe line or section being tested is subjected to 1.5 times the working pressure, or surge pressure or pump closed valve pressure, whichever is the greater. The working pressure will be calculated from the total dynamic head of the pumps less the static head in the pump station, as specified in the Tender Documents . Each pipe line or section thereof shall be filled with water and all air removed. The pressure in the pipeline shall be raised steadily until the site test pressure is reached in the lowest part of the section. This pressure should be maintained, by pumping if necessary, for a period of not less than 1 hour. The pump should then be disconnected and no further water permitted to enter the pipeline for a period of 1 hour. At the end of this period the reduced pressure in the pipeline should be measured, the original test pressure restored by pumping and the loss measured by drawing off water from the pipeline until the pressure has fallen to match reduced pressure previously noted. The loss shall not exceed 0.02 litre per mm diameter per kilometer per 24 hours for each bar of head applied. If the pipe line fails to pass the test, the faults shall be located and repaired and the pipe line retested until it passes the pressure test. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves and joints shall be visually inspected during the tests. It shall be a condition precedent to the issue of a Certificate of Completion that all valves in the pipeline shall have been satisfactory operated under working pressure and that the pipelines shall have been successfully pressure tested and finally cleaned out as specified hereinafter. Before pressure testing is started the Contractor shall re-check pipes and valves for cleanliness and shall re-check the operation of all valves. The "open" ends of the pipeline (or sections thereof) shall normally be stopped off by blank flanges or cap ends additionally secured where necessary by temporary struts and wedges. All anchor and thrust blocks shall have been completed and all pipe straps and other devices intended to prevent the movement of pipes shall have been securely fastened. Since valves cannot be guaranteed to be perfectly drop tight, testing against closed valves which are connected to an existing system shall be prohibited; testing against other closed valves (including air valves) not so connected, may be attempted if desired, provided the valves are suitably anchored against thrust. No claims whatsoever will be entertained on account of leaking valves, or any other difficulties in closing off lengths of pipe work for testing, which shall be entirely at the Contractor's expense.

10.11

Manholes and Chambers General Manholes and chambers shall be constructed in accordance with the Drawings in the positions indicated thereon or wherever else instructed by the Engineer and such manholes and chambers shall be watertight. Pipes entering and leaving manholes and chambers shall be laid soffit to soffit unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Details of pipelines entering and leaving manholes and chambers shall be for pipes through structure as per Specifications. The Contractor is reminded that all construction joints must be perfectly watertight. Base Units Manholes shall be constructed as per type design

A.

FRC Manhole Covers & Frames FRC manhole covers and frames shall conform to the relevant Standard Specification with edge protection with G.I. coating in terms of the material manufacture, tests and marking as per the latest amendment of the standard. Only sound manhole covers and frames are to be stacked at section stores as directed. Broken/Cracked/deformed rejected pieces should be replaced with sound ones. Salem UGD- Tender Document

The FRC manhole covers and frames should bear ISI certificate / ISI mark. Tolerance limit for dimensions and weights shall be as per the standards of the bureau of Indian Standards. B. Cast Iron Rungs Cast iron steps capsulated with PVC shall conform to the Indian Standard Specifications BIS 5455 in terms of the material manufacture, tests and marking and as per the latest amendment of the standard. Only sound C.I. steps to the stacked at section stores as directed. Broken / cracked / deformed rejected steps should be replaced with sound ones. The C.I. steps should bear ISI certificates / ISI mark. The total weight of 100 pieces shall be 530 kgs plus or mins tolerance of 2%. If this requirement is not complied with the lot shall be made good with additional pieces of CI steps to make up for the total lot at no extra cost. C. Bricks Bricks shall conform to the requirements of IS 1077 and shall be of quality not less than class 50 subclass A with moisture absorption rate not exceeding 15 percent as defined thereon. 10.11.1 Manholes Construction Manholes shall be built in brickwork as per the type design. Manholes shall be rectangular up to 2.40, depth and circular for depth greater than 2.40 m. Manholes shall be excavated true to dimension and levels. The excavation of deep manholes shall be accompanied by safety measures like timbering, staging etc. Manhole shall be built on a bed concrete of 1:4:8 of thickness required to carry safely the weight of the wall, cover, wheel loads and impact of traffic. 10.11.2 a. Brick Work Brick Work in Masonry Brick work shall be laid with specified Mortar to be prepared using sulphate resistant cement in accordance with IS: 2250. It shall be of cement and sharp coarse sand and shall be made in small quantities so as to be used up within 30 minutes. The cement and sand in the required proportion and specification as laid down for concrete work shall be first mixed dry thoroughly on an impression platform and then water added and mixed to a sufficiently thick consistency as required by the Engineer-in-Charge. No left over mortar shall be as mentioned in scope of work and drawings. b. Soaking of Bricks Bricks shall be thoroughly soaked in clean water before use for atleast six hours water before use for at least six hours and until air bubbles cease to come out. The soaked bricks shall be kept on wooden plank on brick platform to avoid earth being smeared on them. c. Laying Brickwork shall be uniformly bedded, bricks being laid from upwards in English bond. Each brick shall be floated and rubber in upon such sufficient quantity of mortar that the mortar squeezes up into the joints, but if such joints are not filled with mortar by this process they shall be flushed up with the mortar from providing mortar before the next layer is put up. The coarses shall be laid truly and strictly to line and horizontal level. The joints shall be close and regular and shall not exceed 12 mm thickness. d. Bond Brick work shall be done in English bond. Damaged bricks shall not be used. The greatest care shall be taken to prevent mortar dropping on to or in any other way disfiguring or discoloring the bricks, and all edges and sides shall be kept strictly plump and square, in-line and flush with the required finished face. As the work proceeds it shall be continuously checked with a 2 m long straight edge and spirit level.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

e.

Construction Walls shall be carried up in a uniform manner and no one portion shall be raised more than 1 m above the adjoining one at any one time, the open end being racked out. Over-hand work shall in no case be permitted. Brickwork shall be cleaned up after each days work and newly laid brick work shall be protected by suitable means.

f.

Dry Weather In dry weather the sanction rate of clay bricks shall be adjusted by wetting as necessary before use. Bricks shall be stored in a free draining area and protected from rain.

g.

Approval All worm manship shall be strictly in accordance with the foregoing. The Engineer-in-Charge or his representative reserves the right to reject any of the work on grounds of shabby workmanship. Such rejected work shall be removed and rebuilt to the Engineer-in-Charge's satisfaction.

10.11.3 Plastering The walls of manholes shall be plastered with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), 20mm thickness inside and 12 mm thickness outside, using sulphate resistant cement, and finished smooth with a coat of neat cement. Where subsoil water condition exists, a richer mix may be used and it shall be water proofed with addition of approved water proofing compound in a quantity as per manufacturer's specifications. Note: Proper construction should be ensured to prevent moisture penetration. All manholes shall be constructed so as to be water tight under test. A cement concrete collar of 75 mm minimum thickness using 13 mm aggregates and cement concrete of proportion M20 should be provided over the sewer where it passes through manhole walls, and a brick-relieving arch (see IS: 2212-1962) should be turned over the sewer pipe. 10.11.4 Channel & Benching These shall be semi-circular in bottom half and of diameter equal to sewer. Above the horizontal diameter, sides shall be extended vertically 50 mm above the crown of sewer pipe and the top edge shall suitably round off. The branch channels shall also be similarly constructed with respect to the benching but at their junction with main channel, an appropriate, fall, if required suitably rounded off in direction of flow in the main channel an appropriate fall, if required suitably rounded off in direction of flow in the main channel, shall be given. The channels and benching shall be done in concrete M15 and rendered surface shall have a hard impervious finish obtained by using a steel trowel. The depth of channels and benching shall be as given in table 1.

TABLE 1
DEPTH OF CHANNELS AND BENCHING (mm) Size of Drain Top of Channel at center above bed of concrete bed concrete (1) 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 (2) 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Depth of benching at site walls above

( 3) 200 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.11.5 Covers & Frames

The frames of manhole shall be firmly embedded to concrete alignment and level in plaint concrete, on the masonry. After completion of works manhole covers shall be sealed means of thick grease.

10.11.6 Rungs Rugs shall be fixed as shown in drawings, the portion embedded in masonry on cement concrete block being painted with thick cement slurry before fixing. 10.11.7 Drop Manholes Where an incoming branch into a manhole comes at least 600 mm above the water surface of the main pipe in the manhole, drop manholes shall be constructed as shown in the drawings or as instructed by the Engineer in charge. 10.12 Testing Alignment & Grade Uniformity of grade and alignment shall be tested by the contractor when the backfill has reach 300 mm above the pipe. Except for pipes laid curves, the test shall consist of flashing light through the pipe between manholes. I alignment is true and no pipes are misplaced backfilling shall be continued. The contractor at his expense shall make such text and an defects of materials and workmanship shall be rectified by the contractor at his expense. Hydraulics Test All pipelines between consecutive manholes and the manholes if required shall be subjected to a leakage test under 1.5 times the working pressure rating of the pipe in the case of a force main and 2.5m hydrostatic head for gravity lines. Contractor shall provide all calibrated equipment for measurement of leakage, all bulkheads, pumps and other equipment and all power and labour necessary for the performance of the tests to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Allowable leakage in the case of gravity lines tested at 2.5 m hydrostatic pressure for 10 minutes shall not exceed 0.2 lit per mm dia of pipe per kilometers length per day. Allowable leakage in the case of force mains shall be computed from the following formula: q1 Where q1 N D P = = = = = ND P / 115 Allowable leakage in lpcd Number of joints in the length of the pipeline. Diameter in mm. Average test pressure in kg / cm2

10.13
10.13.1

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PIPES

Strength Grading of Concrete

10.13.1.1

General

Plain and reinforced concrete have been graded according to the cube compressive strength and designated as M10, M15, M20, M25, M30, M35 and M40. In the designation concrete, the letter M refers to the mix and the Number to the specified 28 days cube compressive strength of that mix expressed N/MM2. Salem UGD- Tender Document

Approximately, the M10, M15, M20, M25 grades of concrete correspond to 1:3:6, 1:2:4, 1:1 :3 and 1:1:2 nominal mixers of ordinary concrete currently used. The specification for strength gardening of concrete may be followed as given in the TNBP. The proportion of aggregates, cement and water to be used for controlled concrete shall be designed by preliminary tests of the materials to be actually used to obtain the specified strength with the use of maximum quantity of cement. The source of materials shall be an approved quarry of PWD or on the alternative, if the contractor proposes to procure the materials from any other source; the Engineer in charge should approve it. The mix with the actual approved materials to be used shall be got designed in an approved laboratory by the contractor with minimum quantity of cement to give the specified strength in the preliminary tests and the proportions got approved from the Engineer in writing. These proportions shall be used so long as the materials continue to be of the same quality and the same sources subject only to slight changes in the relative qualities of fine and coarse aggregate for the purpose of promoting Workability provided the works tests also show the required strength. If during the progress of work, the contract wishes to change the materials, the proportions shall be fixed on the basis of fresh preliminary tests to give the required strength after the Engineer is satisfied that the materials satisfy the specification. No adjustment of cost shall be made for change of proportions of cement fixed in the original preliminary tests. 10.13.1.2 Proportioning of mix

Each batch of mix shall be proportioned by weight of cement, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate, water for each batch shall be added in quantity measured by volume or by weight. Where weight of cement is determined by accepting the makers weight per bag, a reasonable number of bags shall be weighed separately to check the net weight. Where the cement is weighted in the site and not in bags, it shall be weighed separately from the aggregate. All the weighing equipments shall be maintained in a clean and serviceable condition and their accuracy checked periodically. 10.13.1.3 Mixing

Mixing shall be done only by mechanical mixers. The quantities of fine aggregate and water shall be adjusted in the field, to compensate for bulkage due tom the quantity of moisture present in fine aggregate and free water in the coarse aggregate at the time of use. 10.13.1.4 Tests

Tests shall be got done in an approved laboratory at the cost of the contactor. A. Preliminary Test If concrete mixes are specified by its strength then the mix needs to be designed and preliminary test should be carried out. A preliminary test is conducted in a laboratory on the trial mix of concrete produced in the laboratory with the object of: a. Designing a concrete mix before the actual concrete operation starts;

c. B

Verifying the strength of cement mix. Works Tests

b. Determining the adjustments required in the designed mix when there is a change in the materials used during the execution of work; or

The test shall be conducted either in the field or in a laboratory on the samples made on the work spot of the concrete used on the works. Salem UGD- Tender Document

The samples shall be spread as evenly as possible throughout the day, when wide changes of weather conditions occur during concreting, additional samples may be taken as desired by the Engineer. However, the samples should be taken as per the relevant latest BIS. All expenses on the tests shall be borne by the contractor. Nothing extra shall be paid to the contactor for carrying out the tests. All samples or tests shall be taken in the presence of the Assistant Executive Engineer concerned and the contractor or his authorized agent. All mix design and test data and results shall be maintained as part of the record for the contract and shall be signed by the Engineer in charge and the contractor. A Register of cement concrete cubes cast and tested giving the following particulars shall be maintained at the site. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Name of work and reference to agreement Serial No. Date and time of sample taken Sample No. No. of cube Identification marks Proportions of mix Description of the portion of work represented by the sample and quantity of concrete represented by the sample Initials of Engineer in charge and the contractor or the contractors authorized agent in whose presence the sample is taken. Result of 7 days test Result of 28 days test Review and remarks by Engineer in charge

10.13.2 Design and Manufacture of Pipe 10.13.2.1 Design - General

This specification covers the manufacture, supply, testing and delivery of prestressed concrete pipes. The pipes shall be designed in accordance with a recognized elastic or ultimate strength method of analysis subject to limitations herein, so that all parts shall be capable of sustaining the specified test heads and also the most adverse combinations of working loads to which the pipes and fittings may reasonably be subjected to including the actual dead loads and the prescribed surcharges and working heads. Unless otherwise specified, the pipes shall be designed to operate under a surcharge of 1.5 meters when installed as projecting conduits supported on selected granular materials properly compacted to form a good bed around an arc of 120 degrees. The design and manufacture of prestressed pipes shall generally comply with the provision of IS.784-1978 and code of practices IS:1343-1960 or as amended. The design of PSC Pipes, Specials and thrust blocs should be got approved by the Employer before manufacturing them. If any modifications is made in the design calculation warranting change as per BIS, the same should be carried out without extra financial commitment to Board.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.2.2 Quality of materials The materials used in the manufacture of the pipes shall comply with the following requirements. Shall conform to the requirements of IS:269 1976 and a) Cement IS:8112 1989. The coarse and fine aggregates shall conform to IS:3831970 or its latest revision. The maximum size of the aggregate should not exceed one third the thickness of b) Aggregates the pipe or 20 mm whichever is smaller. Natural sand from river beds conforming to IS: 3831970 or its latest edition. Shall be clean and free from harmful injurious amount of acid, alkali, oil organic materials or other deleterious substances and shall comply with the relevant sections of IS:456-2000. The use of admixtures is not generally recommended. They may be used only with the approval of the Superintending Engineer and based upon evidence that, with the passage of time, neither the compressive strength of concrete is reduced by more than ten (10) per cent nor other requisite qualities of concrete or steel are impaired by the use of a admixture. Use of calcium chloride will not be permitted. Shall be controlled concrete and shall be composed of cement, aggregates and water and shall be proportioned to ensure a dense, durable, homogenous and impermeable concrete having a strength not less than the minimum specified for controlled concrete under 5.1 of the IS:1343 1980. The design of concrete mix shall conform to the requirements laid down for controlled concrete under 8.2 and 9 of IS:456 2000 or as amended. Concrete mixing weight batching shall be employed for weighing the ingredients of concrete. The mixes used for mixing the concrete ingredients shall be of forced mixing system and not of free fall mixing type. The mixing time shall be determined depending upon the types of the mixer used. The mix design should be got approved by the Superintending Engineer concerned. Shall comply with the relevant sections of Specifications for prestressed concrete pipes Specifications for plain hard drawn steel wire for prestressed concrete Specification for mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and hard drawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement Specification for structural steel Hard rolled mild steel for concrete reinforcement Specification for hard drawn steel wires Code of practice for plain and reinforced cement concrete. Salem UGD- Tender Document

c)

Sand

d)

Water

e)

Admixtures

f)

Concrete

g) i. ii iii iv. v. vi. vii. viii.

Steel reinforcement IS: 1784 - 1986 IS: 1785 (Part I 1983) IS: 1785 (Part II 1983) IS: 432 - 1982 IS: 226 - 1975 IS: 1139 - 1966 IS: 1566 - 1982 IS: 456 2000

h)

Rubber jointing gaskets

The joint shall be sealed with a continuous ring gasket made of a special composition rubber of such size and cross section as to fill completely the recess provided for it. The gasket shall be the sole element depended upon to make the joint water tight and shall have smooth surfaces free from pits, blisters, porosity and other imperfections. The rubber compound shall contain not less than 5 percent by volume of first grade synthetic rubber. The reminder of the compound shall consist of pulverised fillers free from rubber substitutes, reclaimed rubber and deleterious substances. The compound shall meet the following physical requirements when tested in accordance with appropriate ASTM specifications of BV Class of BS 2494 Part I 1955. TENSILE STRENGTH The tensile strength of the compound shall be atleast 2,700 psi for natural rubber gaskets and 2300 psi for synthetic rubber gaskets (method of test for tension of vulcanised rubber. ASTM designation D.412). ELONGATION AT RUPTURE The elongation at rupture shall be atleast 400 per cent for natural rubber gaskets and 350 per cent for first grade synthetic rubber gaskets (method of test of tension testing of vulcanised rubber ASTM Designation D.412) SPECIFIC GRAVITY The specific gravity shall be consistent within 0.05 and within the range of 0.95 to 1.45 (methods for chemical analysis of rubber products ASTM Designation B.297. COLD FLOW The percentage of cold flow shall not exceed 20. The cold flow determination shall be made in accordance with Methods of Test for Compression Set of Vulcanised Rubber . Method B ( ASTM Designation D.395) with the exception that the disc shall be a 12 mm thick section of the rubber gaskets. TENSILE STRENGTH AFTER AGING The tensile strength of the compound, after being subjected to an accelerated aging test for 96 hours in air at 158oF shall not be less than 80 percent of the tensile strength before aging Method of Test for accelerated aging of Vulcanised rubber by the Oven Method ( ASTM Designation D.573)

Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.2.3 Designation of pipes and fittings

10.13.2.3.1 Pipes and fittings will be classified according to their diameter, working head and they shall be marked as shown below:
a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Name of manufacturer Date of manufacture Internal diameter of pipe Test pressure Permissible working head Effective length of the pipe Serial Number.

Recessed markings will not be permitted.

10.13.2.3.2
a. b. c. d.

Whenever practicable, each rubber rings shall be plainly and clearly marked in a suitable position with
Manufacturers name of trade marks Month and year of manufactured Class of ring Number of the British Standard, i.e. BSS 2494 1955. In case where marking of the actual rings is not practicable or is likely to be detrimental to their effective use, the rings shall be supplied, fastened together in parcel of suitable size, each bearing a label giving the above particulars.

10.13.2.4 10.13.2.4.1

Pipe Joints The confined joints is to be adopted for all PSC Pipes. Pipes and fittings unless otherwise ordered, shall have flexible spigot and socket joints. Joints shall be so designed that pipes and fittings can be laid and jointed to form a continuous water tight conduit with a smooth and uniform bore. Pipes with spigot and socket joints shall remain water tight when the deflection angle is equal to the maximum guaranteed joint deflection angle at each joint, and it shall not be more than o. Sluice, scour and air valves and man hole connections to standard fittings shall have flanged joints as shown on the drawings. Unless otherwise specified, the gap between the ends of the pipes and fittings with spigot and socket joints when laid and jointed shall not be more than 6m.

10.13.2.4.2

Pipes and fittings with spigot and socket joints shall be jointed and sealed using rubber jointing rings of circular section. Rubber jointing rings shall be moulded into continuous rings having sufficient cross sectional area and circumferential length to provide a water tight seal under the specified conditions of usage. Pipes and fittings with flanged joints shall be jointed and sealed using full face rubber gaskets.
Design of prestressed concrete pipes

10.13.2.5

10.13.2.5.1

The design of prestressed concrete pipes shall be in accordance with the basic assumptions ands general requirements stipulated in IS:1343-1960 and IS 7841978. For investigation of these design stages, the likely extreme condition of stresses shall be considered in the order of their occurrence during the process of manufacture, handling, erection and under service giving due regard to the worst accompanying conditions. The pipes shall be designed using HT wire for circumferential and longitudinal prestressing which will be supplied by the contractor. HT wire shall be tested by Engineer for quality as per latest ISS before use.
Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.2.5.2

The wall of prestressed concrete pipe shall be sufficiently thick to ensure that during and immediately upon completion of the prestressing operation, the stress in the concrete shall not exceed the limit specified in relevant clauses of IS:1343 1960 and IS:784-1978. The maximum permissible compressive stress due to all forces after deducting full losses shall conform to relevant clause of IS:1343 1960 and IS:784-1978. The concrete core shall be longitudinally prestressed throughout its length including the socket by means of high tensile steel wires which shall be provided with permanent anchorage embedded within the joint portion at each end. The center line spacing between the longitudinal wires measures along the arc shall not exceed twice the core thickens or 150 mm whichever is greater. The longitudinal wires shall be stressed to the design tension taking into account the yield or slip of the temporary anchorages on the pipe moulds and the tension shall be maintained by positive means during curing of the concrete. The tensioned wire shall not be released until the concrete in the core has attained a compressive strength of 55% (for 28 days). Cover which is not cast integrally with the wall of concrete pipe, such as a concrete/mortar casting applied pneumatically to precast shell or core after the application of prestressing wires, shall not be less than 18 mm over and above all steel. The cover shall be increased, suitably when the pipes in service are likely to exposed to severe weather conditions or chemical attack. The prestressed concrete pipe should be tested for hydrostatic proof test pressure with core concrete and circumferential prestessing after the concrete/mortar is applied.
Circumferential prestressing shall not take place until the concrete in the core has reached sufficient compressive strength to resist without damage the force acting upon it, the concrete in the core shall reach a minimum works cube strength or 320 kg/cm2. Methods and equipment for applying the wire shall be such that wire shall be wound around the core in a helical form at the predetermined design spacing and capable of controlling the tension. Where splicing is carried out (no welding is permitted) the splice shall develop the full strength of wire. Minimum centerline spacing of the circumferential wire except at splices and ends shall be that which gives a clear distance of not less than 5 mm between two successive turns of wire or 1 times the maximum size of aggregate used for outer coat concrete whichever is greater. Circumferential prestressing shall extent throughout the length of the pipe excluding the spigot portion. The ends of the wires shall be anchored to the core at each end with mechanical connections capable for developing the full strength of the prestressing steel. In any grid, the spacing of the spiral centre to centre shall not be greater than the core thickness. The detailed design calculations and specification furnished by the contractor will be got checked by the Employer. Only after approval of design and specifications is given by the Employer the production of PSC pipes should be taken up by the contractor. If there are any deviations/suggestions in the design and specification, it should be carried out under the contract by the contractor without any extra financial commitment to Employer. The allowable stress in steel shall conform to relevant clauses of IS:1343 1960. Methods of manufacture The manufacture of concrete pipes shall be supervised by a person who had suitable training and experience in the various phases of work applicable to the particulars processes being used. The contractor may use any established method of manufacture which is based on procedures referred to in this clause provided that he demonstrates the suitability of his process. Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.2.5.3

10.13.2.5.4

10.13.2.5.5

10.13.2.5.6

10.13.2.5.7 10.13.2.6 a. b.

c.

Concrete pipes may be moulded using a centrifugal or roller suspension or vertical casting method. The concrete may be compacted by the application of pressure, by mechanical spinning, rolling or tamping by high frequency vibration or by a combination of these methods. Pipes and fittings shall be circular in cross section unless otherwise ordered or approved, and the inner and outer surfaces of the barrel shall be concentric. Spigot and socket ring seats shall be concentric with the pipe bore. Pipes be prestressed circumferentially by winding a helix or helices of tensioned wire around a precast concrete core, the wire subsequently being protected by a concrete or mortar coat applied mechanically or pneumatically. Moulds Moulds shall have sufficient strength to withstand safely all of the forces to which they will be subjected to during placing, compaction and setting of the concrete, during subsequent handling before stripping and during stripping. When assembled, the moulds shall be sufficiently rigid to ensure that the pipes will be cast to the specified dimension, and the joints shall be sufficiently tight to prevent the leakage of mortar, if necessary the joints shall be sealed with suitable gaskets. The moulds shall be constructed in a manner which will permit stripping without damage to the concrete.

d.

e.

10.13.2.6.1 a.

b.

All surfaces against which concrete is to be placed shall be smooth and true. Before each use, the moulds shall be cleaned properly and all steel surface which will come in contract with the concrete shall be oiled.
Reinforcement Prestressing steel shall be new and at the time of placing it shall be free of loose rust, loose mill scale, oil, grease and any other coating likely to impair bonding with the concrete. Circumferential reinforcement shall be circular and concentric with the pipe bore. Where spirals of circumferential prestressing steel are to be assembled in moulds prior to placing concrete, they shall be spaced equal except that at the ends of reinforcement cages. Prestressing steel shall be terminated with an additional full turn and the ends of the wires shall be spliced to the adjacent spirals. In each such case, high tensile steel shall be fixed with suitable mechanical connections, ties and steps. Proportioning Materials for concrete The mix proportions and appropriate water cement ratio shall be determined on the basis of procuring concrete having suitable workability, density, impermeability, durability and required strength without the use of an excessive amount of cement. The contractor shall determine the proportions of the materials required to produce concrete of such minimum strength as may be necessary to fulfill the requirements of design. The gradation and maximum size of the aggregates shall be determined by the contractor, who shall exercise proper control to ensure uniformity from batch to batch. Aggregate proportions shall be expressed in terms of saturated surface dry materials.

10.13.2.6.2 a.

b.

10.13.2.6.3 a.

b. c.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.2.6.3 a. b.

Measuring materials for concrete The quantity of cement to be used in a batch of concrete shall be measured accurately by weighing. In each size range, the quantity of aggregate to be used in batch of concrete shall be measured accurately by weighing, proper allowance being made for the moisture content of the material. The moisture contents of the aggregates in the various sizes ranges shall be determined as frequently as is necessary to ensure uniform batching. The quantity of water to be used in a batch of concrete shall be measured accurately either by weighing or by volume. Proper allowance shall be made for the moistures in the aggregates. The operating mechanism in the water measuring device shall be such that leakage will not occur when the valves are closed. The measuring equipment shall have an accuracy within 0.5 per cent of the scale capacity, and shall be capable of ready adjustment to compensate for the varying weight of moisture in the aggregates and to effect changes in the concrete mix proportions. Weighing hoppers shall be suitably constructed to permit the convenient removal of excess material. The cumulative inaccuracies in the weights of batched materials shall not exceed +1 % for water and cement and +2 % for the aggregate in each size range. The contractor shall make periodic tests over the ranges of measurement involved in the batching operation. The tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer in charge of the site and they shall be adequate to determine the accuracy of the measuring devices. Unless otherwise approved in writing, the tests of equipments in operation shall be made alteast once in every month. The contractor shall make all adjustments repairs or replacements necessary to meet the specified requirements for accuracy of measurement. Mixing Concrete The concrete ingredients shall be mixed thoroughly in batch mixes of approved type and size which are so designed as to ensure uniform distribution of all the component materials throughout the mass at the end of the mixing period. Water shall be added prior to, during and following the mixer charging operation. Unless the contractor can demonstrate that satisfactory mixing can be affected in a shorter time, each batch shall be mixed at normal speed for atleast 2 minutes after all materials are in the mixer. Mixing shall not continue at normal speed for longer than 5 minutes after all materials are in the mixer, but the mixing time shall be shorter if necessary to preserve the required concrete consistency without the addition of water. The mixer shall be designed so that mixing can be discontinued and resumed under full load. Each batch shall be completely discharged before the mixer is recharged. The densities of individual batches of concrete determined from the saturated surface dry weights of test cylinders prepared in the matter prescribed in Clause 3 of INSPECTION AND TESTS shall not vary more than 2 % from the average density of all concrete test cubes produced using the same mix proportions and materials. Temperature of concrete

c.

d.

e.

10.13.2.6.5 a.

b.

c.

10.13.2.6.6

When depositing at or near freezing temperatures, precautions shall be taken to ensure the concrete at the time of placing has a temperature of atleast 4.5oC (40oF) and that the temperature of the concrete after having been placed and compacted is maintained above 2oC (36oF) until it has thoroughly hardened. When depositing concrete on very hot water, precautions shall be taken to see that the temperature of wet concrete does not exceed 38oC (100oF) while placing.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.2.6.7 a.

Placing concrete The concrete shall be handled, transported and placed in the moulds in a proper manner that will minimise segregation of the concrete ingredients, prevent displacement of the reinforcement and avoid distortion of the moulds. During placing, the concrete shall be compacted thoroughly using approved methods. Unless otherwise approved. Concrete which has been discharged from the mixer for more than 30 minutes shall be discarded. Pipes moulded using the centrifugal and roller suspension methods shall be spun for a sufficient time and at suitable speeds to ensure that the concrete is uniformly distributed and adequately compacted and that any surplus water is removed.

b.

c. Coatings of concrete/mortar may be applied mechanicall y or pneumatically. Except at ring seats, coatings need not be trowelled but shall have a reasonably uniform surface. The thickness of the coating shall not be less than the minimum specified, nor shall irregularities in thickness be greater than one quarter of the minimum thickness. Ring seats shall be trowelled, ground or otherwise shaped and compacted to form a dense surface layer and be provided a smooth hard finish accurately conforming to the designed profile. The concrete/mortar used in coating shall contain atleast one part of cement to three parts of aggregates by weight, and the water content shall be the minimum consistent with proper placement and compaction. d. Moulds shall not be removed until the concrete has hardened sufficiently and is strong enough to withstand stripping and the attendant operations without damage.
10.13.2.6.8 Curing Concrete

Curing of concrete/mortar and pipes should be done as per relevant IS Number. 10.13.2.6.9 Repairs to concrete

a. Concrete pipes shall not be dropped nor shall they be subjected to impact or other treatment that might crack the concrete or mortar or damage it in any way.
b. Repairs may be made when necessary to correct occasional imperfections in manufacture of accidental minor injury. Damage resulting from the contractors carelessness or from his continuing failure to prevent recurrent imperfections in manufacture or injury during handling shall be cause for rejection.

c. Authorised repairs will be accepted if they are sound and have been properl y finished and cured, provided that the pipes have passed the required hydrostatic pressure tests. Superficial repairs to concrete pipes may be made after the pipe has been tested hydrostatically. d. The main method of repair of all imperfections whether detected before or after the first hydrostatic pressure test, is to apply a cement mortar or cement slurry or cement with approved additions like specially formulated plasticised emulsion of polyvinyl acetate. The compounds used for repair works shall not impair the quality of potable water. e. Repairs to prestressed pipe cores shall be completed within 7 days of manufacture. Repairs to prestressed pipe coating shall be completed within 36 hours of coating.
Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.2.6.10 Workmanship for finish for concrete

a. The internal surfaces of concrete pipes shall be hard, dense and smooth. Surface irregularities inherent in methods of application approved for concrete and mortar coating will be permitted provided that the requirements of A. DESIGN AND MANUFACTURE OF PIPES of this chapter are satisfied; otherwise dents in pipe barrels or linings, shall not be deeper nor shall bulges be higher than one sixteenth of the wall thickness or 8 mm whichever is lesser and the area of dent or bulge shall not extend in any direction for a distance greater than twice the wall thickness. Concrete pipes shall have a smooth bore free from spills or hardened slimes more than 0.25 mm thick. Cement wash and other preparations shall not be applied to concrete or mortar surfaces except with the approval of the Engineer. b. Concrete and mortar shall be substantially free from fractures, cracks other than superficial cracks, surface defects indicating honeycombed or porous texture and from chipped and spalled areas. A concrete pipe which has developed a crack more than 0.6m long having a maximum width of 0.1 mm or more will be rejected. Concrete having a honeycomb or porous texture shall be removed and made good. A pipe which has been chipped or spalled or is honeycombed on the spigot or socket ring seat, and the damaged area extends along the line of contact of the jointing ring for a distance of one and one half times the wall thickness or more, will be rejected. Localised surface roughness resulting from occasional imperfections in manufacture and small areas accidental chipped or spalled during handling shall be repaired.
10.13.2.6.11 Tolerances for concrete Pipe

a. The tolerances prescribed herein fix the working limits within which the actual dimensions of a pipe may very uniformly from the specified dimensions. Permissible surface irregularities resulting from occasional deficiencies or imperfections in the manufacturing process are defined in A. DESIGN AND MANUFACTURE OF PIPES of this chapter and are governed by relevant clause of IS:784-1978 specification for prestressed concrete pipes.

b.

Tolerances

As per relevant clauses of IS 784-1978 and as amended upto date, the following tolerances shall be permissible.
a. Length The standard length of PSC Pipes will be 5m and length of pipe shall not vary by more than +1 per cent of specified length.

For pipes of length 4 m and above the tolerance shall be as below:

Salem UGD- Tender Document

Internal diameter Upto 900 mm Over 900 mm upto 1600 mm Over 1600 mm

Tolerance In areas within 600 mm of an end of the pipe (mm) +6 +9

Over rest of Pipe (mm) +9 +12

+11

+12

c.

Thickness The tolerance on the wall thickness of the pipe shall be as below: Wall Thickness Upto 25 mm Over 25 mm upto 35 mm Over 35 mm upto 50 mm Over 50 mm Negative tolerances not permitted. + 2.0 + 3.0 + (3 mm + 1 mm for every 15 mm or part thereof over 50 mm limited to maximum of 5 mm) Tolerance in mm + 1.5

d. When tested by means of a straight- edge placed parallel with the longitudinal axis of the pipe, the deviation from straight shall not exceed 3 mm for every meter length of all pipe diameters. e. Unless otherwise specified, the end of a pipe or fitting shall lie in a plane that is not inclined at more than eight minutes of angle to a plane normal to the longitudinal axis of the pipe or fitting. f. If pipe fittings or special fittings are manufactured of concrete, the permissible variation from the required angle shall be as specified for steel fittings. g. Notwithstanding these tolerances, any dimensional variation or surface irregularity which prevents proper entry of the spigot into the socket, or which permits leakage past the rubber jointing ring shall be a cause for rejection.
10.13.3. Design and Manufacture of Steel Fittings 10.13.3.1 DESIGN - GENERAL

This specification covers the manufacture, supply, testing and delivery of mild steel electrically welded fittings with spigot and socket, spigot and flanged or socket and flanged, socket and plain end and spigot and plain end with lining and coatings. The contractor shall furnish all fittings and special pieces required for curves, tees, branches, air valves, scour and sluice valves as ordered by the Engineer. Specials shall suit the respective internal dia PSC pipes to withstand required test pressure and suit air valves, scour valves and sluice valves and conform to the details furnished in the Bid Documents. Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.3.2

MATERIALS

The fittings shall be fabricated from plates or sheets conforming to specification IS:2062-1980 or as amended. The minimum thickness of the plate shall be as specified in the Bid Documents. Special attention is directed to these specifications which cover physical, chemical, manufacturing and mechanical equipments, test certificates, inspection and branching. The certified copies of the mill sheets and test certificates for plates and other materials shall be submitted by the contactor to the Engineer for approval before fabrication of the fittings is commenced. No materials shall be used in the fabrication of any pipe or fittings which has not been properly inspected by the Engineer. 10.13.3.3 TESTING OF MATERIALS

All materials shall be properly tested at the contractors expense in accordance with IS:2062-1980. The contractor shall supply free of cost any required specimens of materials for testing by the Engineer at any time during the manufacture of fittings. 10.13.3.4 10.13.3.4.1 FABRICATION OF FITTINGS The manufacture of fittings shall be carried out in a workman like manner by the first class labour be in all cases, be of high grade and carefully performed. Manufacturers equipment for all specials, such as welding, flamed cutting and other operations shall be of a standard and quality necessary to produce specials meeting the specification. Equipment, in general, shall be in good condition and shall be modern as judged by the standards of the industry. The longitudinal seams of fabricated specials shall be butt welded, shop girth seams shall be butt welded or lap joined welded. All edges cut to size shall be uniform and smooth. Those edges to be welded that are prepared by flame cutting, shall be free from scale and slag accumulations. Edges of plates to be jointed by an automatic welding machine shall be formed to the shape required for the particular welding process and automatic welding machine be employed in carrying out the agreed procedure. Edges of plates to be jointed by manual welding shall be formed to the shape required by the purchaser in accordance with the drawings. The resulting edges for welding shall be uniform throughout the entire length of the plate and shall be to a straight line.

10.13.3.4.2 10.13.3.4.3 10.13.3.4.4

10.13.3.4.5

Minor defects in the welds of electric welded pipe such as sweats or leaks, unless otherwise specified shall be repaired at the discretion of the manufacturer with the approval of the Engineer. Repairs of this nature shall be made by completely removing the defect, cleaning the cavity and then welding. The workmanship involved in the repair is subject to approval of the Engineer. Special sections having a butting plates of different thickness shall have the heavier plate sufficiently beveled so that the apex of the weld groove shall correspond with that of the lighter plate. All lap breaking, rolling, cleaning of plate surfaces to be welded and fittings up operations, as well as the qualification of welding operators, welding procedure, automatic welding, manful welding and correction of welds in specials shall be in accordance with the relevant IS. Reshaping special after it is manufactured shall be done by rerolling or by pressure. Reshaping of pipe by excessive hammering or dropping shall not be permitted. Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.3.4.6

10.13.3.4.7

10.13.3.4.8

10.13.3.4.9 10.13.3.4.10

Diameter of all bolts circle of the flanges shall comply with the relevant IS:1538-1976 for flanged pipes. Flanged Pipes

Flanged pipes of varying length and diameter shall be externally coated and internally lined with mortar. Dimension of the flanges, welding details and welding procedure shall be in accordance with the relevant IS. Flanges shall be welded to a section of the pipe before matching. 10.13.3.4.11 Flanged Branches Flanged branches shall be fabricated in accordance with the general specification and to the Employers requirements. Wall opening shall be formed by welding fabricated structural steel of approved design to the steel cylinder and shall be lined internally and coated externally. Flanged branches for air and scour valves shall be welded into pipe in the required position. The branch for an air valve shall be vertical and at right angle, to the longitudinal axis of pipe. The invert of the branch for a scour valve shall be horizontal and at right angle to the axis of pipe and shall align with the invert of the barrel of the main pipe. All flanges shall be machined to standard thickness, square to the axis of the pipe and the bolt hole shall be drilled evenly off centre and true to the pitch as per IS:1538-1976. Dimension of the flanges, welding details and welding procedure shall be in accordance with the relevant BIS. 10.13.3.4.12 Bends

Bends to provide change of alignment in main laying shall be manufactured to suit the site condition from completed and tested pipes by angle cutting the barrel or by such other standard procedure and rewelding bends shall be socket and spigot and lined internally and coated externally as given in the Bid Document. 10.13.3.4.13 Tapers

Tapers shall be manufactured out of steel plates and lined internally and coated externally. The tapers shall be suitable for connections to the sluice valve or flanged tail piece on one side and to prestressed concrete pipe on the other side. Stiffner rings shall be provided to afford rigidity to pipe. 10.13.3.4.14 The walls of steel fittings including branches and scour outlets incorporated in the fittings shall be sufficiently thick to ensure that during the hydrostatic pressure test, the stress in the steel shall not exceed 75 per cent of the minimum yield point for steel, provided that, when installed under the specified surge and operating under internal pressure upto the specified working head, the stresses in the steel shall not exceed 60 per cent of the minimum yield point for the steel.

10.13.3.4.15 Not withstanding anything said, elsewhere, the manufacturer shall furnish the thickness of the steel plate used and other relevant details and shall get the approval for these details from the Engineer, before fabrication. 10.13.3.5 10.13.3.5.1 a. b. c. d. PROCESS OF MANUFACTURE Any of the following process shall be employed for butt welding. Automatic submerged arc welding Automatic metal arc welding with covered electrodes Automatic meal arc welding with bare electrodes Electrical resistance welding.

All electrodes shall conform to IS:814-1970. Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.3.5.2 Irrespective of the dimensions calculated for the most adverse conductor of loading, the steel plate thickness shall not be less than that given on table below for the approximate diameter of pipe, branch or scour outlet. The plate thickness for the wall of a branch or outlet shall also be not less than one half of the thickness of plate in the barrel of the fittings. MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS OF PLATE FOR STEEL SHELL Nominal internal diameter of finished special (mm) 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 600 and 700 900 and 1100 1200, 1400 to 1600 1800 10.13.3.6 Inspection Minimum thickness of steel plate (mm) 5 6 8 10 12

All works and material under specification will be rigidly inspected during all phases of manufacture and testing and such inspection shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility to furnish materials and perform work in accordance with this specification. The contractor shall notify the Engineer in charge concerned in advance of production of materials and fabrication thereof in order to arrange for mill and shop inspection. The Engineer in charge may reject any or all fittings (i) that are of the material specified, that are not fabricated in accordance with the outlined procedure and (ii) that does not obtain the prescribed test results, condition of fittings and tolerances set forth in the relevant IS drawings and specification. 10.13.3.6.1 10.13.3.6.2 The Engineer shall have free access to these parts of all plants that are concerned with the furnishing of materials of the performance of work under this specification. The contractor shall furnish to the Engineer reasonable facilities and space without charge for inspection, testing and obtaining of any information he desires in respect of the character of material used and progress and manner of the work. The contractor shall provide 2 (two) sets of accurate go and no go ring gauges to measure the diameter of fittings for the use of the Engineer at no extra cost. 10.13.3.7 Inspection of Coating

The entire procedure of applying the protective coatings will be rigidly inspected from the time the bare fittings are fabricated until the fittings are coated and tested. If any time it is found that the procedure of applying the coating materials is not in accordance with relevant specification, all such coatings shall be rejected. Samples of coating materials will be collected at random and tested and if any sample is not found to conform to the specifications, fittings coated with such materials will be rejected. 10.13.3.8 Quality of Materials

The materials used in the manufacture of steel fittings shall comply with the following requirements. 10.13.3.8.1 Wire Mesh

Wire mesh for reinforcement of interior and exterior gunite shall be electrically welded wire fabric or woven wire fabric and specially crimped or otherwise self furring to hold the reinforcement 10 to 13mm away from the surface on which it is applied. The wire mesh shall weigh not less than 12.5 kg/10 sq.m. The reinforcement shall be free from paint other coating material, loose mill scale, dirt or excessive rust. Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.3.8.2

Steel Sheets Steel sheets shall conform to the IS:2061or its latest revision.

10.13.3.8.3

Electrodes Electrodes for welding shall conform to the IS:814-1963 or as amended.

10.13.3.9.1 10.13.3.9.2

Dye penetration/radiographic testing shall be carried out as per BIS for steel fittings. Application of mortar lining The MS pipes and specials shall be cleaned and external lining shall follow immediately after cleaning. Internal lining shall be applied as far as practicable. Application of cement mortar coating to add exterior surfaces and interior surfaces of bends, specials and other sections whose shape preclude lining by spinning shall be by the gunite process.

10.13.3.9.3

Preparation of surfaces The interior surfaces of all plates to be lined with Portland cement mortar shall be thoroughly cleaned by sand or steel grit blasting.

10.13.3.9.4

Hand Cleaning Before blasting, all oil and grease on the surface of the metal shall be removed thoroughly by flushing and wiping using suitable solvents and clean rags. The use of dirty or oily rags will not be permitted. All other foreign materials shall be removed by buffing or by scrapping and wire brushing. After cleaning, the special shall be protected and maintained free of soil, grease and dirt that might fall upon the plate from whatever source until the plate has received its cement mortar coating.

10.13.3.9.5

Mechanical Cleaning All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly blasted to bright metal. Blasted surfaces which acquires a coat of rust by buffing or wire-brushing or at the discretion of the Engineer shall be reblasted. Adequate air separators shall be used to remove all oil and free moisture effectively from the air supply to the blaster. Any plate showing pits or structural defects shall be set aside pending examination.

10.13.3.9.6

Immediately upon completion of blasting, surfaces at the end of fittings which are to be left bare shall be given a brush coat of a suitable rust preventive material. Rust preventing coating shall be applied and shielded and maintained during the subsequently application and curing or mortar lining and application of the exterior coating to protect the surfaces beneath from rusting, pitting or other corrosion. Rust preventive material used shall be of such character that the quality of the weld and other functions of the steel plate will not be impaired by its presence.

10.13.3.10 LINING BY GUNITE 10.13.3.10.1 The application of cement mortar lining to angles, bends, specials or other sections whose shapes preclude lining by the centrifugal coating process shall be lined by the gunite method except where any course more than 2.15 m long is included in an angle or bend, it shall be coated by the centrifugal coating process. Guniting for interior lining shall conform to the relevant specifications for gunite. The cement mortar for internal lining shall conform to relevant clauses of IS:7322-1974. Reinforcement for internal lining Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.3.10.2 10.13.3.10.3

Suitable reinforcement shall be provided to enable proper bond between the internal cement mortar lining and the steel plate. The reinforcement in the barrel portion except at the spigot end shall consist of chicken mesh tied to hoops of 6 mm dia MS roads placed at 30 cm spacing. At the spigot end, for a length of 15 cm the reinforcement shall consist of weld mesh with one hoop of 6 mm dia MS rod placed below the weld mesh in addition to chicken mesh. The chicken mesh and the wire mesh shall be free from paint, other coating materials, loose mill scale or dirt. The weld mesh shall weigh not less than 12.5 kg/10 sq.m. 10.13.3.10.4 Gunite shall be placed in the top and sides of the pipe, then screeded to a uniform thickness and the ground lines or blocks removed. All rebound and waste material shall then be removed by air blowing and gunite placed in the bottom the fittings and screeded. When completed, the lining shall be concentric with the barrel of an even thickness. The entire surface shall then receive a final flash coat of gunite and shall be steel trowelled to a true surface equal in smoothness to the spun lining in such a manner not to impair the bond between mortar and steel plate. The guniting and surface finishing shall be complete in one operation before any part of the mortar lining has set and shall be applied continuously without the fuse of construction joints. Then for any reason whatsoever the cement has got adhered to the wall of pipes and sloughs off, swabbing the pipe with cement solution of mixture shall not be permitted. 10.13.3.10.5 Material for the final flash coat of gunite shall be composed of one part of cement and two parts of sand. Sand used shall pass through 100 per cent rough IS Sieve No. 320 (1/8 mesh B.S. Screen) and not less than sixteen percent shall pass through a IS Sieve No. 30 (50 mesh ASTM Screen).

10.13.3.11 Application Of Exterior Gunite 10.13.3.11.1 Wire mesh shall be applied on the bare steel barrel with initial tension to prevent the freshly applied gunite from sagging from the pipe. Ends of reinforcing strips shall overlap one full mesh and shall be tied securely at intervals not exceeding 30- cm with 16 gauge steel wire. Successive circumferential strips shall have a gap of 5 cm between them and the longitudinal joint of each course of the mesh shall be staggered with the joints of adjacent courses. Before applying exterior gunite, the pipe shall be adequately braced on the interior with timbers or other suitable material. Where braces are placed on coated area inside the pipe sufficient and proper bearing surface shall be provided at the ends of the braces so that no damage will be done to the mortar lining. Gunite shall be mixed in proportions of one part of cement with three parts of sand. The sand and cement shall be thoroughly machine mixed before being deposited in the placing machine. Gunite shall be placed with the machine operating at an air pressure of not less than 2.46 kg/cm2 and not more than 2.81 kg/cm2 at the gun when 61 m or less hose is used. These pressures shall be increased to 2.27 kg/cm2 for every additional 15.25 m of hose and not more than 122m of hose shall be used with any machine. The water pressure at nozzle shall be at least 6.81 kg greater than the air pressure in the machine and the nozzle used shall be of the type which will secure proper hydration of the mix. The gunite shall be thoroughly and uniformly hydrated without the use of excessive water and shall be short with the nozzle approximately normal to the surface being covered. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent the formation of sane pockets and if any develop, they shall be cut out and replaced with satisfactory machine placed material. No hand patching will be allowed. The contractor shall apply the coating in such a manner that no sloughing shall occur at any time during or following its application If for any reason it is necessary to interrupt the placing the gunite for a length of time that will result Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.3.11.2

10.13.3.11.3

10.13.3.11.4

. 10.13.3.11.5

in the material taking a permanent set, a square shoulder shall be formed at the ends of the sections and or elsewhere by shooting against a backing up strip or by cutting back with a trowel or other suitable tool the irregular edges of the material last place to a clean unbroken surface perpendicular to the face that will provide a suitable connection or construction joint between such material and the material to be placed subsequently. When performing this work care shall be taken not to shatter or disturb the material remaining in place not disturb the imbedded wire mesh. Before placing fresh material against the surface of such joints, it shall be carefully cleaned and wetted to ensure a good bond between the fresh material and that previously placed. When gunite has hardened sufficiently to permit sprinkling, it shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling and maintained in a moist condition. 10.13.3.11 10.13.3.12.1 Application Of Coal Tar Enamel When sections are not lined and coated by cement mortar, coal tar primer and coal tar enamel shall be applied to steel surfaces. All the surfaces shall be double coated by applying the enamel with hand daubers. The final brush strokes of enamel shall be made in the direction of flow and at right angles to the first coat. All brush strokes shall overlap and form a continuous coating. The contractor shall protect all cement mortar from damage during handling and transportation. After the internal mortar has been cured, internal bracing shall be placed at the ends of the fitting and elsewhere, if necessary without damaging the mortar lining to preserve the roundness of the barrel of the pipe. All such bearing except those that may interferes with the joining operation shall remain in position until the fitting has been installed and back filled.

10.13.3.12.2

10.13.3.13 10.13.3.13.1 10.13.3.13.2

Tolerances Tolerance for steel pipe and fittings shall conform with the requirements of IS: 7322-1974 or as amended. Notwithstanding these tolerances and irregularities permitted, any dimensional variation of surface irregularity which prevents proper entry of the spigot into the socket or which permits leakage past the rubber joining ring shall be cause for rejection. Handling Of Specials Coated specials that are to be stored on supports shall bear on the uncoated ends only. If bearing on coating is employed the supports shall be not less than 20cm wide and so arranged to prevent damage to the coating. During transporting of the fittings, coating shall be protected from damage by bearing on well padded bolsters not less than 20cm wide and placing strips of heavy belting or other approved shape materials not less than 20cm wide under all ropes or fastening. INSPECTION AND TESTS

10.13.3.14 10.13.3.14.1

10.13.3.14.2

10.13.4

10.13.4.1 10.13.4.1.1

Inspection General This specification covers the inspection and testing of pre-stressed concrete pipes and fittings. All materials processes of manufacturer and curing, test procedures and the finished pipes and fittings shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer who shall have access to the manufacturers premises at all times whilst the pipes and fittings are being made, cured and tested. When directed by the Engineer, the contractor shall cut holes in the concrete wall of a pipe to determine the cover on the reinforcement. Not more than two holes shall be cut in a pipe, nor shall Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.4.1.2

holes be cut in more than one in fifty pipes. The holes shall not be larger that 2.5cm2 in area, nor shall they be deeper than the cover to the nearer grid of reinforcement. The holes shall be repaired by the contractor at his expenses, and when the repairs have been properly cured the pipe shall be subjected to the hydrostatic pressure test. 10.13.4.1.3 Unless otherwise approved, the inspection of concrete pipes for purpose of provisional acceptance will not be made earlier that 28 days after they have passed the hydrostatic pressure test. During the waiting period after curing the pipes shall be exposed to the prevailing weather conditions. If a pipe has developed a crack more than 30 cm long with a maximum width of 0.05 mm or more or if the average strength of the test cylinders representing a concrete pipe isles than the minimum specified in clause 4.3 below but at the final inspection the pipe is otherwise acceptable, it will not be accepted unless it passes another hydrostatic pressure test. Before being retested, such pipes may at the contractors discretion, first be allowed to remain under a relatively low internal pressure for 24 hours. Steel pipes and fittings will be subject to inspection on the completion of welding, but the inspection for purpose of provisional acceptance will not be made until the coatings and linings have been applied. SAMPLES OF MATERIALS When requested by the Engineer the contractor shall supply free of charge to the Employer, for testing suitable samples of the materials used in manufacture of the pipes and fittings. The cost of such tests will be borne by the contractor. Unless otherwise ordered or approved, samples of materials shall be prepared in accordance with the methods set out in the appropriate specification of requirement referred to in relevant clauses of IS:784-1978 and IS:226-1976. Care shall be taken to ensure that the samples are representative, that they are not contaminated by foreign materials and that they are properly packed for transport to the testing laboratory. The contractor shall at his expense, provide all labour, materials and equipment required in the preparation of all samples, specimens and test pieces necessary for the satisfactory performance of the specified tests. Concrete Tests

10.13.4.1.4

10.13.4.2 10.13.4.2.1

10.13.4.2.2

10.13.4.2.3

10.13.4.3

10.13.4.3.1 The strength and durability of concrete used in the manufacture of pipes will be assessed from the tests made on either concrete cylinders 15cm in diameter and 30cm long (or) on 15cm concrete cubes. Concrete shall be collected in the moulds for the specimen while casting the pipe. The moulds shall be provided for subjecting it to all operations like vibration, curing, etc. in the same manner as the parent concrete on the pipe. 10.13.4.3.2 During the manufacture of sample pipes in accordance with the provision of relevant clause IS:7841978 or at any time when the Engineer wished to vary the approved concrete mix design, the contractor shall prepare and supply to the department sufficient, concrete cube/cylinders for the execution of compression tests on the relevant class or classes of concrete produced each day as directed by the Engineer During normal production of concrete for which the mix design has been approved the contractor shall prepare and supply to Employer the testing atleast 9 cubes or cylinders for each shift as directed by the Engineer. When possible each specimen shall be prepared from a different batch of concrete. Three cubes or cylinders shall be tested as per IS:516-1959 at the time of transferring the longitudinal prestress. The second set of three cubes shall be tested at the time of wrapping the pipe for circumferential pretressing. The remaining three set specimen shall be tested after 28 days. If the average compressive strength of the cubes prepared from a class of concrete used during a Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.4.3.3

10.13.4.3.4

day of manufacture is less than the specified target strength, then all pipes manufactured with that class of concrete on that day of production will be rejected unless they pass an additional hdrostatic test. 10.13.4.3.5 Unless the contractor can demonstrate that other relationships held for his method of mixing, moulding and curing, the average tensile and compressive strengths of the concrete in the pipes, which he may assume for the purposes of design, shall be the same as the average splitting and compressive strengths respectively of the concrete test cylinders. Tensile Test And Bend Test On Steel Plates Test Certificates from plate manufacturer shall be treated as final. In the absence of such certificated tests shall be carried out to prove that the material conforms to IS:226-1975, IS:20621980.

10.13.4.4 10.13.4.4.1

10.13.4.4.2

Testing of welded joints

The welded joint shall be tested in accordance with IS: 3589-1966. 10.13.4.4.3 The Engineer may select, for testing two fittings from each batch of 100 fittings or less. If either of the two samples fails to meet the requirements of the appropriate test given below, the Engineer may call for such further fittings to be tested as he may require to satisfy himself that the remaining of the fittings in the batch are satisfactory. If further tests indicate that the welds are unsatisfactory, the Engineer shall have the right to reject the batch or if the manufacturer should so desire, each fittings shall be tested and pipes which fail to comply with the requirements of the specification shall be rejected.
Bend Test

a.

Strips 40mm wide, cut circumferentially from fittings or from plates attached to and welded with fittings, with the weld near to the middle of the sample, shall, without fracture, be doubled over a round bar the radius of which is not more than three times the thickness of the test piece, the weld being placed at the point of maximum bending. The test pieces shall be bent with the root of the weld in tension. On examination of the bent specimen, the opening out of a slight defect due to incomplete root penetration or lack of root fusion need not be considered a cause for rejection provided the defect has sound metal at the back and on either side of it. In border line cases, further tests shall be made on specimen from the same weld adjacent to the original test specimen. b. Tensile Test

The test specimen taken perpendicular to the weld shall be shaped in accordance with the IS:223-1950. The specimen shall be taken from the end of the fitting or at any point in the fitting as directed by the Engineer and shall be cut with the weld approximately in the middle of the specimen. The tensile test specimen shall be flattened and the sides shall be machined. The protruding welded portion from both inside and outside shall be removed by machining before the specimen is tested. If a test specimen shows defective machining or develops flaws not associated with welding, it may be discarded and another specimen submitted. The welded joint shall show strength of not less than the minimum tensile strength specified for plate in accordance with IS: 2041-1962.
10.13.4.4.4 Re-Test

Salem UGD- Tender Document

If the results of bend or tensile test of any lot do not conform to the requirements specified, re-tests of two additional specimens from the same lot shall be made, each of which shall conform to the required specifications. In case of failure of one or both, extensive gauging and repairing shall be carried out as directed by the Engineer. In addition, another test specimen shall be taken in a nearby joint as directed by the Engineer and the procedure stated above is to be repeated until the test specimen stands the required test before the lot can be accepted.
10.13.4.4.5 Expenses for re-testing

All charges in connection with the testing or re-testing of the welded samples including machining, testing, etc shall be borne by the contractor.

10.13.4.5 10.13.4.5.1

Testing Equipment The contractor shall provide and operate suitable equipment capable of imparting the specified hydrostatic test pressure to the inside surfaces of the pipes of sustaining the pressure for the required periods. Hydrostatic pressure and permeability tests on pipes and completed fittings shall be conducted using the tests ends which reproduce the conditions of jointing used in the pipeline and which form throughout the tests joint deflection angles with the pipes equal to the guarantee maximum joint deflection angle. Where steel fittings are hydrostatically tested as cylinder before forming the metre joints the contactor shall accept full responsibility for the fit and water-tightness of the joint when laid in the line. Means of achieving and measuring to within ten minutes of angle the joint deflection angles during the hydrostatic and permeability tests shall be incorporated in the testing equipment. Such means shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Suitable thrust pads or other approved means of restrains shall be provided, if necessary to prevent movements of the pipes under test; otherwise hydrostatic pressure tests may be made in a press type machine in which the pipe or fittings is suitably supported between adjustable bulk heads, suitable gaskets being used to seal the ends of the pipes and fittings against the bulk heads. Test ends and bulk heads shall incorporate a connection through which the wager can be admitted and the pressure can be applied, and a vent shall be provided to exhaust all the air from the pipe as it is being filled with water. Two gauges not less than 150 mm in face diameter, or suitable pressure range and accuracy to within +20% shall be connected between the nearest valve and the pipe or fitting to indicate the hydrostatic pressure being applied. An outlet and valve, suitable for the attachment of an independent pressure gauge by the Engineer shall also be provided. Pressure gauges shall be installed at both the ends of the rest section.

10.13.4.5.2
10.13.4.5.3

The contractor shall provide and operate equipment for subjecting the pipes to stand bearing test as prescribed in IS:458-1971.
The contractor shall provide and operate a suitable electrical flaw detector for the testing of linings on steel fittings. The flaw diameter shall comprise suitable spark and testing apparatus which can deliver approximately 10000 volts, at low amperage. It shall be capable of discharging over an air gap of atleast 6 mm. The contractor shall also provide means for accurately measuring thickness of paint coatings.

10.13.4.6 10.13.4.6.1

Hydrostatic Pressure And Permeability Tests In addition to complying with all the other requirements of this specification every pipe and shall pass a hydrostatic test pressure as specified in BOQ before acceptance. Unless otherwise stated the test head shall be 100 percent of the design head. Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.4.6.2

Each pipe shall be tested hydrostatically at any time after the completion of curing. When they shall be saturated but surface dry. Pressure shall be applied gradually to the pipe or fitting until the specified test pressure, measured at the pipe invert, is reached and shall be maintained for a period long enough to allow the whole outside surface of the pipe to be examined. No cracks, fractures, structural failure or harmful leakage shall develop under the test pressure. The specified test pressure shall be maintained on a concrete pipe for a period equal to 2.5 seconds for every millimeter thickness of the barrel. While the pipe is under the specified test pressure, it shall be struck repeatedly with a wooden mallet weighting approximately 0.5 kg and having a handle approximately 23cm when so tested the pipe and joints shall be water tight. Sweats and minor leaks in concrete pipes should be repaired. Moisture appearing on the surface or at the joints of a concrete pipe, in the form of damp patches or heads of water which do not drip or run will not be considered as leakage during the hydrostatic pressure test; but pipes which have such defects either shall be repaired or shall pass a permeability test before acceptance. The permeability test is made by maintaining the pipe at a reduced internal pressure for period of 24 hours after which the specified hydrostatic test pressure shall again be applied to the pipe for a period equal to the period required for the hydrostatic pressure test. The pipe will be accepted if, by the end of this additional period, the damp patches have not increased in area and the heads of water have not dripped or run.

10.13.4.6.3

10.13.4.6.4

10.13.4.6.5

The specified test pressure shall be maintained on a steel pipe or fitting for a period of atleast 2 minutes. While the pipe or fitting is under the test pressure, it shall be struck repeatedly, along the adjacent to the welds with a hammer weighing approximately 1.0 kg and having a handle approximately 23 cm long. When so tested the pipe or fittings and its joints shall be water tight. Any action showing more than one leak for each 2 meters of welded seam or more than 2.5 percent of the total length of welded seam will be rejected. Closing leaks by means of caulking tool shall not be permitted. All the tested pipes shall be temporarily stacked in the contractors yard where they shall be lined internally and coated externally as required. External Load Tests The conventional three edge bearing test as specified in IS:3597-1966 and as amended from time to time shall be carried out.

10.13.4.6.6

10.13.4.6.7

10.13.4.7 10.13.4.7.1

10.13.4.7.2

When the specified test load is applied, the pipe shall not develop a clearly visible crack, and all smaller cracks caused by the test shall close when the load is removed. A clearly visible crack is one which is 30 cm or more in length into which can be inserted at intervals of 5 cm or less, a metal feeder gauge 0.01 mm thick and with a rounded tip approximately 1.5 mm in diameter. If the test pipe passed the specified external load test the group of pipes which it represents will be considered as having passed the test, but if the test pipe fails, two more pipes will be selected at random from the group and these also shall be tested. If either of these pipes fails all pipes in the group shall be tested.

10.13.4.8 10.13.4.8.1

Sand- Bearing Test The contractor shall be required to subject the pipes to sand bearing test to meet the minimum load requirements specified in IS:458-1971. One in every 50 pipes of the same class shall be so tested.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

In making the test by sand-bearing method, any mechanical on hand power device may be used in which the head that applied the load moves at such a speed as to increase the load at a uniform rate of approximately 3,000 kg per linear meter of pipe per minute. 10.13.4.8.2 It is necessary that the resting machine used for the strength test produce a uniform deflection throughout the full length of the pipe. The testing machine shall be substantial and rigid through out so that the distribution of the load will not be affected appreciably by the deformation or yielding of any part. The sand to be used in this test shall be clean and contain not less that 5 percent of moisture and shall be such as will pass through an IS Sieve 480. The sand in the lower bearing shall be loose when the pipe is placed. In making the test, the ends of each specimen of pipe shall be accurately marked in quarters of the circumference prior to the test and the pipes thus marked shall be placed on a loose bed of clean and moist sand confined in a strong timber frame so that one-eighth of the circumference of the pipe on either side of the bottom point is embedded in the sand. The depth of the sand under the bottom of the pipe shall be not less than one quarter of the diameter of the pipe. A strong timber frame shall be so placed on the top of the pipe that it does not come into contact with the pipe at any point. This frame shall be filled with clean and moist sand with its upper surface struck off level with a straight edge. The sand thus enclosed shall come into contact with the pipe symmetrically over one quarter of its circumference at the top. The test loads shall be placed symmetrically on a rigid bearing plate placed above the sand so as to produce uniform deflection throughout the full length of the pipe. To prevent sand escaping during test between top timber frame and the pipe, the frame shall be as near the pipe as possible and in addition a place of sacking may be attached to the bottom of the frame on each side. The load shall be applied continuously until the required strength of the pipe is reached. The load per linear metre of pipe shall be calculated by dividing the total recorded load by the laying length. The pipe shall not be allowed to stand under load longer than is required to apply the load and to observe and record it. The pipe shall be surface dry when tested. When the test load reached the cracking load for the size of the pipe that is being tested, there shall be in the barrel of the pipe no crack having a surface width of 0.25 mm or more for a length of 30 cm or more. The crack shall be considered 0.25 mm wide when a measuring gauge made from a strip 0.25 mm in thickness and shaped penetrates it 1.5 mm at several points along its whole length, if the test pipe which it represents will be considered as having passed the test; but if the test pipe fails two or more pipes shall be tested. If either of these pipes fails, all pipes in the group shall be tested. Though there is provision for three edge bearing test and sand-bearing test, the contractor is permitted to conduct three edge bearing test only as per BIS.

10.13.4.8.3

10.13.4.8.4

10.13.4.8.5

10.13.4.8.6

10.13.4.8.7 Permeability Test The apparatus for the permeability test consists of a box made of a non-absorbent materials. A glass stand pipe is fixed to the top of the box. The box is fitted with araldite on the outer cover surface of the pipe. Necessary precautions are taken to see that the joints are leak proof. The stand pipe and the box shall be filled with water and the drop of water level over a period of half-an-hour shall be observed. The resulting drop of water in the stand pipe expressed as cubic centimetre/sq. metre/hour shall be taken as a measure of initial absorption rate. When cover concrete is tested under the permeability test, rate of drop of water shall not exceed 650 cc/sq.m/hour. 10.13.4.9 10.13.4.9.1 10.13.4.9.2 Marking of pipes and fittings Pipe identification marks shall be put on as soon as practicable after mouldings. If a pipe or fitting is rejected, it shall be clearly marked in a manner agreed to between the Engineer and the contractor, and any identification marks of the authoritys which may have been branded on the pipe or fitting shall be obliterated. Pipes and fittings which have been provisionally accepted shall be properly marked, both inside and Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.4.9.3

outside in the manner above in the drawings. These marking shall be made with indelible letters not less than 5 cm high.

10.13.5 LAYING AND JOINTING OF PSC PIPES

10.13.5.1

General
The specification for ling and jointing shall generally conform with IS:783-1985.

10.13.5.2 10.13.5.2.1

Earth work excavation General

Before commencing the work, and also during the progress of the work the contractor shall give notice to the concerned authorities viz., the Panchayats, the Municipalities, the Railway, the Electricity Board, the Telegraph Department, the Traffic Department attached to the Police and other Departments or Companies, as may be required to the effect that the work is being taken up in a particular locality and that necessary diversion of traffic may be arranged for. The contractor shall cooperate with the department concerned and provide for necessary barricading of roads, protection to existing underground cables, etc. met with during the excavation of trenches. The contractor shall also provide at his own expense watch and light during the day and night and put required notice towards such as Caution Road Closed for Traffic, etc. He should also provide and maintain at his own expense the necessary supports for underground cables, etc, to afford the best protection to them in consultation with the authorities in charge of the properties and to their best satisfaction.
10.13.5.2.1 Trench excavation

The width and depth of excavation of trench shall be as per relevant BIS. The rate for excavation shall include charges for shorting, strutting, bailing and pumping water whenever necessary and no extra payment shall be made for any of these contingent works.
Excavation and refilling for the socket hollows shall be paid for as excavation and refilling for trenches in soil of appropriate classification. The supply of river sand required for refilling should be paid for separately if provided in BOQ as separate item.

The contractor shall deposit the surplus earth if any from trench work at proper place as may be directed by the Engineer and no extra rats shall be paid.

Whenever earthen road or gravel road is cut for the laying of pipes, the contractor shall restore the surface after the pipes and specials are laid and jointed with available materials to the satisfaction of the Engineer without extra cost either for cutting or relaying. The clause shall not apply to the cutting of concrete or macadam or brick surfacing or black top roads. The pipes shall be laid to correct levels and gradients, as may be directed by the Engineer, after fixing the sight rails as in Clause No. 106 of TNBP without extra cost. If the floor of the trench is other than rock, hard clay or boulders, the floor shall be rounded to fit the curve of the pipe to form an even bedding for the pipe for a width equal to half the outer diameter of the pipe.
Salem UGD- Tender Document

If the floor of the trench is in rock, hard or clay which will otherwise not provide uniform support for the pipe, the floor shall be excavated below the proposed bottom level of the pipe to a depth of 20 cm and the trench shall be refilled with approved soil or river sand as may be directed by the Engineer and properl y compacted to a level of 10 cm above bottom of the pipe. If river sand is used for refilling, the sand shall be paid for separately if provided in BOS as a separate item.
10.13.5.3 Hard Rock

Rock requiring blasting shall exclude all rock such as soft rock, disintegrated rock, small boulders, all of which can be removed either with pick axe or craw bards and shall apply to rocks of different kinds which cannot be removed by any of these means. In case of difference of opinion, the Engineers decision as to which rock shall be considered as rock requiring blasting shall be final. Refilling of the trench in reaches where the excavation is in rocky soil shall be with approved soil, which is surplus from trench work operations elsewhere along the alignment or which shall be obtained from new borrow pits. It is to be distinctly understood that if surplus soil from trench work elsewhere along the alignment is used no extra payment shall be paid for conveyance of the soil to the refilling site. No payment will be made for any excess earth brought to site and it shall be disposed off by the contractor at his own cost. Hard rock, which is blasted and removed, will be measured and paid for on stack measurements with a percentage deduction of 40% for voids. The stacking shall be as directed by the Engineer.
10.13.5.4 Lowering of pipes and jointing of pipes and specials

10.13.5.4.1

Laying and jointing shall be in accordance with Clause 9.1 IS: 783-1985 for laying of concrete pipes. All pipes and fittings shall be carefully handled and lowered into the trench by means of mobile cranes. Any other method of handling shall be got approved by the Executive Engineer concerned. The pipes and specials should be handled by flat rubber bolts. Iron chain or iron craw bards should not be used under any circumstances for handling the pipes and specials at any stage. The sockets shall face opposite to the direction of flow of water in the pipe. Pipes shall be normall y laid so that the spigot end enters the socket of the last pipe that is, socket faces and direction of laying. The socket and spigot ends of pipe shall be cleaned of all extraneous matter especially clay or grease. Rubber ring shall be clean and dry. Pipes shall be laid true to the lines and grades given on the plans. The rubber rings shall be kept evenly positioned on the spigot groove, and when satisfied that pipe and ring are correctly positioned, the pipe shall be forced right home to the full depth of the joint. Inside the joint, the two pipe ends shall be in close proximity.
Salem UGD- Tender Document

10.13.5.4.2

10.13.5.4.3

Bailing or pumping out of water from trench including shoring, strutting and removing slush while laying, jointing and testing shall be done by the contractor at his expense.
Special Fittings

10.13.5.5

10.13.5.5.1 Special Fittings have to be located at the exact chainage as shown on plans. It might entail in the necessity of laying short pipes in specified length. The number of gaps should be got approved by the Executive Engineer concerned.
10.13.5.5.2 Jointing between the special and pipe shall be done with rubber rings.

10.13.5.5.3

The construction of all anchor blocs at beds Ys and Tees shall be done by the contractor. It shall be his responsibility to cheeky for the adequacy of the anchor block.
Testing pipes on position

10.13.5.6

10.13.5.6.1

The finished pipe line shall be tested in convenient sections between stop valves. The test gap and short reaches which could not be tested simultaneously as a continuous reach due to circumstances prevailing during execution may be subjected to the pipe line static pressure or maximum working pressure plus surge pressure which may be created during testing the short reaches and test gap whichever is higher as the case may be. The Executive Engineers decision regarding the test pressure at field for the above test gap and short reaches will be final. When testing the pipe line hydraulically, the line shall be filled completely with water and kept filled for a week. The pressure shall then be increased gradually to full test pressure and maintained at this pressure for one hour. In testing pipe lines, a seepage allowance of 2.5 litres per kilo meter per hour per centimeter diameter of the pipe shall be permissible.
Joint Testing

10.13.5.6.2

When testing the finished pipe line hydraulically after filling the pipe line section under test with water it shall be left under operating pressure for a certain length of period which will depend upon initial permeability, absorption movement of the pipe line under pressure and the quantity of air trapped. More water shall be pumped from a calibrated container until the required test pressure is reached, the test pressure shall be maintained throughout the test by means of continued pumping using a pressure relief calibrated container. The rate of flow of water from the container shall be determined at regular intervals. The pipe line is satisfactory provided the successive measurements show a diminishing quantity. An allowance of 3.00 litres per millimeter diameter of pipe per kilometer of pipe line per day per each 30 meters head of pressure applied shall be allowed. The field test pressure to be imposed should be not less than the greatest of the following:
Salem UGD- Tender Document

i. ii. iii.

1 times the maximum sustained operating pressure 1 times the maximum pipe line static head; and Sum of the maximum sustained operating pressure or the maximum pipeline static pressure and the maximum calculated surge pressure. Subject to a maximum equal to the works test pressure for any pipes and fittings incorporated in the pipeline. However, the line test pressure, in no case, shall exceed the hydrostatic proof test pressure. Pressure gauges shall be inserted at both ends of the line and test so that leakage can be precisely calculated. Back filling trenches The initial back fill shall be of selected excavated earth only, free from boulders/rocks/lumps/dead plants etc suitable for tamping under the pipes and down at the sides. Earth shall be placed by hand in 7.5 cm layers and rammed well until the backfill material reaches 23 cm above the crown line of the pipe. Mechanical rammers may also be used. The remainder of the trench shall be filled carefully with ordinary excavated material without rock and rammer property. Refilling can be done leaving the joints portion exposed, after laying. River crossings

10.13.5.7 10.13.5.7.1

10.13.5.7.2 10.13.5.7.3 10.13.5.8

10.13.5.8.1 All the supporting structure for pipeline to be taken above M.F.L. (Maximum Flood Level) in river. The contractor shall furnish detailed drawings showing the type of bedding needed to support the pipe. 10.13.5.8.2. All the supporting structure for pipeline to be taken above M.F.C. (Maximum Flood level) in river. The Contractor shall furnish detailed drawing showing the type of bedding needed to support the pipe and proper correcting to be made for crossing the Nalla 10.13.5.9 Railway Crossings Required permission for laying, jointing and testing the pipeline across the railway lines will be obtained by the Employer. The contractor will carry out the work according to the specifications and stipulations made by the Railway authorities (for laying the pipes etc). 10.13.5.10 Road Crossings Wherever pipeline has to cross roads or cart tracks, it shall be done through a culvert or bridge, wherever necessary. 10.13.5.11 Distance indicators The Contractor shall supply and fix indicators at all points of change of
Salem UGD- Tender Document

direction, at all valves and at every one kilometer intervals along the pipeline. Indicators shall consist of 10 cm x 10 cm precast concrete posts 1.25-metre length set 0.75 metres into the ground and painted white about ground level. The description shall be written in blue at one face of the precast post.
10.13.5.12 Drawings The drawings are only indicative. The site conditions will only be the governing factor for manufacture, laying and payment.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 11 MASONRY
Clause 11.1 11.2 11.3 Description Brick Masonry Brick Work Quantity of Mortar Page Nos. 146 146 147

Salem UGD- Tender Document

11.1

Brick Masonry Brick a. Manufacture Common burnt clay building bricks shall conform to the requirements of IS : 1077 and shall be of quality not less than class 50 with moisture absorption rate not exceeding 15 percent as defined in IS : 1077. The bricks shall be chamber burnt and shall not be damaged in any manner and sizes shall conform to the works sizes specified with tolerates as given in 6.2 of IS : 1077. b. Samples The Contractor shall deliver samples of each type of brick to the Engineer, and no orders shall be placed without the written approval of the Engineer. All the bricks used in the works shall be of the same standard as the approved samples. The samples shall be preserved on site, and subsequent deliveries shall be checked for uniformity of shape, colour and texture against the samples. If in the opinion of the Engineer any deliveries vary from the standard of the samples, such bricks shall be rejected and removed from the site. c. Uniformity The bricks selected for exposed pointed brickwork walls shall be of uniform colour, deep cherry red or copper colour and uniform texture. Only such bricks as are permitted by the Engineer shall be used. d. Testing Samples of the bricks shall be tested in accordance with IS : 3495 by the Contractor for compliance with the aforesaid, before any order is placed, and soon after receipt of a consignment. Tests shall be carried out as and when required by the Engineer on samples selected by the Engineer's representative.

11.2

Brick Work All exposed brickwork shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of IS : 2212 a. Laying Brickwork shall be uniformly bedded, bricks being laid upwards. Each brick shall be floated and rubbed in upon such sufficient quantity of mortar that the mortar is squeezed up into the joints, but if such joints are not filled with mortar by this process they shall be flushed up with the mortar from the next succeeding bed. The courses shall be laid truly and strictly to line and horizontal level. b. Bond Brickwork courses shall be alternatively laid in stretcher bond and header bond. Damaged bricks shall not be used. The greatest care shall be taken to prevent mortar dropping on to or in any other way disfiguring or discoloring the bricks, and all edges and sides shall be kept strictly plumb and square, inline, and flush with the required finished face. As the work proceeds, it shall be continuously checked with a 2 m long straight edge and spirit level. c. Construction Walls shall be carried up in a uniform manner and no one portion raised more than 1 m above another at any one time, the open end being racked out. Over-hang work shall in no case be permitted. Brickwork shall be cleaned down after each day's work and newly laid brickwork shall be protected by suitable means. d. Dry Weather In dry weather the suction rate of clay bricks shall be adjusted by wetting as necessary before use. Bricks shall be stored in a free draining area and protected from rain. Salem UGD- Tender Document

e.

Lintels

Where brickwork rests upon lintels or supporting ribs of concrete, the bricks shall be cut as necessary and carefully bedded so that proper support to the outer leaf of brickwork is obtained. f. Pointing At the time of laying, all joints of exposed brickwork shall normally be raked out neatly and pointed to 15 mm depth. g. Approval All workmanship shall be strictly in accordance with the foregoing. The Engineer or the Engineer's representative reserves the right to reject any of the work ongrounds of shabby workmanship. Such rejected work shall be removed and rebuilt to the Engineer's satisfaction. 11.3 Quantity of Mortar Quantity of mortar to be used in one Cum. of masonry shall vary from 0.30 Cum. for thin masonry to 0.32 Cu.m. for massive masonry of conventional bricks (second class).

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 12 PAVING, FLOORING AND SKIRTING

Clause
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6

Description

Page Nos.
149 150 150 151 151 152

Providing and laying I.P.S. flooring 40 mm / 50 mm thick With M10 / M15 cement concrete Providing and laying white glazed tiles Fixing Tiles Cleaning Providing and fixing white glazed tiles for skirting plastering Providing and laying marble mosaic tiles.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

12.1

Providing and Laying I.P.S. flooring 40 mm / 50 mm thick with 1:2:3 / 1:2:4 Cement Concrete

Materials
Cement Concrete : The cement concrete shall conform to specifications for concrete given in a separate section for ordinary concrete. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 12 mm. The fine aggregate shall consist of properly graded particles. The proportion mix shall be M-10 / M - 15 as specified. The least amount of mixing water that will produced a workable mix and will allow finishing shall be used. Generally a w/c ratio of 0.5 should suffice. For large works, mechanical mixing may be resorted to at the direction of the Engineer. Laying 1. The sub grade for the concrete floor shall be a bedding of type as specified in separate item of the tender. The sub-grade in all cases shall be formed to proper levels and slopes, well compacted and cured. The top surface shall be kept slightly rough. The surface of the sub-grade shall be cleaned of all loose materials and moistened immediately before laying the concrete floor. The concrete flooring shall be laid in alternate bays not exceeding 6 sq.m. each. The edges of each panel into which the floor is divided should be supported by flat bars of steel or wood duly oiled. The bars should be removed before filling in he adjoining panel. Atleast 48 hours shall elapse before the concreting in the adjacent bays in commenced. The concrete shall be laid immediately after mixing. While being place, the concrete shall be vigorously sliced and spaded with suitable tools to prevent formation of honey comb pockets. The concrete shall be brought to the specified levels by means of a heavy straight edge resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with a sawing motion in combination with series of lifts and drops alternating with small lateral shifts. Immediately after laying the concrete the face shall be inspected for high and low spots and any needed correction made up by adding or removing the concrete. After striking off the surface of the required grade it shall be compacted with wooden float. If so directed by the Engineer, approved mineral colour pigment conforming to appendix `B' of IS : 459 shall be added to the cement mortar to give required colour and shade to the flooring. When the cement mortar rendering is sufficiently stiff, lines shall be marked on it with strings or any other device to give the appearance of tiles 30 cm x 30 or as directed by the Engineer. After the concrete in the bays has set, the joints of the panels shall be filled with cement cream or with suitable bitumastic compound as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

2.

3.

4.

Vertical edge of the bays shall be neatly marked on the surface of the concrete with a pointed trowel after filling the joints. Finishing When the rendering is somewhat stiff, neat cement may be sprinkled on sparingly through a pepper pot on the surface and rubbed lightly to give smooth polished ordinary cement coloured surface. If coloured flooring is required by the Engineer, the approved coloured cement or cement mixed with the required shade of approved pigment shall be used. Surface shall be protected from direct sun when it is green. Curing Curing shall start on the next day after finishing and shall be continued for 14 days. 12. 2 Providing & Laying White Glazed Tiles of 148.5 mm x 148.5 mm size and 8 TO 9.5 mm Thick Material

Tiles : White - glazed tiles including specials shall be of the approved make and quality and shall conform to IS 777-1961 in all respects. Samples of the tiles shall be got approved by the Engineer and the material brought for use should conform to the approved samples.
Salem UGD- Tender Document

Mortar : As per specifications for Shahabad stone flooring. White Cement : This shall be of approved quality and make. Mortar Bedding The amount of water added while preparing mortar shall be minimum necessary to give sufficient plasticity for laying. Care shall be taken in the preparation of mortar to ensure that there are no hard lumps. Before spreading the mortar bed, the base shall be cleaned of all dirt, scum, and then well wetted without forming any pools of the water. The mortar shall then be evenly & smoothly spread over the base by the use of screed battens of proper level or slope. The thickness of bedding shall not be less than 12 mm and more than 20 mm in any one place. The tiles shall be laid on the bedding mortar when it is still plastic but has become sufficiently stiff to offer a fairly firm cushion for the tiles. 12.3 Fixing Tiles The tiles before laying shall be soaked in water for at least two hours. The tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall be so arranged that the surface of the round edge tiles shall correspond to the skirting. Neat cement grout of honey like consistency shall be spread over the bedding mortar just to cover so much area as can be tiled within half-an-hour. The edges of tiles shall be smeared with neat white cement slurry and fixed in this grout; each tile being well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet to achieve proper levelling with the adjoining tiles. The joints between tiles shall not exceed 1.5 mm wide. The joints shall be grouted with a slurry of white cement. After fixing the tiles in even plane, the flooring shall be covered with wet and dust and allowed to mature undisturbed for 14 days. 12.4 Cleaning After the tiles have been laid in a room or the day's fixing work is completed, the surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. Once the floor has set floor shall be covered with oil free dry saw-dust which shall be removed only after completion of construction work and just before the floor is occupied. 12.5 Providing & Fixing White glazed tiles for Skirting Plastering Cement plaster of about 12 mm for brick walls and 20 mm for stone masonry walls shall be applied to the part of the wall where dodo or skirting is to be fixed. The plastering shall be as per specifications of plastering. The proportion of mortar shall be as mentioned in the item. Fixing Tiles Skirting work shall be done only after fixing files on the floor. The white glazed tiles shall be soaked in water for at least 2 hours before use. Tiles shall be fixed when the cushioning mortar is still plastic. The back of tiles shall be covered with a thin layer of neat cement paste and tiles shall then be pressed in the mortar and gently tapped against the wall with wooden mallet. The fixing shall be done from the bottom of wall upward. The tiles shall be joined with white cement slurry. Any difference in the thickness of tiles shall be evened out in cushioning mortar so that all tile faces are in vertical plane. Thickness of joints shall not exceed 1.5 mm. While fixing tiles care shall be taken to break joints vertically. After fixing the dado, skirting, etc, they shall be kept continuously wet for 12 days. If doors, windows or other openings are located within the dado area, the sills, jambs, angels etc. shall be provided with white glazed tiles and appropriate specials and such tiled area shall be measured net along with the dado. Cleaning After the tiles have been fixed, the surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. After the complete curing, the dado or skirting work shall be washed thoroughly clean.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

12.6

Providing & Laying Marble Mosaic Tiles General The item refers to provision of marble mosaic tiled flooring white based / grey based as applicable. The specifications will be similar to those for plain coloured cement tiled flooring except that terrazzo tiles shall be used with or without borders and / or patterns with tiles of different colours and designs as show on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer instead of plain coloured cement tiles. Specifications for terrazzo tiles shall be as under: Marble Mosaic Tiles These shall be terrazzo cement tiles of the colour and pattern as approved by the Engineer with chips of the sizes of tiles mentioned in the wording of the item and shall conform to IS 1237. The sizes of the tiles shall be one of the standard sizes as approved by the Engineer, the thickness being one as specified in the item. A few specimen of the tiles to be used, approved by the Engineer, shall be deposited by the Contractor in the office of the Engineer for reference.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 13 CEMENT PLASTERING AND POINTING

Clause 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 13.8 13.9 13.10 13.11 13.12 13.13 13.14 13.15 Description Plastering Materials Proportion Preparation Scaffolding Preparatory Work Gauges Plastering Watering and Curing Cement Plaster in Two Coats Plaster in Single Coat Cement Pointing Materials Construction Details Watering Page Nos. 154 154 155 156 156 157 157 157 157 158 158 158 158 158 159

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 13 CEMENT PLASTERING AND POINTING

13.1 Plastering Specifications here under shall cover plastering concrete, stone or brick masonry surfaces in cement mortar of specified proportion and specified thickness including scaffolding, curing etc. complete as directed. 13.2 Materials Cement Mortar: Cement mortar shall have the proportion of cement to sand as mentioned in the wording of the item or in the special provisions and shall comply with the following for : Cement: Cement shall conform to IS: 269 Ordinary Portland cement shall be used. The weight of ordinary Portland cement shall be taken as 50 kg per bag. The Contractor shall ensure that the cement is of sound and requiring quality before using it. Any cement which has deteriorated caked or which has been damaged shall not be used. The specifications covered under the section `Concrete' shall be applicable in addition. Water: Water for mixing cement mortar or concrete shall not be salty or brackish and shall be clean, reasonably clear and free from objectionable quantities of silt and traces of oil, acid and injurious alkali, salts, organic matter and other deleterious material which will either weaken the mortar or concrete or cause aforescence. Sea water shall not be used. Water fit for drinking shall generally be found suitable for mixing cement mortar. Water fit curing mortar or concrete shall not be too acidic or alkaline. It shall have pH value above 6. Sea water shall not be used for curing purpose. Fine Aggregate All fine aggregate shall conform to IS : 383 - 1963 and relevant portion of IS : 515-1959. Sand shall be clean, well graded, hard, strong, durable and gritty particles free from injurious amounts of dust, clay, kankar nodules, sofit or flaky particles, shale, alkali, salts, organic matter loam mica or other deleterious substances and shall be approved by the Engineer. The maximum size of particles shall be limited to 5 mm (about 3/16"). If the fine aggregate contains more than 4 per cent of clay, dust or silt, it shall be washed. The fine aggregate for cement mortar for masonry and first coat of plaster should generally satisfy the following gradings : IS Service 4.75 mm 2.36 mm 1.18 mm 600 microns 300 microns 150 microns Percentage by wt. Passing sieve 100 80 - 95 70 - 90 40 - 85 5 - 50 0 - 10

The fineness modulus shall not exceed 3.00. The fine aggregate for cement mortar for fine joints of ashlar masonry, pointing and second coat of plaster may have the following grading : Salem UGD- Tender Document

IS Service 4.75 mm 2.36 mm 1.18 mm 600 microns 300 microns 150 microns

Percentage by wt. passing sieve 100 80 - 95 70 - 90 40 - 85 5 - 50 0 - 10

The fineness modulus shall not exceed 1.6 IS : 2116 - 1980 shall generally apply for sand for plaster. The fine aggregate should be stacked carefully on a clean, hard surface so that it will not get mixed up with deleterious foreign materials. 13.3 Proportion Cement and sand shall be mixed in specified proportions, sand beings measured in measuring boxes. The proportions will be by volume. The mortar may be hand mixed or machine mixed. 13.4 Preparation In hand mixed mortar, cement and sand in the special proportions shall be thoroughly mixed dry on a clean impervious platform. Fresh and clean water as specified above shall be added gradually and thoroughly mixed to form a stiff plastic mass of uniform colour so that, each particle of sand shall be completely covered with a film of wet cement. The water cement ratio may be as under or as directed by the Engineer. Cement Sand Water-Cement Ratio Quantity of Water per 50 kg of cement (Litres) 12.5 19.0 15.0 17.5 20.0 26.5 30.0 35.0 45.0

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 5 6 8

0.25 0.28 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.53 0.60 0.70 0.90

Machine mixed mortar shall be prepared in an approved mixer. Water cement ratio shall be as per hand mixed mortar. The mortar so prepared shall be within 30 minutes of adding water should be used in the work. The

Salem UGD- Tender Document

mortar remaining unused after that period mortar which has partially hardened or is otherwise damaged shall not be retermpered or remixed. It shall be destroyed or thrown away. 13.5 Scaffolding Scaffolding required for facility of construction shall be provided by the contractor at his expense. Scaffolding shall be erected with steel sections or pipes, ballies or bamboos of adequate strength so as to be safe for all construction operations. The Contractor shall take all measure to ensure the safety of the work and working people. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for any damage to property or injury to persons resulting from ill erected scaffolding, defective ladders and materials or otherwise arising out of his default in this respect. Put log holes shall be made good by stones bricks to match the face work when scaffolding is being removed after ensuring that all holes behind are solidly filled in with M-10. 13.6 Preparatory Work All joints in the facework that is to be plastered shall be raked out to a depth equal to not less than the width of the joints. In case of new works the raking shall be done when the joint mortar is still green. Smooth surfaces of concrete, old plaster etc must be suitably roughened to provide necessary bond for the plaster. In case of stone masonry, bushing on the walls to receive the plaster shall not be more than 12 mm. The surface to be plastered shall be cleared and scrubbed with fresh water and kept wet for 6 hour prior to plastering. 13. 7 Gauges Patches of plaster 15 cm x 15 cm shall be put on about 3m apart as gauges to ensure even plastering in one plane. 13.8 Plastering In all plaster work the mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the required thickens and well pressed into the joints and on the surface and rubbed and leveled with a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. All corners must be finished to their true angles or rounded as directed by the Engineer to give neat appearance. The mortar shall adhere to the masonry surface intimately when set, and there should be no hollow sound when struck. The plastering shall be proceeded from top downwards. 13.9 Watering & Curing All plaster work shall be kept damp continuously for a period of 14 days. To prevent excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side of the building in hot dry weather, matting or gunny bags may be hung over on the outside of the plaster in the beginning and kept moist. Should the Contractor fail to water the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the latter may engage requisite labour, materials and equipment to water the work properly at the cost of the Contractor. If the plastering work is not done as specified above, the plaster shall be removed and redone at the Contractor's expense. 13.10 Cement Plaster in Two Coats The first coat for Brick Masonry and rubble masonry shall be of 10 mm and 20 mm thickness respectively. In case more thickness is specified, the work shall be carried out in two coats necessarily. The first coat shall be applied as above, but the surface is not floated or polished but roughened to give a key to the second coat of plaster. For this, before the first coat hardens, it shall be combed in wavy lines, 12 mm apart and 3 mm deep. This coat shall be kept damp for 2 days thereafter and then allowed to dry. Before starting to apply the second coat, the surface of the first coat shall be damped evenly and 2nd coat applied. The final surface (either of the 1st 2nd coat) shall be rubbed smooth after floating it with thick coat of pure cement slurry while base coat is still fresh. If neeru finish is specified, floating with neat cement will not be required. The finished surface shall be true and even and present a uniform texture throughout and all joining marks shall be eliminated. Salem UGD- Tender Document

13.11

Plaster in Single Coat After coat of plaster is done, the surface shall be rubbed smooth after floating it with thick coat of cement slurry or the neeru finish as the case may be. The finished surface shall be true and even and present a uniform texture throughout and all jointing marks shall be eliminated.

13.12

Cement Pointing Specifications hereunder shall cover, cement pointing with mortar of specified proportion to stone masonry or brick work including raking out joints, scaffolding, curing, watering etc complete.

13.13

Materials Cement mortar for pointing shall be of the specified mix.

13.14

Construction Details Unless other type of pointing are specified in the item or the special provisions, pointing shall be of the grooved type. The joints in the masonry shall be raked out to a depth not less than the width of the joint when the mortar is green. The joints are to be brushed clean of dust and loose particles with a stiff brush. The area shall be washed and the joints thoroughly wetted before pointing is commenced. The raked out joints shall be filled with mortar of the specified mix and required consistency and well pressed and rubbed smooth. A semicircular depression 3 mm dia shall be made in the joint by pressing a clean string with trowel keeping the string exactly horizontal and on the centre line of the joint. The vertical joints shall be similarly marked. These depressed lines will then be immediately rubbed till they become uniformly 6 mm deep 6 mm wide and assume fairly blackish colour. Where joints are not horizontal and vertical as in the case of uncoursed rubble masonry, the pointing shall be made along the centre line of actual joints and the functions of pointing made neatly. The pointing mortar shall not spread over the adjoining stones. Mortar pointing shall be restricted to the width of the joints, and all superfluous mortar shall be removed with a trowel.

13.15

Watering The pointed face shall be kept continuously wet for 14 days after initial set. Should the mortar perish or deteriorate through neglect of watering or any other default and if the work is not done neatly as specified above, the pointing shall be removed and redone, at the expense of the Contractor.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 14 WOODWORK

Clause 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 14.9 14.10

Description Woodwork Precautions Against Decaying Workmanship Framing Scaffolding Iron work Precautions Against Fire Inspection Defective Work Details of Items

Page Nos. 161 162 162 162 162 163 163 163 163 163

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 14 WOODWORK
14.1 Wood Work Specifications hereunder shall cover woodwork in general including carpentary and jointing work involved in roofs, floors staircases, door and window frames and shutters etc. Material Timber shall comply with the following specifications. Quality Timber to be used in building works shall be from the heart of sound tree of mature growth, the sap wood being entirely removed. It shall be uniform in substance, straight in fibre, free from large loose, dead or cluster knots, flaws, shakes, wrap, cup, spring, twist, bends or defects of any kind. It should be free from spongy brittle, flaky, or brushy condition, sap wood and borer holes. All timber shall be seasoned and be free from decay, rot, harmful fungi and insects attacks and from any other damage which will affect the strength, durability, appearance or its usefulness for the purpose for which it is required. Colour : The colour shall be uniform as far as possible. Kinds : When the kind of wood is not specially mentioned, good Indian teak wood (Tectona grandis) of the best quality shall be used. Seasoning : Only properly seasoned timber shall be used. Inspection : Timber for building work shall be approved by the Engineer. Any effort like plugging, painting, using any adhesives or resinous materials to hide the defects shall render the pieces rejectable by the Engineer. Cut off ends for protection can be done after inspection with raw linseed oil or any other material approved by the Engineer. No timber work shall be painted, tarred or oiled, without the previous permission of the Engineer. Rejected Timber : Any timber rejected shall at once be removed from the site of works. Nails, Screws etc. Nails, screws, ties, straps, bolts etc. shall be of the material, make and pattern specified in the item and approved by the Engineer. 14.2 Precautions against Decaying The Contractor must in all cases obtain prior orders from the Engineer regarding time at which he shall do painting or oiling to woodwork. Only after inspection by the Engineer and his orders, the painting, oiling shall be undertaken. All parts of woodwork resting on or set in masonry shall be well painted with two coats of hot boiled tar. Timber buried in the ground shall be well coated with tar. 14. 3 Workmanship All woodwork shall be neatly and truly finished to the exact dimensions required. Unless otherwise specified all joints shall be simple tenon and mortise joints with the end of the tenon exposed to view. All mortise, tenon and other joints shall fit truly and fully without wedging or filling. Only where specially required, the ends of the tenon shall not show. Salem UGD- Tender Document

All framed joinery, for external work shall be put together with white lead and joints pinned with hard wood or bamboo pins, for internal work where joints are not likely to be affected by moisture, the joints may be glued and similarly pinned. 14.4 Framing Framed woodwork includes all sawing, cutting, planing, jointing framing, supply and use of all straps, bolts holdfasts, nails trenails, spikes, screws etc. necessary for framing and fixing. Framing and trussing are to be done in the best possible manner. Holes of correct size shall be drilled before inserting screws. Driving in or starting the screws with hammer is prohibited. All screws shall be dipped in oil before being inserted in the wood. The kind of nails and screws shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 14.5 Scaffolding The Contractor shall provide all labour, scaffolding ladders and tackle necessary for hoisting and fixing woodwork in position and afford facilities for its inspection during construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of the work, workmen and for any action or compensation that may arise in this connection. Iron Work All iron work connected with woodwork which are going to be embedded in masonry shall before erection, receive two coats of hot coal tar. If it is to be painted, it shall be given the first two coats on the ground before being fixed in position and the third coat after erection in position. 14.7 Precautions against Fire During the progress of work all shavings, cutting and other rubbish shall be cleared away as the work progresses and all precautions shall be taken against fire. 14.8 Inspection All woodwork shall be inspected and passed by Engineer before being put into actual position. In no case the woodwork shall be painted or otherwise treated before it is inspected and approved by the Engineer. After approval it shall have the primary coat of paint put on or otherwise treated before being fitted in position. The subsequent coats of paint or other finish shall be applied after the woodwork is fixed in position. 14.9 Defective Work If within three months after the work is completed any undue shrinkage or bad workmanship is discovered the Contractor shall forthwith replace or refix the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer, without extra charge. 14.10 Details of Items A. Frames for Doors and Windows

14.6

General : The door /window sizes shown in the drawings shall be the clear unrebated opening of the frame. The frame members shall be of the sections as laid down in the relevant drawings and specifications. Holdfasts : Three holdfasts shall be fixed to each post of the door frame and two each post of the window frame. The iron holdfasts shall be of the size 30 cm x 40 mm x 5 mm. of the form as directed in for fixing screws. Each holdfast shall be fixed with two long screws. Construction : The item shall carried out in conformity with IS : 1003 - Part 1 & 2. When ventilator is included, it shall be provided by having full length one piece posts for door or window and ventilator extending the frame on top of the head to the required extent. Horns in heads and sills shall be 15 cms. long. When no sills are provided, the vertical posts of the frame in the ground floor shall be embedded in the sill masonry for

Salem UGD- Tender Document

10 cm. On upper floors the vertical posts shall be fixed in the floor slab or masonry by forming notches 1 cm. deep. B. i. Shutters Paneling Fixture for Doors & Windows General : The items shall be carried out in conformity with IS : 1003 part 1 & 2. The dimensions of the shutter components i.e. rails, styles etc. shall be as directed by the Engineer. In absence of any specific drawing, the sizes as prescribed in standard specifications under Bd.T. Shall be adopted after consulting the Engineer. Fixtures & Fastening : All fixtures & fastening shall be new sound, strong & shall be of brass, oxidised brass or chromium plate as mentioned in the item or of the material as approved by the Engineer. The scale of fixtures & fastening shall be as directed by the Engineer. They shall be sectional and of the best quality and workmanship. Samples of all fixtures & fastening shall be got approved by the Engineer. Any of the fixtures damaged during fixing shall be removed and new ones fixed in their place and the surface of joinery made good where affected at the Contractor's expense. All bolts, hinges and other items of iron mongery with moving parts shall be properly oiled before handing over. Paneling : Wherever possible each panel shall be in a single piece. But where two pieces have to be used and are permitted by the Engineer, both of them shall be of equal width. The furnished thickness of panel shall be as specified. ii. Glazing: The sizes of openings for glazing shall be as per detailed drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified the glass shall weight not less than 7.5 Kg/Sq.M. The styles & rails shall be rebated 10 mm wide on the inside to receive the glass.

iii. Mild Steel Bars for Windows : When mild steel bars are included they shall be of 16 mm rounds unless other size and shape are specified. When vertical iron bars are provided for ventilator also, the same window bars shall be taken through transom into the head of the ventilator. The bars shall go 2.5 cms. in the frame. 40 mm x 6 mm. size Ms flats as directed by the Engineer shall be provided in case of window more than 75 mm in height. iv. Flush Doors a. Solid Core shutter : It shall conform to the relevant specifications for the type and grade given in IS:2202 Part I & 2. The finished thickness of the shutter shall be made as mentioned in the item. b. Hollow Core shutter : It shall conform to the relevant specifications for the type and grade given in IS: 2191 art 1 & 2. c. Wooden Plank Flooring : The finished thickness of the planked flooring shall be as specified in the wording of the item. The minimum width of the plank shall not be less than 20 cms. The length shall be as long as sprocurable. The corner edges of the planks shall be rounded or molded as directed by the Engineer. The planks shall be joined by tongue and groove joint and fixing shall be done by iron screws. The surface of planking shall be finished smooth before applying oil paint. The oil paint shall be applied in no. of coats as specified and as per specifications of oil painting.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 15 ROOF
Clause 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 Description General Surface Treatment Doors and Windows MS. Rolling Shutters 167 168 170 172 Page Nos.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 15 ROOF
15.1 General Roof Water proofing Preparation of surface The surface to be treated shall have minimum slope of 1 in 120. This grading shall be carried out, with limeconcrete, cement-concrete, light-weight foam concrete or cement plaster with coarse sand, as shown in drawing, to the average thickness required and finished smooth. Trucking of the water proofing felt will be required where the parapet exceeds 450 mm in height from the grade surface. For this a horizontal groove 75x75 mm section with its lower edge at not less than 150 mm above the graded roof surface shall be left during construction or cut neatly if it has not been provided during the construction of the parapet wall. Where the height is 450 mm or less water proofing treatment shall be carried over the top of parapet or dwarf wall to its full thickness and no horizontal grooving in parapet wall is needed for trucking. The graded surface of the roofs shall be thoroughly cleared with wire brush and all loose scales etc, removed. Any cracks in roof shall be cut to `V' section and filled up with cement mortar slurry 1:4 or on air blown bitumen such as Masphalts R 85/25 "ESSO" Industrial asphalt - 116 or equivalent conforming to IS : 702. Priming Coat Where so specified in the description of item or required by Engineer-in-charge, a priming coat consisting of a bituminous solution of suitable viscosity shall be applied on the roof and wall surface at specified weight per unit area. (Minimum weight of each step shall be 4.5 kg/m2). Water proofing treatment - Bitumen felt The water proofing shall consists of a two or four layers self finished bitumen felt treatment as given in the description of the item. A two layer self finished of the following courses: Course Kg/m2 (min) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 0.50 1.20 1.20 0.006 m3/m2 Coating material Asphalt primer Asphalt bonding material Self finished bitumen felt of type III Asphalt Bonding material. Self finished bitumen felt of type III Stone grit/pea gravel.

Grade - I Grade-I

The underlay where required to be provided shall not count against the number of layer is specified. Asphaltic bonding material This shall consist of Air Blown Bitumen confirming to ISS : 702 Self-Finished bitumen felt The self finished felt, shall be of the brand and manufacture conforming to the type and grade as described in the item. They are fibre base or hession base felts. They shall conform in all respects to IS:1322. Stone Grit and Pea Gravel Salem UGD- Tender Document

Stone grit shall conform to specifications of stone aggregate and shall e 6 mm down size. Where pea-gravel is used it shall be hard, round and free from dust, dirt etc. stone grit or pea-gravel shall be spread uniformly at the specificed volume per unit area. This will not be spread over vertical and sloping faces and at drain mouths. At these places the surface shall be painted with two coats of bituminous solution. 15.2 Surface Treatment White washing and snowcem decorative cement paint Preparation of Surface Surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, dirt, mortar drops and loose plaster. All holes shall be filled with gypsum and surfaces made even and smooth. Scaffolding Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be on double supports tied together by horizontal pieces, over which scaffolding planks shall be fixed. No allies, bamboos or planks shall rest on or touch surface which is being white washed. Where ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bag shall be tied on their tips to avoid damage or scratches to walls. For white washing the ceiling, proper stage scaffolding shall be erected. Preparation of Lime Wash The wash shall be prepared from fresh and pure fat lime. It shall be thoroughly slaked, mixed and stirred with sufficient water to attain a consistency of thin cream. This shall be allowed to stand for a period of 24 hours and then shall be screened. The approximate quantity of water to be added to pure fat lime for making the cream shall be 5 litres to 1 kg. of lime, clean gum at the rate of 0.Kg to 100Kg of cream dissolved in hot water and ultramarine blue of approved quality and quantity as directed by Engineer-in-charge shall be added and thoroughly mixed. Application The wash shall be applied with moon brushes. Three number of coats or as specified shall be applied. The coats shall be given alternatively vertically and horizontally. Each coat shall be allowed to dry before the next one is applied. Further each coat shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-charge before the subsequent coat is applied. The finishing dry surface shall be of even shade, without any brush marks and shall not show any sign of cracking of peeling nor shall it come off readily when rubbed. Protection measures Doors, windows, floor etc. and such other parts of building shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashing and dropping if any, shall be removed by the contractor at his own cost and the surface cleaned. Colour washing preparation The wash shall be prepared by adding required quantity of colouring pigment to the lime wash as prepared for white wash. No ultramarine blue shall be added in this case. Mineral colours not effected by lime only shall be added to white wash prepared to the required tint or shade as has been approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Application The surface to be colour washed shall be first treated with a priming coat of white wash. Minimum three coats of colour wash shall be applied and the colour shall be of even tint or shade over the whole surface. The finished dry surfaces shall not be powdery and shall not come off on the hand when rubbed.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

15.3

Doors & Windows Steel doors, windows, ventilators and rolling shutter. Providing and fixing steel door, windows and ventilators as per IS:1038 including all fixtures and fastening and glazed with 4 mm thick plain sheet glass with three coats of enamel paint over a red oxide primer. Providing and fixing in position approved quality 18 SWG steel rolling shutter push and pull operated of approved make inclusive of all accessories top cover, locking arrangements including 2 coats of approved enamel paint over a coat of red oxide primer. General All steel doors, windows and ventilators shall conform to IS: 1361, and IS:1038 or equivalent as mentioned in specifications and on drawings and as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Material used in the fabrication of industrial doors, windows, ventilators etc. shall be the best procurable and conforming to relevant IS specifications. The forms of sections, dimensions, and weight shall conform to relevant IS codes for industrial buildings. The sections shall be cold straightened and finished goods shall be free from dents and other defects. The minimum thickness of glass, if required to be provided shall be 4 mm and 5.5 mm if wired glasses required. It shall be free from flaws, specks, bubbles etc. all panes shall have perfectly squared corners and straight edges. Wood screws M.S.bolts, nuts, screws, washers, peg stays and other oxidised brass fittings shall be treated for corrosion as recommended by relevant Indian Standards. Putty for glazing shall conform to IS:420. Workmanship Doors, windows and ventilators etc. shall be truly square and flat free from twist and warp. They shall be constructed of sections which have been cut to the required lengths, tennoned and revetted or welded at the corners. The general fabrication shall conform to IS:1038 and 1361. The contractor is required to supply doors, windows, ventilators etc., he shall obtain them from an approved manufacturer. The contractor shall first submit for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, the name and address of the manufacturer whose metal casement he intends to use, together with typical drawings and specifications, describing the details of construction for each type of door/window. The doors, windows and ventilators shall be either galvanised/or painted as indicated in drawing or schedule of rates. All steel surfaces shall first be thoroughly cleaned free of dust, scale or dirt and mill scale by pickling or similar process and they shall be painted with one coat of an approved primer conforming to IS:102 before despatch. Alternatively they may be galvanised as described in IS:1361. Glazing All glazing shall be as per IS:1081. Windows and ventilators shall be designed for putty glazing fixed from outside. Where doors are to be glazed, they shall be designed for glazing from inside. All window casements shall have holes drilled in the frames and shutters respectively at suitable places for insterting spring type glazing clips which shall be supplied by the contractor. All glazing shall be puttied to the shutters or frames with good quality putty in addition to glazing clips. Glass panes shall not be placed directly against the metal. A thin layer of putty shall be very evenly spread over the glazing rebate and the glass pressed firmly against it. The necessary ornamental grill shall be provided in steel window as per the instruction of Engineer-in-charge. Fixing Doors, windows and ventilators shall not be for built in at the time the walls are constructed but shall be subsequently fixed into proper opening, as laid down in IS:1801. Holes to accommodate the fixing lugs are to be left or cut, and the casement fixed after all the rough masonry and plaster work have been finished. The lugs of

Salem UGD- Tender Document

the casement shall be jammed in cement concrete (M-15 mix) with stone chips (10 mm down) at holding the casement in proper position, in line and level. The width of the clear unfinishing opening in the wall should be 25 mm more than the over all width of the door frame to allow for 12.5 mm plaster on each jam. The height of the unfinished opening shall depend upon whether a threshold is required or not. While fixing the door, care shall be taken to see that at least 6 mm space is left between the door and the finished floor. Fittings Hardware shall be fixed as late as possible, preferably just before the final coat of paint is applied. It shall be fitted in workmanlike manner, so that it may not work loose and in such a way that screws and pins are not marked and mutilation by hammers and screw drivers. It shall be tested for correct operation. Where specified, door shall be fitted with a three way bolting device which can be operated from outside similarly be operated from either side or as per drawings. Solid steel bolt handles shall be provided. One on the outside and one on the inside of each shutter. In case of doors provided with service door, the lock shall be fitted on the service doors. All materials shall be the best procurable and shall conform to the relevant IS specifications. Normal Operations Steel Plate Doors Steel doors may be of the hinged type or sliding, folding type, single shutter or double shutter and of single walled or double walled construction, as specified on the drawings or by the Engineer-in-charge. All doors shall be provided with the sturdy frame and hold fasts for fixing into the wall. Unless otherwise specified the frame shall be prepared from solid steel angles of size not less than 65 x 65 mm x 6 mm welded at the corners. The shutter shall be made from flat steel sheet of 2 mm thickness for normal size double shutter doors with or without service doors with a frame of mild steel of mild steel angles not less than 50 x 50x6 mm all round, suitably braced by means of mild steel flats. The whole shutter shall be of welded construction and shall be hung at the sides by means of three or four highes as specified in drawings. In the case of double walled doors, the shutter shall consist of two plates each 2.5 mm thick with a hollow slope of 33 mm in between to give an overall thickness of 38 mm. Where specified, a threshold plate of mild steel flat 40 mm x 10 mm shall be provided for the full width of the opening. Suitable spaced mild steel lugs shall be welded on the threshold plate for fixing into the floor. Windows & Ventilators `S' type steel louvers of sheet of thickness specified in connection to steel frame shall be provided in window and ventilators as per relevant IS codes and directions of Engineer-in-Charge. All windows, frame and door shutters etc. shall be painted with 2 coats of approved paint over a priming coat of red oxide. 15.4 M.S.Rolling Shutters It shall be of approved make, made out of 18 gauges 75 mm black lath either mechanically operated from both inside and outside, by reduction gear type mechanism or manually operated according to sizes as per IS specification. It shall be fitted with two self aligning ball bearing with locking arrangement (both inside and outside) including G.I. hosing, hooks, door suspension shafts and top rolling springs pressed etc. complete. The hood and cowl portions shall be fixed to obtain full head room up to tinted soffit. They shall be provided with locking arrangements for padlocks, pulling hooks, handles, top cover etc. It shall be painted with two coats of approved paint over a coat of approved paint over a coat of red oxide primer. Rolling shutter shall be installed properly by skilled person and shall be adjusted to operate smoothly throughout the full range of operation.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 16 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATING

Clause. 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 16.6 16.7 16.8 16.9 Description General Materials Workmanship Oil Painting Painting of New Woodwork Providing and Applying White Wash Providing Washable Distemper Page Nos. 174 175 175 176 176 177 177

Providing and Applying Washable Oil Bound Distemper 179 Cement Painting in Two Coats 179

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 16 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATING

16.1 General The work included in this Section consists of the furnishing of all labour, materials, apparatus, scaffolding, and all appurtenant work in connection with the painting in accordance with these Specifications. Surfaces to be Painted : In general, the following surface are to be painted. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. All exposed piping and other metal surfaces, interior and exterior. All submerged metal surfaces All structural and miscellaneous steel including tanks. The interior of tanks and wet wells as specified in the painting schedule. Exterior above ground concrete and brick stone masonry. The interior of structures as specified in the painting schedule. Equipment furnished with and without factory finished surfaces, except as specified Doors, woodwork, and architectural trim work as specified

Surfaces not to be painted: The following surfaces in general shall not be painted. A. B. C. D. E. 16.2 Concrete surfaces subject to pedestrian traffic. Plastic surfaces Non-ferrous metal unless otherwise noted or indicated (Galvanized metal shall not be considered a nonferros metal). Mechanical equipment with approved factory finished as specified herein. Electrical equipment with approved factory finish as specified herein.

F. Piping which is specified as galvanized. Materials All paint materials be first quality products manufactured for the exposures involved, as approved by the Engineer. The materials used for (1) Prime Coat, (2) Intermediate Coat, and (3) for Finished Coat and method of applications will be as described in the detailed specifications.

16.3

Workmanship Protection of the Work : The Contractor shall take all the necessary steps to protect the work of others during the time his work is in progress. The contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage to the work. Paint shall be applied only during the period of favorable weather. Preparation of Paint : All materials specified or selected for use under these specifications shall be delivered unopened at the job site in their original containers and shall not be opened until inspected by the Engineer. Paint containers shall be opened only when required for use. Paint shall be thoroughly stirred or agitated to uniformly Salem UGD- Tender Document

smooth consistency suitable for proper application. In all cases, paint shall be prepared and handled in a manner to prevent deterioration and inclusion of foreign matter. No paint shall be reduced or applied in any way except as here in specifically called for or, if not specifically called for, then it shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Preparation of Surfaces The Contractor shall examine carefully all faces to be finished and before beginning any of his work shall see that the work of the other trades has been left or installed in a workmanlike condition to receive paint. Metals shall be clean, dry and free from mill scale, rust, grease and oil. Workmanship : Each coat of paint shall be applied at the proper consistency and brushed evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs, with no evidence of poor workmanship. Care shall be exercised to avoid lapping paint on glass or hardware. Paint shall be sharply out of lines. Finished paint surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes. Protective Coverings or drop clothes shall be used to protects floors, fixtures and equipment. Care shall be exercised to prevent from being spattered onto surfaces which are not to be painted. Surfaces from which such paint can not be removed satisfactory shall be painted or repainted, as required to produce a satisfactory finish. Brushing : All paint shall be applied by brush unless otherwise specifically approved by Engineer. The brush size and type shall be got approved. Instructions : All coating shall be performed by personnel experienced in the application of said coating systems and in accordance with the manufacture's printed instructions. The final appearance shall exhibit a uniformly textured and coloured coating free of excessive gloss or dull spots, blemishes, sags, runs, pinhole and other defects. Safety Measures : The Contractor shall take adequate safety measures while painting in enclosed places or when painting is carried out by spray gun. Right of Rejection : No exterior painting or interior finishing shall be done under conditions which may jeopardize the appearance or quality of the painting of finishing in any way. The Engineer shall have the right to reject all material or work that is unsatisfactory, and required the replacement of either or both at the expense of the Contractor. 16.4 Oil Painting Paints The paint shall be of colour, shade and quality as approved by the Engineer. The paint shall comply with the relevant ISS depending on the type of paint (i.e. undercoating finishing etc. purposes wise) and mode of application (i.e by brush, by spraying etc). as specified in the item. The paint shall show no curdling, caking, colour separation and shall be in a smooth and homogeneous state. It. shall show no runnings or sagging tendencies when applied to smooth steel surfaces. The brand (manufacturer) and shade of the paint shall be approved by the Engineer before painting proceeds. Ready mixed paints shall only be used. Application The primer coat of the paint be applied as soon as the surface has been cleaned to avoid deterioration of the surface by rust, dirt and dust. The paint shall not be applied when atmospheric conditions are misty or unsatisfactory in the opinion of the Engineer. The surfaces not accessible to brushes shall be painted by sprayer or other approved method. The paint shall be applied to produce uniform even coating over the entire surface free from streaks and other irregularities. In case of iron and steel works, red lead shall be used for primer coat unless other coat is specified. Protection Painted surfaces shall be protected from sun, rain, contamination and damage till they fully dry.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

16.5

Painting new Wood Work The surface shall be finished smooth with plain and rubbed smooth with sand paper of coarse grade (22) followed by rubbing with medium grade sand paper (12). No scratches should be left. Approved type of priming coat shall then be applied. The minor defects like small holes, cracks open joints as already allowed by the Engineer shall be stopped with putty made from pure whiting mixed to proper consistency with raw linseed oil. The work shall be lightly rubbed down smooth before receiving subsequent coat. The coat shall be crossed (across grains) and laid off (along grains) to give uniform coating. The subsequent coats as specified shall be applied only after prior coat dries thoroughly and is lightly rubbed down. Unless otherwise specified the inner surfaces and exposed surfaces shall be applied two or three coats respectively exclusive of primer coat. Scaffolding Specifications given under section of plastering and painting shall apply

16.6

Providing and Applying White Wash General The item refers to white washing over old and new concrete, stone masonry, brick or plastered surface and asbestos cement sheets. White Wash White wash shall be prepared from fresh burnt white stone, lime or shell item. The item shall be dissolved in a tub with sufficient quantity of water (about 4.50 Lit/Kg of lime) and the whole mass well and thoroughly mixed and stirred until it attains the consistency of thin cream. The wash shall be taken out in small quantities and strained through a clean coarse cloth.

16.7

Providing Washable Distemper Distemper Washable distemper of approved make colour and shade shall be used. It shall conform to IS 427. Approved quality distemper shall only be used. The brand shall be got approved from the Engineer, who shall if necessary, call for the sample and ask for sample painting on the surface to be painted before approval. Scaffolding This may be double or single as per section of plastering and pointing. Preparation of Surface The surface to be distempered shall be cleaned and all cracks, holes and surface detects shall be repaired with gypsum and allowed to set hard. All irregularities shall be sand prepared smooth and wiped clean. The surface so prepared must be completely dry and free from dust before distempering is commenced. In the case of walls newly plastered, special care shall be taken to see that it is completely dry before any treatment is attempted, for old surface which had been earlier distempered the surface shall be cleaned of grease, dust etc. The flaking of previous coatings, if any shall be taken off. All cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with gypsum and allowed to set hard then sand prepared smooth and wiped clean. But in case the surfaces are coloured or white washed, the wash must be removed thoroughly first. Priming Coat The priming coat shall be applied over the completely dry surface in the manner recommended by the makers in case of patented distempers. When no printing coat is specified by the manufacturers, a finely powdered chalk mixed with a thin solution of glue shall be applied to prepare a good, hard background, the coating when dry being rubbed as clean and smooth as possible.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

Application The instructions of makers shall be followed regarding preparation of the surface and application of priming and finishing coats. Distemper shall not be mixed in a larger quantity than actually required for a day's work. Hot water should be used to prepare the mixture. Distempers shall be applied in Alternatively ready-wear whiting complying with I.S.63 may also be used. Clean gum dissolved in hot water shall then be added in proportion of 2 gm. of gum to a litre of lime or whiting to prevent the white wash coming off easily when rubbed. Rice size may be used instead of gum. Scaffolding This may be double or single according to requirement and shall conform to relevant specification given under the section on `Cement Plastering'. If ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bags or cloth rags shall be tied on their tops to avoid damage or scratches to the wall. Proper stage scaffolding shall be erected when white washing the ceiling. The Contractor shall be responsible for accidents, if any take place. Preparation of Surface The surface shall be prepared by removing all mortar dropping and foreign matter and thoroughly cleaned with wire or fiber brush or other means as may be directed by the Engineer to produce an approved and clean & even surface. All loose pieces and the scales shall be scrapped off and the holes stopped with mortar. After cleaning the surface the unwanted nails shall be removed and all nail holes, cracks and crevices stopped with mortar similar in composition to the surface to the white washed. The mortar should be cured. Application On the surface so prepared, the white wash shall be laid. Each coat shall be laid on with a brush. The first stock of the brush shall be from the top downwards and another from bottom upwards over the first stroke and similarly one stoke from right and another from left over the first brush before it dries. This will form one coat. Each cost must be allowed to dry and shall be subject to inspection before the next coat is applied. When dry, the surface shall show no signs of cracking. It shall present a smooth and uniform finish free from brush marks and it should not come off easily when rubbed with finger. No portion in the surface be left out initially to be patched up later on. For new work, the white washed surface shall present a smooth and uniform finish. For old work, patches and repairs shall be white washed paint with the required number of coats. Doors, windows, floors and other articles of furniture etc. shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashing and dropping, if any shall be removed and the surface cleaned. The treated surface shall be allowed to dry and harden. The next coat of distemper shall be laid on in exactly the same manner as the first one but only after the earlier coat laid has thoroughly dried. The number of coats to be applied shall be as mentioned in the item. The brushes used should never be allowed to rest on the bristles and after the use they should be cleaned. The number of coats as specified in the item shall be applied. 16.8 Providing and Applying Washable Oil bound Distemper General The Specifications given under washable distemper shall apply except that washable oil bound distemper of approved shade, colour and quality, conforming to IS: 428 shall be used after applying primer coat is recommended by markers of distemper. 16.9 Cement Painting in Two Coats Cement paint, with a base of white Portland cement of approved make, colour and shade shall be used. Approved quality cement paint shall only be used and shall be brought to site in original airtight containers with seals intact.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

Scaffolding As per Specifications under `Plastering and Pointing'. Preparing the Surface The surface to be pained shall be cleaned of all loose dust and dirt, old paint and all cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with cement plaster, cured and allowed to set hard. Before painting is commenced, the surface is wetted well and water is allowed to run off. Any grease, oil paint, shall be removed by approved methods. Application of Paint Mixing of paint and procedure of painting shall be as specified by the manufacturer. When no Specifications are furnished, following specifications shall generally apply. The dry cement paint shall be thoroughly mixed with clean fresh water to produce paint of required consistency (normally that of ordinary paints). The paint shall be kept stirred and used within one hour of mixing Hardened or damaged paint shall not be used. The paint shall be applied by brushes in the manner specified by the manufacturer. The number of coats shall be as mentioned in the wording of the item. When more than one coat it to be provided, the subsequent coats shall be applied after the preceding coat has thoroughly hardened, inspected and approved as per manufacturer's specifications. Curing Each application of paint should be wetted at the end of the day with a fine water spray. Depending on climatic conditions, wetting should be done only after a interval of at least 6-8 hours after the application. In dry weather the painted surfaces shall be kept damp for a least two days and protected from direct sun.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 17 MISCELLANEOUS WORKS

Clause 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.7 Description Road Works Sub Base Road Base Surfacing Site Drainage Sanitary Arrangement Precautions to be taken to protect the Environment Page Nos. 182 183 183 183 184 185 185

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 17 MISCELLANEOUS WORKS

17.1 Road Works Road works includes the construction of drainage for the site, the preparation of the sub-grade and the construction of sub-bases, bases and surfacing for those roads (including hard-standings) and parking areas which form part of the permanent works. Any other roads hard standings or paths necessary for the construction of the works shall be deemed to have been allowed for by the Contractor as part of the Temporary Works. A. Definitions 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Sub-Grade means the ground, embankment of existing road surface on which the road is to be constructed. Formation means the prepared sub-grade ready for the laying of the payment. Sub-base means the layer or layers of material laid on the formation. Base means the layer of material laid on the sub-base Surfacing means the layer or layers of material laid on the base. Payment means the sub-base, base and surfacing

Unless otherwise specified the road works shall be as per the requirements of the IRC Specifications for Highway or the British Department of the Environment's Specification for Road and Bridge Works, together with an addenda thereto current at date of tender. All materials and finish shall be to the Engineer's approval. Sub-Grade After compaction of the sub-grade and before commencing any further construction the sub-grade shall be proof rolled in the presence of the Engineer with smooth wheeled roller having a weight not less the eight tonnes and an effective load of not less than 50 kg/100 mm of its effective rolling width. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, any part of the sub-grade surface moves during proof rolling it shall be corrected as directed and proof rolled again. This procedure shall continue until the Engineer is satisfied that there is no movement of the surface under proof rolling. Where directed by the Engineer areas corrected as specified above shall be retested for density. 17.2 Sub-Base Material for the sub-base shall be to the standard specification and shall be approved by the Engineer. A. Construction

Material shall be laid in one or more layers, each not exceeding 150 mm thick, and the total compacted thickness of sub-base shall nowhere be less than the specified nominal thickness or such variation as required by the Engineer in writing. 1. 2. Incidental filling with sub-base material of soft areas, ditches etc. shall be carried out in 150 mm layers compacted as approved. Each layer of material shall be compacted with 16 passes of a smooth wheeled roller having a minimum load of 500 kg per 100 mm width of the effective rolling width or a vibratory roller having a static load per 100 mm width of roll between 125 kg and 175 kg or such other roller or combination of rollers approved by the Engineer. Salem UGD- Tender Document

17.3

Road Base Transporting, laying and compacting of road payment materials containing tar or bitumen binder shall be to the Standard Specification. Material for the road base shall be wet mix macadam. A. The thickness of the road base to all roads and surfaces areas shall be:

Base
Lean concrete, wet mix macadam B. 140 mm

Thickness

Compaction shall be by a smooth wheeled roller having a load of 500 kg/100 mm of effective rolling width. The number of passes shall be according to the Standard Specifications depending on the material and as approved by the Engineer.

17.4

Surfacing The surfacing to site roads and surfaced areas other than the main access road shall be a single course of Single Course Tarmacadam. The nominal size of coarse aggregate shall be 13 mm and the coarse aggregate content 35 percent. The single course shall have a finished thickness of 50 mm. surface dressing shall be carried out as specified or where required by the Engineer. A. Compaction shall be by a smooth wheeled roller having a load of 500 kg/100 mm of effective rolling width. The number of passes shall be according to the Standard Specifications depending on the material and as approved by the Engineer. B. Finish The finished surface of the road shall be uniform, well rolled, with accurately formed line and level, camber and crossfalls. The texture of the finished surface shall be free of pits and undulations. The tolerances in the required camber crossfall and along any line parallel to the centre line shall not exceed +/-16 mm when measured with a 3 long straight edge. The finish shall be to the Engineer's approval.

17.5

Site Drainage Drainage Site drainage shall consist of open ditches or of pipes as maybe shown on the Drawings. Where practicable drainage work shall be completed before road works or other adjacent works are commenced. Open ditches shall be excavated to the cross-section shown on the Drawings with the sides dressed fair throughout and the bottoms accurately grade to regular falls. A. Pipe Laying : Pipes shall be laid to lines' and levels as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Trenches for pipes drainage shall be excavated to the minimum dimensions necessary for the proper construction of works and generally in accordance with of the Specification. After pipes have been laid, tested and, where specified, surrounded with gravel or concrete, the trenches shall be backfilled with excavated material and compacted to a dry density equal to that of the adjacent ground. Pipes : Pipes and fittings for jointed drainage shall conform to the requirements of one of the following Indain Standards: 1. 2. IS:458 concrete cylindrical pipes and fittings. These pipes and fittings shall be "Standard" quality. With approved flexible spigot and socket or agee joints. IS:651 or IS:3006 Glazed vitrified clay pipes and fittings. These pipes and fittings shall be used for diameter greater than 225 mm shall have approved flexible joints.

B.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

17.6

Sanitary Arrangement Sanitary pipe work and fittings shall comply with the requirements of IS:1742, IS:5329 and IS:2064 and septic tank with IS: 2470 pt.1.

17.7

Precautions To be Taken to Protect The Environment During laying of sewers minimum disturbance to the traffic should be ensured by proper planning , giving adequate advance notice, indicating traffic diversion etc. Critical roads should be completed faster by mobilising extra resources. During Construction sprinkling of water and other methods to be resorted to reduce dust generation. Adequate measures to be taken in choice of pumpsets and installation to reduce noise during Construction and Operation to ensure that the standards prescribed by Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board are met. It shall be ensured that the Communication facilities like telephone are not affected during Construction. The effluent from STP shall conform to the standards prescribed by the Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board to ensure that the environment is not affected. The equipment shall be so selected that during start up and operation the health of the operators are not affected.

Salem UGD- Tender Document

CHAPTER 18 Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan

Sl.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Description Pre Construction stage Construction stage Sewer Mains Construction stage Pumping / Lifting Stations Construction stage Sewerage Treatment Plant Environmental Enhancement and Special Issues Environmental Monitoring Plan Page Nos. 187 189 195 196 200 202

Salem UGD- Tender Document

Environmental Management Plan for UGSS projects. Pre Construction Phase Impacts Sl.no 1 2 Potential Mitigation Measures Time frame Negative Impacts PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE Clearances All clearance required for Environmental aspects during construction shall be Before construction ensured and made available before start of work. Tree Cutting Responsible agencies

Utility Relocation

Baseline parameters

Planning of temporary Traffic arrangements

Disposal of treated

ULB / PIA / Concerned Departments & Agency / Contractor i) Try to save the trees by changing the alignment Pre-construction & Contractor / PIA ii) Provide adequate protection to the trees to be retained with tree guards (e.g. construction phase Masonry tree guards, Low-level RCC tree guards, Circular Iron Tree Guard with Bars) as required. ii) Identify the number of trees that will be affected with girth size & species type along the sewer mains, pumping / lifting station sites and sewerage treatment plant site. The details to be indicated in a strip map plan. iii) Trees shall be removed from the construction sites before commencement of construction with prior permission from the concerned department. iv) Undertake afforestation in nearby areas. v) Compensatory plantation by way of Re-plantation of at least twice the number of trees cut should be carried out in the project area. i) Identify the common utilities to be affected such as: telephone cables, electric Pre-construction & PIA / Concerned cables, electric poles, water pipelines, public water taps, etc construction phase departments ii) Affected utilities shall be relocated with prior approval of the concerned agencies before construction starts. Adequate measures shall be taken and checked to control the Baseline Pre-construction, Prospective contractor / parameters of Air, Water and Noise pollution. Base line parameters shall be construction and PIA recorded and ensured conformance till the completion of the project. post-construction phase Pre-construction Prospective contractor / i) Temporary diversion will be provided with the approval of the engineer. Detailed & construction PIA traffic control plans will be prepared and submitted to the engineers for approval, phase one week prior to commencement of works. ii) The traffic control plans shall contain details of temporary diversion, details of arrangements for construction under traffic, details of traffic arrangement after cessation of wok each day, SIGNAGES, safety measures for transport of hazardous materials and arrangement of flagmen. i) The treated water quality shall comply with the standards of TNPCB to let Pre-construction PIA out into the stream / nullah /open land /irrigation purposes, and necessary & construction
Salem UGD- Tender Document

Wastewater. 7 8 Storage materials Construction labour camps

permission to be obtained from the concerned department. ii) Ensure efficient working condition of treatment plant. of The contractor shall identify the site for temporary use of land for construction sites /storage of construction materials, etc. of Contractor shall follow all relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and the other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 for construction and maintenance of labour camp. The location, layout and basic facility provision of each labour camp will be submitted to Engineer prior to their construction. The construction will commence only upon the written approval of the Engineer. The contractor shall maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner and as approved by the Engineer. All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. The sewage system for the camp must be planned. Adequate health care is to be provided for the work force. The layout of the construction camp and details of the facilities provided should be prepared and shall be approved by the engineer.

phase Pre-construction & Prospective contractor construction phase / PIA During the Prospective contractor construction

Salem UGD- Tender Document

Environmental Management Plan for UGSS projects. Sl.no 1. 1.1 Activities Construction Phase Impacts Management Measures Time frame Responsible agencies

Construction of Sewer Mains

Shifting of common utilities Compensatory plantation of trees Disposal of construction debris and excavated materials. Ensure community consensus and minimum impact to common utilities like telephone cable, electric cables, electric poles, water taps and etc., Proper clearance to be obtained from the concerned authorities and sent to the PIA before commencement of works. Compensatory plantation of atleast twice the number of trees felled should be done in line with competent authority guidelines. Pre-construction & Concerned construction phase departments / PIA Pre-construction and Construction Prospective contractor / PIA Prospective contractor / PIA

CONSTRUCTION STAGE

1.2

1.3

Pre-construction and The contractor shall identify the sites for debris disposal and should be finalized Construction prior to start of the earthworks; taking into account the following (a) The dumping does not impact natural drainage courses (b) No endangered / rare flora is impacted by such dumping (c) Settlement area located at least 1.0 km away from the site. (d) Should be located in non residential areas located in the down wind side (e) Located at least 100m from the designated forestland. (f) Avoid disposal on productive land. (g) Should be located with the consensus of the local community, in consultation with the engineer and shall be approved by the highways department Minimize the construction debris by balancing the cut and fill requirements.

1.4

Planning for Before taking up of construction activity, a Traffic Control Plan shall be Temporary Traffic devised and implemented to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Diversions Construction shall be taken phase wise so that sections are available for traffic. Temporary diversion will be provided with the approval of the engineer. The Detailed traffic control plans prepared and submitted to the engineers for approval one week prior to commencement of works shall contain details of temporary diversion, details of arrangements for construction under traffic,
Salem UGD- Tender Document

PIA / Contractor

details of traffic arrangement after cessation of wok each day, SIGNAGES, safety measures for transport of hazardous materials and arrangement of flagmen. The arrangement for the temporary diversion of the road shall ensure to minimize the environmental impacts, like loss of vegetation, productive lands etc., prior to the finalization of diversion and detours. Special consideration will be given to the preparation of the traffic control plan for safety of pedestrians and workers at night. The contractor will ensure that the diversion / detour is always maintained in running condition; particularly during the monsoon to avoid disruption to traffic flow. He shall inform local community of changes to traffic routes, conditions and pedestrians access arrangements. This plan will be periodically reviewed with respect to site conditions. The temporary traffic detour will be kept free of dust by frequent application of water. The topsoil to be protected and compacted after completion of work, where During construction the pipelines run, including open lands and agricultural lands. Adequate precautions should be taken while laying the sewer lines to avoid During construction the possibility of cross connection with water supply lines. Low lying areas in the project site can get flooded during monsoon period, During construction to prevent the situation proper drainage arrangements has to be planned. Proper drainage arrangements to be made, to avoid the overflowing of existing drains due to excavation during the laying of sewer mains. i) Establish coordination with the concerned department to avoid or minimize the interruption of regular supply of drinking water to the residents. ii) Proper alternative arrangements to be planned when interruption of drinking water supply to the near by residents. During construction

1.5 1.6 1.7

Protection of top soil Laying of sewer system Flooding in the low lying areas Temporary flooding due to excavation. Temporary water supply interruptions

Prospective contractor Prospective contractor Prospective contractor / PIA Prospective contractor / PIA Prospective contractor / PIA

1.8

1.9

Pre-construction and Construction

1.10

Using of modern machineries Traffic diversion

1.11

Using of modern machineries such as JCBs, backhoes etc, shall be used to minimize the construction period, it will reduce the construction period impacts to the near by residents. i) Temporary traffic arrangements to be planned during construction. This plan shall be periodically reviewed with respect to site condition.

During construction

Prospective contractor Prospective contractor / PIA

During preconstruction and construction

Salem UGD- Tender Document

ii) Detail traffic control plans will be prepared and submitted to the engineers / police department for approval, before commencement of works. The traffic control plans shall contains details of temporary diversion, details of road closings, details of arrangements for construction under traffic and details of traffic arrangement after cessation of wok each day. iii) Special consideration will be given to the preparation of the traffic control plan for safety of pedestrians and the sensitive receptors like schools and hospitals. iv) This plan will be periodically reviewed with respect to site conditions. 1.12 Prevention of accidents Barricading site Prevention of accidents involving human beings, animals or vehicles falling or During construction accidents due to open trenches/manholes during construction period. This needs to be ensured with proper barricading, signage boards and lighting etc. The construction site should be barricaded at all time in a day with adequate During construction marking, flags, reflectors etc. for safety of general traffic movement and pedestrians. i) All earthworks will be protected in manner acceptable to the engineer to During construction minimize generation of dust. Area under construction shall be covered & equipped with dust collector. ii) Construction material shall be covered or stored in such a manner so as to avoid being affected by wind direction. iii) Unpaved haul roads near / passing through residential and commercial areas to be watered thrice a day. iv) Trucks carrying construction material to be adequately covered to avoid the dust pollution and to avoid the material spillage. i) Noisy construction operations in residential and sensitive areas should be done only between 7.30 am and 6.00 pm. ii) Preventive maintenance of construction equipment and vehicles to meet emission standards and to keep them with low noise. iii) Provision of enclosing generators and concrete mixers at site. iv) Sound barriers in inhabited areas shall be installed during the construction phase. v) Adequate barricading / other measures to protect dust pollution near sensitive receptors like schools and hospital etc to be ensured. i) Idling of temporary trucks or other equipment should not be permitted during periods of loading / unloading or when they are not in active use. The practice must be ensured especially near residential / commercial / sensitive areas. During construction Prospective contractor Prospective contractor Prospective contractor

1.13

1.14

Dust Pollution near settlements

1.15

Protection of residential / sensitive receptors.

Prospective contractor / PIA

1.16

Vehicular noise pollution at residential / sensitive

During construction

Prospective contractor / PIA

Salem UGD- Tender Document

receptors.

ii) Stationary construction equipment will be kept at least 500m away from sensitive receptors. iii) All possible and practical measures to control noise emissions during drilling shall be employed. The PIA may direct to take adequate controls measures depending on site conditions. iv) Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery will be done During construction regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective will be replaced. v) Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to the satisfaction of the Engineer to keep noise levels at the minimum. Site for storage of pipes and construction materials to be identified, without affecting the traffic and other common utilities. Setting up of labour camps needs to be done as per the procedures. Adequate potable water facilities, sanitation and drainage etc., in conformity with the Indian labour laws shall be ensured. The contractor shall also guarantee the following: i) The location, layout and basic facility provision of each labour camp will be submitted to Engineer prior to their construction. ii) The construction will commence only upon the written approval of the Engineer. iii) The Contractor shall construct and maintain all labour accommodation in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. iv) Supply of sufficient quantity of potable water (as per IS) in every workplace/labor campsite at suitable and easily accessible places and regular maintenance of such facilities. v) The sewage system for the camp are designed, built and operated in such a fashion that no health hazards occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place. Ensure adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and urinals. During construction Prospective contractor / PIA

1.17

Noise from vehicles, plants and equipments

1.18

Storage of construction materials Labour camp & facilities

Prospective contractor Perspective contractor / PIA

1.19

Pre-construction and construction

1.20

Waste Disposal

i) The contractor shall provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in a hygienic manner as per the Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan approved by the Engineer. ii) Unless otherwise arranged by local sanitary authority, arrangements

During Construction

Prospective contractor

Salem UGD- Tender Document

1.21

for disposal of night soils (human excreta) suitably approved by the local medical health or municipal authorities or as directed by Engineer will have to be provided by the contractor. Clearing of i) Contractor to prepare site restoration plans; the plan is to be implemented by After completion of Prospective construction camps the contractor prior to demobilization. the project contractor and restoration ii) On completion of the works, all temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish cleared, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the site left clean and tidy, at the contractors expenses, to the entire satisfaction of the engineer. Pollution from Fuel and Lubricants i) The contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking location, fuel/lubricants storage sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and refueling sites shall be located away from rivers and irrigation canal/ponds. ii) Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, maintenance and refueling will be carried out in such a fashion that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not contaminate the ground. iii) Contractor shall arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified disposal sites (list to be submitted to Engineer) and approved by the Engineer. All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed off in accordance with MoEF and state PCB guidelines. iv) Engineer will certify that all arrangements comply with the guidelines of PCB/ MoEF or any other relevant laws. The Contractor shall take all precautionary measures to prevent the wastewater generated during construction (e.g. during the testing of pipeline) from entering into streams, water bodies or the irrigation system. All waste arising from the project is to be disposed off in the manner that is acceptable by the Engineer. The engineer shall certify that all liquid wastes disposed off from the sites meet the discharge standard. The Contractor shall take all required precautions to prevent danger from electrical equipment and ensure that i) No material will be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or Construction and operation PIA / Prospective contractor

1.22

1.23

Pollution from Construction Wastes

During Construction and postconstruction

Prospective contractor / PIA

1.24

Risk from Electrical Equipment(s)

During construction

Prospective contractor

Salem UGD- Tender Document

1.25

Safety Aspects

inconvenience to any person or the public. ii) All necessary fencing and lights will be provided to protect the public in construction zones. All machines to be used in the construction will conform to the relevant Indian Standards (IS) codes, will be free from patent defect, will be kept in good working order, will be regularly inspected and properly maintained as per IS provision and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. i) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the accidents and from the During construction machineries. All machines used shall confirm to the relevant Indian standards Code and shall be regularly inspected by the PIA. ii) Where loose soil is met with, shoring and strutting shall be provided to avoid collapse of soil. iii) Protective footwear and protective goggles to all workers employed on mixing of materials like cement, concrete etc. iii) Welders protective eye-shields shall be provided to workers who are engaged in welding works. iv) Earplugs shall be provided to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working in crushing, compaction, or concrete mixing operation. v) The contractor shall supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, safety belts, earplugs, mask etc to workers and staffs. The contractor will comply with all the precautions as required for ensuring the safety of the workmen as per the International Labor Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to this contract. The contractor will make sure that during the construction work all relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act, 1996 are adhered to. The contractor shall not employ any person below the age of 14 years for any work and no woman will be employed on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form. The contractor shall arrange for: i) A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances as per the Factories Rules in every work zone During construction

Prospective contractor

1.26

First Aid

Prospective contractor

ii) Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest hospital
CONSTRUCTION STAGE
Salem UGD- Tender Document

3. 3.1 3.2

CONSTRUCTION STAGE

Construction of Sewerage Treatment Plant

Compensatory plantation of trees Protection of top soil & Environmental enhancing Disposal of construction debris and excavated materials. Pollution from Fuel and Lubricants Compensatory plantation of atleast twice the number of trees felled should be done in line with competent authority guidelines. The topsoil to be protected and compacted after completion of work. Topsoil from the STP area should be stored in stockpiles and that can be used for gardening purposes at WTP site, which will be an environmental enhancing measure. A suitable site should be identified for safe disposal, in relatively low lying areas, away from the water bodies, residential and agricultural fields etc., and got approved by the Engineer. Care should be taken that dumped material does not affect natural drainage system. i) The contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking location, fuel/lubricants storage sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and refueling sites will be located at least 500 m from rivers and irrigation canal/ponds. ii) All location and layout plans of such sites shall be submitted by the Contractor prior to their establishment and will be approved by the Engineer. iii) Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, maintenance and refueling will be carried out in such a fashion that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not contaminate the ground. iv) Contractor will arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified disposal sites (list to be submitted to Engineer) and approved by the Engineer. All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed off in accordance with MoEF and state PCB guidelines. v) Engineer will certify that all arrangements comply with the guidelines of PCB/ MoEF or any other relevant laws. i) Groundwater quality may get contaminated due to leaching of wastewater. So, the treated water quality shall comply with the standards laid down by the PCB for disposal onto land, water body or for irrigation use. ii) Regular monitoring is required for the treated sewage quality and also Pre-construction and Prospective Construction contractor / PIA During construction Prospective contractor / PIA

3.3

During construction

Prospective contractor / PIA

3.4

Construction and operation.

Prospective contractor / PIA

3.5

Contamination of ground water quality

During construction and operation

Prospective contractor / PIA

Salem UGD- Tender Document

3.6

Water Pollution from Construction Wastes Impact of surrounding areas Informatory Signs and Hoardings Risk from Electrical Equipment(s)

the ground water quality in the near by areas and ensures compliance with PCB standards. The Contractor shall take all precautionary measures to prevent the wastewater generated during construction from entering into streams, water bodies or the irrigation system. All waste arising from the project is to be disposed off in the manner that is acceptable by the Engineer. To avoid the problems of foul smell polluted air, insects, noise pollution and other problems buffer zones to be provided in the form of green belt around the STP site, this has to be strictly ensured. The contractor shall provide, erect and maintain informatory/safety signs, hoardings written in English and local language, wherever required or as suggested by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take all required precautions to prevent danger from electrical equipment and ensure that i) No material shall be stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. ii) All necessary fencing and lights will be provided to protect the public in construction zones. All machines to be used in the construction will conform to the relevant Indian Standards (IS) codes, will be free from patent defect, will be kept in good working order, will be regularly inspected and properly maintained as per IS provision and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. i) The treated water quality shall comply with the standards of TNPCB before let out into the stream / nullah /open land /irrigation purposes, and necessary permission to be obtained from the concerned department. ii) Ensure efficient working condition of treatment plant. iii) Prevent the pollution of stream water and other water bodies receiving STP discharge. A suitable site should be identified for the safe disposal of sludge generated at the STP site and got approved by the Engineer. Prepare a sludge disposal plan and adheres to the same. Setting up of labour camps needs to be done as per the procedures.

During Construction

Prospective contractor / PIA

3.7

During Construction

Perspective contractor / PIA

3.8 3.9

During construction

Prospective contractor / PIA Prospective contractor

During construction

3.10

Disposal of treated wastewater.

Pre-construction / construction and operation stage.

PIA / Prospective contractor

3.11

Disposal of sludge

Pre-construction, construction and operation. During Pre-

Prospective contractor / PIA

3.12

Labour camp &

Perspective

Salem UGD- Tender Document

facilities

Adequate potable water facilities, sanitation and drainage etc., in conformity with the Indian labour laws shall be ensured. The contractor shall also guarantee the following: i) The location, layout and basic facility provision of each labour camp will be submitted to Engineer prior to their construction. ii) The construction will commence only upon the written approval of the Engineer. iii) The Contractor shall construct and maintain all labour accommodation in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. iv) Supply of sufficient quantity of potable water (as per IS) in every workplace/labor campsite at suitable and easily accessible places and regular maintenance of such facilities. v) The sewage system for the camp are designed, built and operated in such a fashion that no health hazards occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place. Ensure adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and urinals. i) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the accidents and from the machineries. All machines used shall confirm to the relevant Indian standards Code and shall be regularly inspected by the PIA. ii) Where loose soil is met with, shoring and strutting shall be provided to avoid collapse of soil. iii) Protective footwear and protective goggles to all workers employed on mixing of materials like cement, concrete etc. iii) Welders protective eye-shields shall be provided to workers who are engaged in welding works. iv) Earplugs shall be provided to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working in crushing, compaction, or concrete mixing operation. v) The contractor shall supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, safety belts, earplugs, mask etc to workers and staffs. The contractor will comply with all the precautions as required for ensuring the safety of the workmen as per the International Labor Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to this contract. The contractor will make sure that during the construction work all relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act, 1996 are adhered to.

construction and construction

contractor / PIA

3.13

Safety Aspects

During construction

Prospective contractor

Salem UGD- Tender Document

3.14

First Aid

4.0 4.1

Flora and Chance found Fauna

The contractor will not employ any person below the age of 14 years for any work and no woman will be employed on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form. The contractor shall arrange for: During construction i) A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances as per the Factories Rules in every work zone ii) Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest hospital Implementing Agency Environmental Enhancement and Special Issues The contractor will take reasonable precaution to prevent his workmen Project area or any other persons from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any water body and hunting of any animal. If any wild animal is found near the construction site at any point of time, the contractor will immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint the Engineer and carry out the Engineer's instructions for dealing with the same. The Engineer will report to the near by forest office (range office or divisional office) and will take appropriate steps/ measures, if required in consultation with the forest officials. All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains or things of geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the Government and shall be dealt with as per provisions of the relevant legislation. The contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any such article or thing. He will, immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the SC's instructions for dealing with the same, waiting which all work shall be stopped.

Prospective contractor

Location Prospective contractor

4.2

Chance Found Archaeological Property

Project area

Prospective contractor

4.3 4.4

Monitoring environment parameters Sensitive Areas

The Engineer will seek direction from the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) before instructing the Contractor to recommence the work in the site. of The contractor shall undertake seasonal monitoring of air, water, noise and soil Project area quality through an approved monitoring agency. The parameter to be monitored, frequency and duration of monitoring plan shall be prepared The sensitive areas like Schools, hospitals to be provided with suitable noise Project area barriers and safety measures, prior to the start of work in order to minimize the dust and noise impacts due to vehicle movement during construction and their
Salem UGD- Tender Document

Prospective contractor Prospective contractor

4.5

Clearing construction camps restoration

4.6

effectiveness to be checked during operation phase. of Contractor to prepare site restoration plans for approval by the engineer. The Corridor of Impact of plan is to be implemented by the contractor prior to demobilization. and On completion of the works, all temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish cleared, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the site left clean and tidy, at the contractors expenses, to the entire satisfaction of the engineer. Tree Protection, Giving due protection to the trees that fall in the shoulders /corridor of Corridor of Impact impact shall be the prime focus during Construction/post construction Masonry tree guards, Low level RCC tree guards, Circular Iron Tree Guard with Bars, use of plate compactors near trees may also be considered where necessary Re-plantation of at least twice the number of trees cut should be carried out along the project road. Since the major portion of the project road may pass through open lands, planting of trees along the entire stretch of the road is recommended as an enhancement measure. Growth and survival of trees planted shall be ensured and monitoring done at least for a period of 3 years. Survival status shall be reported on monthly basis to Engineer in charge.

Prospective contractor

Prospective contractor

Tree Planting,

Salem UGD- Tender Document

Environmental Monitoring Plan

To monitor the extent of environmental impact of the proposed project, the contractor has to periodically monitor the ambient environmental quality along the proposed project area. The monitoring requirement for the different environmental components is presented in table below Environmental Monitoring Plan Air Quality Monitoring
Project stage Parameter Sampling Method Standards Frequency Duration Location Measures Implementation Supervision Pre Construction, Construction & operation period (as agreed) SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx, CO and Pb Use method specified by CPCB for analysis Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, CPCB, 1994 Once before start of work & once every season of the year during construction period & upto 18 months (operation Period) Continuous 24 hours / or for 1 full working day Sensitive locations along the pipe laying work, pumping / lifting station locations, STP site. Wherever air pollution parameters increase above specified standards, additional measures as decided by the engineer shall be adopted Contractor through approved monitoring agencies Implementing agency Pre Construction & Construction pH, BOD, COD, DO, TDS, Pb, Oil & Grease and Detergents for Surface water. Water pH, TDS, Total hardness, Sulphate, Fluorides, Chloride, Fe, Pb for groundwater. Grab sample collected from source and analysis as per Standard Methods for Examination of water and Waste water Indian standards for Inland Surface Water (IS; 2296, 1982) and for Drinking water (IS; 10500,1991) Twice a year (pre monsoon and post monsoon seasons) during the construction period Grab sampling Locations to represent residential, agricultural, surface water quality and vicinity of the construction site. At locations of increased in water pollution, all inflow channels shall be checked for pollution loads and channel delivering higher pollution loads and channel delivering higher pollution load shall be terminated from disposal into the water source and other methods of disposal shall be adopted Contractor through approved monitoring agencies Implementing agency

Water quality Monitoring

Project stage Parameter

Sampling Method Standards Frequency Duration Location Measures

Implementation Supervision

Project stage Parameter Special guidance

Noise Level Monitoring Pre Construction , Construction & operation period (as agreed) Noise level on dB (A) scale noise levels on dB (A) scale Free field at 1 m from the equipments whose noise level are being determined. Equivalent noise levels using an integrated noise level meter kept at a distance of 15m from edge of pavement
Salem UGD- Tender Document

Standards Frequency Duration Location Measures Implementation Supervision Project stage Parameter Sampling Method Standards Frequency Duration Location Measures Implementation Supervision

MoEF Noise Rulers, 2000 Once every seasons (except monsoon) for each year of construction Reading to be taken at 15 seconds interval for 15 minutes every hour and then averaged Wherever the contractor decides to locate the equipment yard. At sensitive location such as school, hospitals etc Incase of noise levels causing disturbance to the sensitive receptors, management measures as suggested in the EMP shall be carried out. Contractor through approved monitoring agencies Implementing agency Soil Quality Monitoring Pre Construction & Construction Monitoring of Pb, SAR and Oil & Grease Sample of soil collected to be acidified and analysed using absorption spectrophotometer Threshold for each contaminated set by IRIS database of USEPA until national standards are promulgated During the pre monsoon post monsoon seasons each year for the entire construction period Grab sampling At productive agriculture lands abutting traffic detours, pumping / lifting station locations and STP site. At location of increased in pollution levels, source shall be identified and shall be diverted from future disposal Contractor through approved monitoring agencies Implementing agency

Apart form the above mentioned monitoring requirements, any major accidents /spillage during bulk transport of hazardous materials. Depending on the type of spillages / accidents the parameters to be monitored will be decided by the engineer and should be carried out by the contractor through approved monitoring agencies and supervised by the Implementing agency at their own cost. Formats for reporting: Formats for reporting / monitoring the progress / parameters achieved will be finalized in consultation with the successful bidder. Environmental Compliance Report:
The contractor shall submit a monthly progress report as per the reporting format approved by the engineer, on the status of the implementation of the EMP, and get it duly approved by the engineer for its compliance and for proceeding with the work. The Engineer and the Environmental and Social Safeguard (ESS) Manager, who will have access and authority to monitor the status based on the same and for which the contractor shall make necessary facilities.
Salem UGD- Tender Document

UNDER GROUND DRAINAGE SCHEME FOR SALEM CORPORATION PACKAGE I ( Collection system - Zone I & IV )
Note:

Item for which no rate or price has been entered in will not be paid for by the Employer when executed and shall be deemed covered by the other rates and prices in the Bill of Quantities (refer: ITB Clause 13.2 and GCC Clause 43.3).

Unit rates and prices shall be quoted by the bidder in Indian rupee [ITB Clause 14.1].

Where there is a discrepancy between the rate in figures and words, the rates in words will govern. [ITB Clause 27.1(a) ]

Where there is a discrepancy between the unit rate and the line item total resulting from multiplying the unit rate by quantity, the unit rate quoted shall govern [ITB Clause 27.1 (b)].

SALEM CORPORATION UNDER GROUND SEWERAGE SCHEME PACKAGE - I ( Collection system - Zone I & IV ) Note:

Works need to comply with environmental management plan is furnished in volume II section 5 wherein the reporting and compliance obligation of the contractor on environmental aspects is given in details. The bidders quoting their rates for various items .

All payemnts will be subject to deduction of retention money as stated in the contract data.
TNBP No.& Rate in Other Figures ( Specification in Rs) Unit (both in Words and Figures)

Bill of Quantites - Collection System - Zone I & IV

Sl.No Quantity

Description of the work

Rate in Words

Amount

Earthwork excavation and depositing in bank with initial lead of 10 meters and initial lift of 2 meters 64 Vol- II 23 in all kinds of soils such as hard stiff clay, stiff black cotton, hard red earth, shales, murum, gravel, stony earth and earth mixed with small size boulders and hard gravelly soil for laying sewer pipes (IS 3764: 1992) for the first depth of 2 m below G.L. excluding refilling disposal of surplus earth, but including dewatering wherever necessary, and as directed by the Engineer in charge, shoring the sides of the trenches to protect the earth from sliding of the trenches to protect the earth from sliding wherever required up to 2.00 m depth and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.(The rate shall include providing red light signal during night etc,Preservation of overhead and under ground Electricity cables, Telephone cables, Internet cables,Water distribution pipe lines, Water house service connections, Strom water drains, and other utility lines & drains etc. as directed by the Engineer in charge).For laying SWP Sewer and RCC pipes Sewer. 68767 M3 0 - 1.5M Earthwork excavation and depositing in bank with initial lead of 10 meters and initial lift of 2 meters 64 Vol- II 23 in soft disintegrated rock laterite ,soft rock,kankar not requiring blasting (at all depths) stacking the
1Cum (one Cubic Metre)

removed materials as directed by the Engineer(The rate shall include providing red light signal during night and Preservation of overhead and under ground Electricity cables, Telephone cables, Internet cables,Water distribution pipe lines, Water house service connections, Strom water drains, and other utility lines & drains etc. as directed by the Engineer incharge).For laying SWP Sewer and RCC pipes Sewer.

7937 11110 2975

M3 M3 M3

1.5 - 2M 2 - 3M 3 - 4M

1Cum (one Cubic Metre) 1Cum (one Cubic Metre) 1Cum (one Cubic Metre)

Sl.No

Quantity

Description of the work

TNBP No.& Rate in Other Figures ( Specification in Rs)

Rate in Words

Unit (both in Words and Figures)

Amount

Earthwork excavation and depositing in bank with initial lead of 10 meters and initial lift of 2 meters 64 Vol- II 23 in Meduium rock and disintegrated rock not requiring blasing (at all depths) stacking the removed 3
materials as directed by the Engineer(The rate shall include providing red light signal during night etc preservation of over head and under ground cables, telephone cables, water lines and other utility lines, drains etc. as directed by the Engineer incharge).For laying SWP Sewer and RCC pipes Sewer.

213

M3

4 - 5M Earthwork exeavation and depositing in bank with initial lead and lift of 2 meters in Hard Rock not 64 Vol- II 23 requiring blasing ( at all depths) stacking the removed materials as directed by the Engineer ( The rate shall include providing red light signnal during night, preservation of over head and under ground cables, telephone cables, water lines and other utility lines, drains etc. as directed by the Engineer incharge ) Ror laying SWP Sewer and RCC pipes Sewer. 4 - 5M Providing bed Concrete for laying RCC sewer pipes / Stone ware pipes wherever required as 79,28 directed by the Engineer in charge in mix M15 ( One part of cement , two part of cement and four part of course aggrgate using 20 mm ISS HBG ) metal from approved quarry including cost of conveyance of all materials to site and all labour charge for mixing, placing, compaction, finishing and curing etc, complete as per standard specification. Supplying, laying, jointing, testing of SW pipes of different sizes , excluding earthwork excavation 201,205,98,9 for trenches and carting of pipes to the site of work, lowering into the trenches and aligning to 9,96 Spl. proper grade, hydraulic testing including conveyance water to fill the pipes, including cost of Specification jointing materials and cost of dewatering complete as per standard specification. 200mm Dia SWP

1Cum (one Cubic Metre) 1Cum (one Cubic Metre)

M3

326 5 1681

M3

1Cum (one Cubic Metre)

46059 8929 7621 3981 3415 368

M M M M M M

1.0M depth 1.5M depth 2.0M depth 2.5M depth 3.0M depth 3.5M depth 250mm Dia SWP

1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre)

1937 127 145 405

M M M M

1.5M depth 2.0M depth 2.5M depth 3.0M depth

1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre)

Sl.No

Quantity

Description of the work 3.5M depth 300mm Dia SWP

TNBP No.& Rate in Other Figures ( Specification in Rs)

Rate in Words

Unit (both in Words and Figures) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre)

Amount

35

898 306 137 458 69 290 36

M M M M M M M

1.5M depth 2.0M depth 2.5M depth 375mm Dia SWP 1.5M depth 2.0M depth 3.0M depth 3.5M depth Supply of Reinforced Cement Concrete pipes NP3 class ( with S/S end) confirming to IS 4582003 but with revised core thickness, steel reinforeced, internal lining and outer diametre etc, as per special specifications inclusive of cost of Rubber gasket confirming to IS 5382-1985 ( and lubricants etc ) to suit the revised OD of pipe. Pipes to be manufactured using Sulphate Resistant IS 458 2003 Portland cement mortar 1:1.5mix ( One part of cement and one and half part of river sand ) lining and relavant IS 12mm thick internally as per specifications. Delivery at site. including all taxes, duties, loading, specification on as unloading fright, stacking, transit insurance charges, and arrange for watch and ward ( Nominal dia ammended of pipes after internal lining is given below ) including lowering and jointing the NP3 class form time to Reinforeced cement concrete pipes and specials in to the trenches and laying to proper gradient time and alingment and testing to the requred pressure including conveyance of water for filling during testing, barricading, provision of danger lights as per specifications at different depths etc,complete as per standard specification and as directed by the deparmental engineers. 200mm Dia R.C.C

413 435
210 506

M M
M M

3.5M depth 4.0M depth 4.5M depth 5.0M depth 300mm Dia R.C.C

1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre)

228

4.0M depth 350mm Dia R.C.C

39

4.0M depth 400mm Dia R.C.C

Sl.No

Quantity 692 643 119 369 305 150 48 M M M M M M M

Description of the work 1.5M depth 2.0M depth 2.5M depth 3.0M depth 3.5M depth 4.0M depth 4.5M depth 450mm Dia R.C.C 1.5M depth 2.0M depth 3.0M depth 500mm Dia R.C.C 1.5M depth 2.0M depth 2.5M depth 3.0M depth 600mm Dia R.C.C 1.5M depth

TNBP No.& Rate in Other Figures ( Specification in Rs)

Rate in Words

Unit (both in Words and Figures) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre)

Amount

1206 39 75

M M M

381 294 18 24

M M M M

1840

1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre)

2.0M depth
537 1037 449 50 170 M M M M M

2.5M depth 3.0M depth 3.5M depth 4.0M depth

Sl.No

Quantity 465 M

Description of the work 4.5M depth 700mm Dia R.C.C

TNBP No.& Rate in Other Figures ( Specification in Rs)

Rate in Words

Unit (both in Words and Figures) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre)

Amount

179 10

M M

1.5M depth 3.5M depth 1000mm Dia R.C.C

30

4.0M depth Plain cement concrete of mix M15 using 20mm ISS HBG metal from approved quarry inculding cost of conveyance of all materials to site and all labour charge for mixing,placing, compaction, finishing and curing etc, complete as per standard specification.

79,28 1Cum (one Cubic Metre)

1234

cum

RCC/SW pipe encasing in 2/3 or full Construction of manholes at various depths including earthwork excavation as per standard specification in all type of soil Soft Disintegrated Rock and Hard Rock, including Cement Concrete of 1:4:8 ( One part of Cement, four part of river sand and eight part of aggrgate) using 40mm hard granite metal for foundation, Reinforced Cement concrete of mix 1:2:4 mix ( One part of Cement, two part of river sand and four part of aggregate) using 20mm ISS HBG metal for roof slab, fabrcation, placing reinforcement and timbering charges for depth upto and above 1.5m from GL, chamber bricks of size 9"x43/8"x23/4" in Cement Mortar 1:3 mix ( One part of Cement and three Special part of river sand ) for 23cm thick wall, plastering interior with Cement Mortar 1:3 mix ( One part of specification Cement and three part of river sand ) 20mm thick and exterior with Cement Mortar 1:3 mix ( One and relavent IS part of Cement and three part of river sand ) 12mm thick, laying plain cement concrete of mix 1:2:4 specification ( One part of Cement, two part of river sand and four part of aggregate) using 20mm ISS HBG as ammended metal for fixing the frame providing form time to time PVC encapsulated steps, FRC MH frame and cover with IS 12392 part 1&2 benching and channeling with plain cement concrete of mix 1:2:4 ( One part of Cement, two part of river sand and four part of aggregate) using 20mm ISS HBG metal refilling and including the cost of removal of surplus excavated earth from the site and barricading, dewatering provision for danger lights etc, complete for the following sizes for each manhole etc, complete as per standard specification and as directed by the deparmental engineers.( by using Sulphate Resistant Cement) ( As per the type design drawing for rectangular and circular manholes) Rectangular Manhole (1.22m x 0.9 m)

1536 552

Nos Nos

1.0m Deep to Invert 1.5m Deep to Invert

1 No ( One Number ) 1 No ( One Number )

Sl.No

Quantity

Description of the work

TNBP No.& Rate in Other Figures ( Specification in Rs)

Rate in Words

Unit (both in Words and Figures) 1 No ( One Number ) 1 No ( One Number )

Amount

323 188

Nos Nos

2.0m Deep to Invert 2.5m Deep to Invert Cicular Manhole 1.22M Dia

154 42 30

Nos Nos Nos

3.0m Deep to Invert 3.5m Deep to Invert 4.0m Deep to Invert 4.5m Deep to Invert 5.0m Deep to Invert Construction of drop manholes at various depths including earthwork excavation as per standard specification in all type of soil Soft Disintegrated Rock and Hard Rock, including Cement Concrete of 1:4:8 ( One part of Cement, four part of river sand and eight part of aggrgate) using 40mm hard granite metal for foundation, Reinforced Cement concrete of mix 1:2:4 mix ( One part of Cement, two part of river sand and four part of aggregate) using 20mm ISS HBG metal for roof slab, fabrcation, placing reinforcement and timbering charges for depth upto and above 1.5m from GL, chamber bricks of size 9"x43/8"x23/4" in Cement Mortar 1:3 mix ( One part of Cement and three part of river sand ) for 23cm thick wall, plastering interior with Cement Mortar 1:3 mix ( One part of Special Cement and three part of river sand ) 20mm thick and exterior with Cement Mortar 1:3 mix ( One specification part of Cement and three part of river sand ) 12mm thick, laying plain cement concrete of mix 1:2:4 and relavent IS specification ( One part of Cement, two part of river sand and four part of aggregate) using 20mm ISS HBG as ammended metal for fixing the frame providing PVC encapsulated steps, FRC MH frame and cover with IS 12392 part 1&2 benching and channeling with plain cement concrete of mix 1:2:4 ( One part of Cement, two part of river sand and four part of aggregate) using 20mm ISS HBG metal refilling and including the cost of removal of surplus excavated earth from the site and barricading, dewatering provision for danger lights etc, complete for the following sizes for each manhole including cost of stoneware bend and necessary clamps etc, complete as per standard specification and as directed by the deparmental engineers.( by using Sulphate Resistant Cement) ( As per the type design drawing for rectangular and circular manholes) Cicular Manhole 1.22M Dia
form time to time

1 No ( One Number ) 1 No ( One Number ) 1 No ( One Number ) 1 No ( One Number ) 1 No ( One Number )

25 18

Nos Nos

10

Sl.No

Quantity

Description of the work 3.0m Deep to Invert 4.0m Deep to Invert

TNBP No.& Rate in Other Figures ( Specification in Rs)

Rate in Words

Unit (both in Words and Figures) 1 No ( One Number ) 1 No ( One Number )

Amount

Nos

Nos

11

170

Nos

Supplying and fixing Cast Iron soil pipe for ventilating shaft 5m height with special and with suitable grips in reinforced cement concrete of mix 1:2:4 (one cement, two sand and four aggregate) pillar using 20mm graded hard granite/trap basalt or any other approved metal with 15cms. thick CC alround the pipe upto 1.22m above the GL and with a foundation base of 90x90x90cms and linking Special the shaft to the manhole by means of 15cms dia SW pipes and specials, jointing, with tar dipped specification hempyarn 1:1.5CM caulking, curing, earthwork excavation and refilling in all strata, disposal of surplus earth as directed with a lead of not more than 30m with an initial lead upto 5kms for all materials etc., complete. Road cut charges to the specified trench width
Special specification

1 No ( One Number )

12

Cutting BT road
3621 cum

1Cum (one Cubic Metre) 1Cum (one Cubic Metre)

1183

cum

Cutting cement concrete road HOUSE SERVICE CONNECTION: Supplying, laying, jointing, testing of following size of Salt Stoneware pipe, including earthwork excavation for trenches in sandy soil or sandy loam and ordinary soil and in soft disintegrated Rock, laterite, soft rock or kankar not requiring blastering depositing the earth on banks with inital lead of 10 m and inital lift of 2 m and carting of pipes to the site of work, lowering into the trenches to proper grade and alingment, conveyance of water filling Special the pipes during testing, refilling the trenches with excaveted earth in layer not more than 23 cm specification thick watering,ramming to consolidation and disposal of surplus earth with 0.00 km to 5.00 km lead, barricading works along both sides to the trenches, including cost of jointing materials including end cap and cost of timbering and labour charges etc,complete. as per standard specification from property limits to manholes on sewers.

13

83016 20736

m m

For 100mm dia For 150mm dia Disposal of surplus excavated earth in sewer pipe laying works, manhole etc, transporting the sites specified by the departmental engineer with in 5km lead including cost of conveyance, Special unloading.spreading and levelling etc,complete and as directed by the departemental engineer. etc., specification complete as per standard specification.

1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1Cum (one Cubic Metre)

14

4620

cum

Sl.No

Quantity

Description of the work Refilling the excavated earth including cost of all labour charge for filling in shall be done in layers not exceeding 23cm in thickness accoompainied by adequate watering, ramming and consolidation etc and the trench shall be refilled so as to build upto the orginal ground level as directed by the departmental engineer etc,complete. as per standard specification. Provision for Bailing out water from the trenchs including conveyance, hire charge for disel pumpset for dewatering the trenches using 3HP to 7.50HP pumpset fuel charge for motor and all labour charge for opreating the motor for bailing out water as directed by the departmental engineer etc,complete. standard specification. Shoring and strutting to the side of the trench whenever the depth of cutting exceeds 2.00m and above in loose soil including cost and labour charges for fixing and removing planks and scantling etc, or using steel sheet plates and piles etc ,including cost of sheet pile/wooden piles,plank and other materials,removing shoring and strutting after the pipes are laid etc complete as directed by the engineer in charge. Provision for removing of hard rock by wedging, chiselling and triming to proper shape where blasting is prohibted and including the cost of removing the all materials from the site etc complete as directed by the engineer in charge. Providing barricading work for laying the pippe line with casuria posts at 1.52 m c/c (8-10 cm dia and 1.52 m height ) verticals and tied with coir rope including watching uring night fixing danger flags,danger lights/reflectors and painting in different colours etc. complete(as directed by the engineer in charge ( Extra rate for conveyance will not be allowed) Provision for removal of eccavated earth from the narrow street by head load including cost of conveyance of all labour charge for head load ect, complete as directed by the departmental engineers. Supplying and providing platform of size 2.00 x 0.90m for people to crossing of trenches (particularly in narrow streets ) made up of M.S.angle frame and top covered with silver oak planks including cost and conveyance of all materials and all labour charges etc, complete directed by the departmental engineer in charge. Supplying and providing sign board of size 1m x 0.75m made up of MS equal angle and wirting the letters with good qulity paint etc, complete as director by the corporation engineer incharge.

TNBP No.& Rate in Other Figures ( Specification in Rs)

Rate in Words

Unit (both in Words and Figures)

Amount

15

87145

cum

199 , 95

1Cum (one Cubic Metre)

16

1000

hr

Special specification

1 Hr ( One Hour)

17

12733

sqm

Special specification

1Sq.m (one SquareMetre)

64 Vol- II 23

18

426

cum

1Cum (one Cubic Metre) 1M ( One Metre) 1Cum (one Cubic Metre) 1 KG ( One Kilogram ) 1 KG ( One Kilogram ) 1 Trip ( One Trip )

19

172366

Rm

Special specification Special specification Special specification Special specification

20

8958

cum

21

2000

KG

22 23 24

800 2000

KG Trips

Providing water sprinkling to minimize generting of dust during construction as and when required Special specification with a capacity of 6 KL trip as directed by the Engineer in charge Supplying and laying and jointing of HDPE pipes for protecting the water line (if they cross the Special specification sewer line) whereever necessary as by the engineer in charge.
50 mm dia for Public fountain 110 mm dia for distribution main

3000 1000 25 6

Rm Rm

Samples Environmental Monitoring Plan in Technical Speciifcation and as directed by the engineer in

Environmental Monitoring for the following items based on the Specification prescribed under charge.

1M ( One Metre) 1M ( One Metre) Special specification 1 Sample ( One Sample)

Grand Total